Science.gov

Sample records for gradient hplc separation

  1. Gradient chromatofocusing. versatile pH gradient separation of proteins in ion-exchange HPLC: characterization studies.

    PubMed

    Shan, Lian; Anderson, David J

    2002-11-01

    A new chromatofocusing technique called gradient chromatofocusing is characterized. Gradient chromatofocusing generates linear pH gradients on anion-exchange columns with inexpensive low molecular mass buffer components via HPLC gradient mixing. Gradient chromatofocusing results are compared with that of conventional chromatofocusing in the chromatography of several proteins on a Mono P column, including beta-lactoglobulin A and B, ovalbumin, BSA, and conalbumin. Gradient chromatofocusing shows superior performance, with resolution increases greater than 3-fold being realized for the entire protein mixture and up to 25-fold for a particular protein pair. This performance superiority arises from inherent advantages in the gradient chromatofocusing technique in optimizing conditions pertinent to separation, including buffer concentration and pH gradient slope. These resolution gains arise from both increases in separation factor and decreases in peak width achieved with the pH gradient chromatofocusing technique through the manipulation of buffer concentration and the pH gradient profile. Gradient chromatofocusing is also compared with conventional NaCl gradient ion-exchange chromatography using the same Mono P column, demonstrating 3-fold resolution gains, resulting from a 3-fold decrease in peak width. The present work demonstrates the significantly improved performance that gradient chromatofocusing has in protein separations compared to other ion-exchange chromatographic techniques. Mechanisms for the various effects are discussed.

  2. Gradient HPLC separation of dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) from its metabolites and biological congeners: role of tetrahydrofuran in the chromatographic mechanism.

    PubMed

    Gergely, András; Horváth, Péter; Szász, György; Veress, Gábor

    2009-08-01

    A three-step gradient reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) method was developed for the separation of dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA), its sulfate ester (DHEA-S), its three C7-oxidized metabolites (7alphaOH-DHEA, 7betaOH-DHEA, 7-keto-DHEA), and its biosynthetic congeners (androstenedione, testosterone, estradiol, pregnenolone). This new method allows the quantitative characterization of DHEA metabolism and biosynthetic transformation under given physiological, pathological, or therapeutically influenced circumstances. Tetrahydrofuran probably acts as a proton acceptor coadsorbent, while isopropanol behaves as a proton donor during the separation of testosterone, estradiol, and the stereoisomers of 7-OH-DHEA.

  3. An Inexpensive Digital Gradient Controller for HPLC.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brady, James E.; Carr, Peter W.

    1983-01-01

    Use of gradient elution techniques in high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is often essential for direct separation of complex mixtures. Since most commercial controllers have features that are of marginal value for instructional purposes, a low-cost controller capable of illustrating essential features of gradient elution was developed.…

  4. An Inexpensive Digital Gradient Controller for HPLC.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brady, James E.; Carr, Peter W.

    1983-01-01

    Use of gradient elution techniques in high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is often essential for direct separation of complex mixtures. Since most commercial controllers have features that are of marginal value for instructional purposes, a low-cost controller capable of illustrating essential features of gradient elution was developed.…

  5. Gradient Scouting in Reversed-Phase HPLC Revisited

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alcazar, A.; Jurado, J. M.; Gonzalez, A. G.

    2011-01-01

    Gradient scouting is the best way to decide the most suitable elution mode in reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). A simple rule for this decision involves the evaluation of the ratio [delta]t/t[subscript G] (where [delta]t is the difference in the retention time between the last and the first peak and t[subscript G] is…

  6. Gradient Scouting in Reversed-Phase HPLC Revisited

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Alcazar, A.; Jurado, J. M.; Gonzalez, A. G.

    2011-01-01

    Gradient scouting is the best way to decide the most suitable elution mode in reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). A simple rule for this decision involves the evaluation of the ratio [delta]t/t[subscript G] (where [delta]t is the difference in the retention time between the last and the first peak and t[subscript G] is…

  7. Optimizing Chromatographic Separation: An Experiment Using an HPLC Simulator

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Shalliker, R. A.; Kayillo, S.; Dennis, G. R.

    2008-01-01

    Optimization of a chromatographic separation within the time constraints of a laboratory session is practically impossible. However, by employing a HPLC simulator, experiments can be designed that allow students to develop an appreciation of the complexities involved in optimization procedures. In the present exercise, a HPLC simulator from "JCE…

  8. Optimizing Chromatographic Separation: An Experiment Using an HPLC Simulator

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Shalliker, R. A.; Kayillo, S.; Dennis, G. R.

    2008-01-01

    Optimization of a chromatographic separation within the time constraints of a laboratory session is practically impossible. However, by employing a HPLC simulator, experiments can be designed that allow students to develop an appreciation of the complexities involved in optimization procedures. In the present exercise, a HPLC simulator from "JCE…

  9. New HPLC method for separation of blood plasma phospholipids.

    PubMed

    Suchocka, Zofia; Gronostajska, Dorota; Suchocki, Piotr; Pachecka, Jan

    2003-08-08

    The aim of the present work was to develop a new HPLC method for separation of phosphatidylcholine (PC), phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), phosphatidylinositol (PI) and lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) from small-volume samples of blood plasma. Human plasma glycerophospholipids were separated by liquid-liquid extraction method followed by solid phase extraction (SPE) on aminopropyl columns. Reversed-phase Sephasil C8 column (10 cm x 2.1 mm, I.D. 5 microm) and micropreparative chromatograph "SMART" were used for separation of PC, PE, LPC and PI from SPE phospholipids extract. Binary-step gradient of eluent A: acetonitrile-methanol (130:5, v/v) and B (0.01% trifluoroacetic acid) provided good, fast and reproducible resolution of investigated phospholipids classes in 12 min at 30 degrees C. Eluted phospholipids were detected at wavelengths lambda=235 and 254 nm. This method made it possible to determine quantitatively: 5 microg ml(-1) PC, 1 microg ml(-1) LPC, 4 microg ml(-1) PE and 3 microg ml(-1) PI in blood plasma samples.

  10. Separation of kafirins on surface porous RP-HPLC columns

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Surface porous HPLC columns were investigated for the separation of kafarins, storage proteins of grain sorghum. Kafirins were successfully separated using C3, C8 and C18 surface porous stationary phases in less than 17 min. Separations using a monolithic C18 stationary phase were also developed ...

  11. Drift and separation in collisionality gradients

    DOE PAGES

    Ochs, I. E.; Rax, J. M.; Gueroult, R.; ...

    2017-07-20

    Here we identify a single-particle drift resulting from collisional interactions with a background species, in the presence of a collisionality gradient and background net flow. We also analyze this drift in different limits, showing how it reduces to the well known impurity pinch for high-Zi impurities. We find that in the low-temperature, singly ionized limit, the magnitude of the drift becomes mass-dependent and energy-dependent. Furthermore, by solving for the resulting diffusion-advection motion, we propose a mass-separation scheme that takes advantage of this drift, and analyze the separative capability as a function of collisionally dissipated energy.

  12. Drift and separation in collisionality gradients

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ochs, I. E.; Rax, J. M.; Gueroult, R.; Fisch, N. J.

    2017-08-01

    We identify a single-particle drift resulting from collisional interactions with a background species, in the presence of a collisionality gradient and background net flow. We analyze this drift in different limits, showing how it reduces to the well known impurity pinch for high-Zi impurities. We find that in the low-temperature, singly ionized limit, the magnitude of the drift becomes mass-dependent and energy-dependent. By solving for the resulting diffusion-advection motion, we propose a mass-separation scheme that takes advantage of this drift, and analyze the separative capability as a function of collisionally dissipated energy.

  13. Predicting retention time shifts associated with variation of the gradient slope in peptide RP-HPLC.

    PubMed

    Spicer, Vic; Grigoryan, Marine; Gotfrid, Alexander; Standing, Kenneth G; Krokhin, Oleg V

    2010-12-01

    We have developed a sequence-specific model for predicting slopes (S) in the fundamental equation of linear solvent strength theory for the reversed-phase HPLC separation of tryptic peptides detected in a typical bottom-up-proteomics experiment. These slopes control the variation in the separation selectivity observed when the physical parameters of chromatographic separation, such as gradient slope, flow rate, and column size are altered. For example, with the use of an arbitrarily chosen set of tryptic peptides with a 4-times difference in the gradient slope between two experiments, the R(2)-value of correlation between the observed retention times of identical species decreases to ~0.993-0.996 (compared to a theoretical value of ~1.00). The observed retention time shifts associated with variations of the gradient slope can be predicted a priori using the approach described here. The proposed model is based on our findings for a set of synthetic species (Vu, H.; Spicer, V.; Gotfrid, A.; Krokhin, O. V. J. Chromatogr., A, 2010, 1217, 489-497), which postulate that slopes S can be predicted taking into account simultaneously peptide length, charge, and hydrophobicity. Here we extend this approach using an extensive set of real tryptic peptides. We developed the procedure to accurately measure S-values in nano-RP HPLC MS experiments and introduced sequence-specific corrections for a more accurate prediction of the slopes S. A correlation of ~0.95 R(2)-value between the predicted and experimental S-values was demonstrated. Predicting S-values and calculating the expected retention time shifts when the physical parameters of separation like gradient slope are altered will facilitate a more accurate application of peptide retention prediction protocols, aid in the transfer of scheduled MRM (SRM) procedures between LC systems, and increase the efficiency of interlaboratory data collection and comparison.

  14. Recent developments in the HPLC separation of phenolic compounds.

    PubMed

    Kalili, Kathithileni M; de Villiers, André

    2011-04-01

    Phenolic compounds represent a class of highly complex naturally occurring molecules that possess a range of beneficial health properties. As a result, considerable attention has been devoted to the analysis of phenolics in a variety of samples. HPLC is the workhorse method for phenolic separation. However, conventional HPLC methods provide insufficient resolving power when faced with the complexity of real-world phenolic fractions. This limitation has been traditionally circumvented by extensive sample fractionation, multiple analysis methods and/or selective detection strategies. On the other hand, there is an increasing demand for improved throughput and resolving power from the chromatographic methods used for phenolic analyses. Fortunately, during the last decade, a number of important technological advances in LC have demonstrated significant gains in terms of both speed and resolution. These include ultra high-pressure liquid chromatography (UHPLC), high-temperature liquid chromatography (HTLC), multi-dimensional separations as well as various new stationary phase chemistries and morphologies. In recent years, these technologies have also found increasing application for phenolic analysis. This review seeks to provide an updated overview of the application of recent advances in HPLC to phenolic separation, with the emphasis on how these methodologies can contribute to improve performance in HPLC analysis of phenolics.

  15. [Separation and preparation of indole alkaloids in Lycorma delicatula White. by HPLC].

    PubMed

    Xue, G; Yuan, S

    1996-09-01

    A HPLC method for separating and preparing indole alkaloids is described. HPLC conditions for analysis: BIO-RAD series 700 HPLC, model 700 data station, UV: model 1749 UV-VIS monitor, column: BIO-RAD Hi-pore RP318, 250 mm x 10 mm, mobile phase: 80% methanol-H2O(gradient), flow rate: 1.5 ml/min, detection wavelength: 254 nm. On the basis of spectral (1HNMR, 13CNMR, H-H COSY, MS, DEPT) and chemical evidence, the structures of two compounds were elucidated as beta-yohimbine (yohimban-16-carboxylic acid-17-hydroxy methylester (3 alpha, 16 alpha, 17 beta)) and ajmalicine (oxayohimban-16-carboxylic acid-16,17-didehydro-19-ethyl methyl ester (19 alpha)).

  16. Gradient HPLC-DAD determination of paracetamol, phenylephrine hydrochloride, cetirizine in tablet formulation.

    PubMed

    Dewani, A P; Shelke, P G; Bakal, R L; Jaybhaye, S S; Chandewar, A V; Patra, S

    2014-05-01

    Present work describes the development and validation of a simple and reliable high-performance liquid chromatography-diode array detection (HPLC-DAD) procedure for the analysis of phenylephrine hydrochloride (PHE), paracetamol (PAR) and cetirizine dihydrochloride (CET), in pharmaceutical mixture. The method was applied successfully on tablet dosage form. Effective chromatographic separation of PHE, PAR and CET was achieved using a Kinetex-C18 (4.6, 150 mm, 5 mm) column with gradient elution of the mobile phase composed of 10 mM phosphate buffer (pH 3.3) and acetonitrile. The elution was a 3 step gradient elution program step-1 started initially with 2% (by volume) acetonitrile and 98% phosphate buffer (pH 3.3) for first 2 min. In step-2 acetonitrile concentration changed linearly to 20% upto 12 min the analysis was concluded by step-3 changing acetonitrile to 2% upto 20 min. The reliability and analytical performance of the proposed HPLC procedure were statistically validated with respect to linearity, ranges, precision, accuracy, selectivity and robustness. Calibration curves were linear in the ranges 5-15, 250-750 and 2.5-7.5 μg/ml for PHE, PAR and CET, with correlation coefficients >0.9996. The validated HPLC method was applied to a pharmaceutical mixture of a marketed preparation tablet in which the analytes were successfully quantified with good recovery values with no interfering peaks from the excipents.

  17. Gradient HPLC-DAD determination of two pharmaceutical mixtures containing the antihistaminic drug ebastine.

    PubMed

    Haggag, Rim S; Belal, Tarek S

    2012-01-01

    This work describes the development, validation and application of a simple and reliable high-performance liquid chromatography-diode array detection (HPLC-DAD) procedure for the analysis of two pharmaceutical mixtures. The first mixture contains the antihistaminic drug ebastine (EBS) and the famous sympathomimetic drug pseudoephedrine hydrochloride (PSD), and the second mixture is composed of EBS and another sympathomimetic agent, phenylephrine hydrochloride (PHR). Effective chromatographic separation of EBS, PSD and PHR was achieved using a Zorbax SB-C8 (4.6 × 250 mm, 5 μm) column with gradient elution of the mobile phase composed of 0.05M phosphoric acid and acetonitrile. The gradient elution started with 20% (by volume) acetonitrile, ramped up linearly to 90% in 5 min, then kept constant until the end of the run. The mobile phase was pumped at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. The multiple wavelength detector was set at 254 (for EBS and PSD) and 274 nm (for PHR) and quantification of the analytes was based on measuring their peak areas. The retention times for PHR, PSD and EBS were approximately 2.5, 2.9 and 7.1 min, respectively. The reliability and analytical performance of the proposed HPLC procedure were statistically validated with respect to linearity, ranges, precision, accuracy, selectivity, robustness and detection and quantification limits. Calibration curves were linear in the ranges 5-100, 100-1,000 and 10-200 µg/mL for EBS, PSD and PHR, respectively, with correlation coefficients > 0.9996. The validated HPLC method was applied to the analysis of the two pharmaceutical mixtures in laboratory-made tablets in which the analytes were successfully quantified with good recovery values and no interfering peaks were encountered from the inactive ingredients. Finally, the proposed method made use of DAD as a tool for peak identity and purity confirmation.

  18. Isomeric separation of methamphetamine by HPLC chiral column.

    PubMed

    Lekskulchai, V

    2001-11-01

    Methamphetamine and its active metabolite, amphetamine, are optically active compounds which, based upon synthetic routes, can be found in two forms; pure d-form and racemic mixture. Analysis of their isomers can help to identify which precursor is currently spreading widely in a given region. Since there are many drugs that can be metabolized to amphetamine/methamphetamine, isomeric separation can be a useful tool for evaluation of these drugs, as well. Indirect method by using N-trifluoroacetyl-1-prolyl chloride (1-TPC) was found to have limited accuracy due to the contribution effect. In this presentation a direct method using HPLC Chirex chiral column 3022 was studied. Although the method gave no base-line separation of two different isomer peaks, it gave good sensitivity, reliability, and linearity. No contribution effect was found in the method presented. It also gave excellent correlation with the 1-TPC method.

  19. Separation and quantitative analysis of alkyl sulfate ethoxymers by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Morvan, Julien; Hubert-Roux, Marie; Agasse, Valérie; Cardinael, Pascal; Barbot, Florence; Decock, Gautier; Bouillon, Jean-Philippe

    2008-01-01

    Separation of alkyl sulfate ethoxymers is investigated on various high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) stationary phases: Acclaim C18 Surfactant, Surfactant C8, and Hypercarb. For a fixed alkyl chain length, ethoxymers are eluted in the order of increasing number of ethoxylated units on Acclaim C18 Surfactant, whereas a reversed elution order is observed on Surfactant C8 and Hypercarb. Moreover, on an Acclaim C18 Surfactant column, non-ethoxylated compounds are eluted in their ethoxymers distribution and the use of sodium acetate additive in mobile phase leads to a co-elution of ethoxymers. HPLC stationary phases dedicated to surfactants analysis are evaluated by means of the Tanaka test. Surfactant C8 presents a great silanol activity whereas Acclaim C18 Surfactant shows a high steric selectivity. For alkyl sulfates, linearity of the calibration curve and limits of detection and quantitation are evaluated. The amount of sodium laureth sulfate raw material found in commercial body product is in agreement with the specification of the manufacturer.

  20. PLETHORA gradient formation mechanism separates auxin responses

    PubMed Central

    Siligato, Riccardo; Smetana, Ondřej; Díaz-Triviño, Sara; Salojärvi, Jarkko; Wachsman, Guy; Prasad, Kalika; Heidstra, Renze; Scheres, Ben

    2015-01-01

    During plant growth, dividing cells in meristems must coordinate transitions from division to expansion and differentiation, thus generating three distinct developmental zones: the meristem, elongation zone and differentiation zone1. Simultaneously, plants display tropisms, rapid adjustments of their direction of growth to adapt to environmental conditions. It is unclear how stable zonation is maintained during transient adjustments in growth direction. In Arabidopsis roots, many aspects of zonation are controlled by the phytohormone auxin and auxin-induced PLETHORA (PLT) transcription factors, both of which display a graded distribution with a maximum near the root tip2-12. In addition, auxin is also pivotal for tropic responses13,14. Here, using an iterative experimental and computational approach, we show how an interplay between auxin and PLTs controls zonation and gravitropism. We find that the PLT gradient is not a direct, proportionate readout of the auxin gradient. Rather, prolonged high auxin levels generate a narrow PLT transcription domain from which a gradient of PLT protein is subsequently generated through slow growth dilution and cell-to-cell movement. The resulting PLT levels define the location of developmental zones. In addition to slowly promoting PLT transcription, auxin also rapidly influences division, expansion and differentiation rates. We demonstrate how this specific regulatory design in which auxin cooperates with PLTs through different mechanisms and on different timescales enables both the fast tropic environmental responses and stable zonation dynamics necessary for coordinated cell differentiation. PMID:25156253

  1. Carotenoids from Foods of Plant, Animal and Marine Origin: An Efficient HPLC-DAD Separation Method

    PubMed Central

    Strati, Irini F.; Sinanoglou, Vassilia J.; Kora, Lintita; Miniadis-Meimaroglou, Sofia; Oreopoulou, Vassiliki

    2012-01-01

    Carotenoids are important antioxidant compounds, present in many foods of plant, animal and marine origin. The aim of the present study was to describe the carotenoid composition of tomato waste, prawn muscle and cephalothorax and avian (duck and goose) egg yolks through the use of a modified gradient elution HPLC method with a C30 reversed-phase column for the efficient separation and analysis of carotenoids and their cis-isomers. Elution time was reduced from 60 to 45 min without affecting the separation efficiency. All-trans lycopene predominated in tomato waste, followed by all-trans-β-carotene, 13-cis-lutein and all-trans lutein, while minor amounts of 9-cis-lutein, 13-cis-β-carotene and 9-cis-β-carotene were also detected. Considering the above findings, tomato waste is confirmed to be an excellent source of recovering carotenoids, especially all-trans lycopene, for commercial use. Xanthophylls were the major carotenoids of avian egg yolks, all-trans lutein and all-trans zeaxanthin in duck and goose egg yolk, respectively. In the Penaeus kerathurus prawn, several carotenoids (zeaxanthin, all-trans-lutein, canthaxanthin, cryptoxanthin, optical and geometrical astaxanthin isomers) were identified in considerable amounts by the same method. A major advantage of this HPLC method was the efficient separation of carotenoids and their cis-isomers, originating from a wide range of matrices. PMID:28239091

  2. Thermoacoustic mixture separation with an axial temperature gradient.

    PubMed

    Geller, D A; Swift, G W

    2009-05-01

    The theory of thermoacoustic mixture separation is extended to include the effect of a nonzero axial temperature gradient. The analysis yields a new term in the second-order mole flux that is proportional to the temperature gradient and to the square of the volumetric velocity and is independent of the phasing of the wave. Because of this new term, thermoacoustic separation stops at a critical temperature gradient and changes direction above that gradient. For a traveling wave, this gradient is somewhat higher than that predicted by a simple four-step model. An experiment tests the theory for temperature gradients from 0 to 416 K/m in 50-50 He-Ar mixtures.

  3. Thermoacoustic mixture separation with an axial temperature gradient

    SciTech Connect

    Geller, Drew W; Swift, Gregory A

    2008-01-01

    The theory of thermoacoustic mixture separation is extended to include the effect of a nonzero axial temperature gradient. The analysis yields a new term in the second-order mole flux that is proportional to the temperature gradient and to the square of the volumetric velocity and is independent of the phasing of the wave. Because of this new term, thermoacoustic separation stops at a critical temperature gradient and changes direction above that gradient. For a traveling wave, this gradient is somewhat higher than that predicted by a simple four-step model. An experiment tests the theory for temperature gradients from 0 to 416 K/m in 50-50 He-Ar mixtures.

  4. Gradient HPLC analysis of raloxifene hydrochloride and its application to drug quality control.

    PubMed

    Basavaiah, Kanakapura; Anil Kumar, Urdigere Rangachar; Tharpa, Kalsang

    2008-09-01

    A rapid, sensitive and selective method for the determination of raloxifene hydrochloride (RLX) in pure drug and in tablets was developed using gradient high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The devised method involved separation of RLX on a reversed phase Hypersil ODS column and determination with UV detection at 284 nm. The standard curve was linear (R = 0.999) over the concentration range of 50-600 microg mL-1 with a detection limit of 0.04 microg mL-1 and a quantification limit of 0.16 microg mL-1. Intra-day and inter-day precision and accuracy of the method were established according to the current ICH guidelines. Intra-day RSD values at three QC levels (250, 450 and 550 microg mL-1) were 0.2-0.5%, based on the peak area. The intra-day relative error (er) was between 0.2 and 0.5%. The developed method was successfully applied to the determination of RLX in tablets and the results were statistically compared with those obtained by a literature method. Accuracy, evaluated by means of the spike recovery method, was the excellent with percent recovery in the range 97.7-103.2 with precision in the range 1.6-2.2%. No interference was observed from the co-formulated substances. The method was economical in terms of the time taken and the amount of solvent used.

  5. Phase separation in thin films: Effect of temperature gradients

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jaiswal, Prabhat K.; Puri, Sanjay; Binder, Kurt

    2013-09-01

    We study the phase-separation kinetics of a binary (AB) mixture confined in a thin film of thickness D with a temperature gradient. Starting from a Kawasaki-exchange kinetic Ising model, we use a master-equation approach to systematically derive an extension of the Cahn-Hilliard model for this system. We study the effect of temperature gradients perpendicular to the film with “neutral” (no preference for either A or B) surfaces. We highlight the rich phenomenology and pattern dynamics which arises from the interplay of phase separation and the temperature gradient.

  6. Separation of colloidal two dimensional materials by density gradient ultracentrifugation

    SciTech Connect

    Kuang, Yun; Song, Sha; Huang, Jinyang; Sun, Xiaoming

    2015-04-15

    Two-dimensional (2D) materials have been made through various approaches but obtaining monodispersed simply by synthesis optimization gained little success, which highlighted the need for introducing nanoseparation methods. Density gradient ultracentrifugation method has emerged as a versatile and scalable method for sorting colloidal 2D nanomaterials. Isopycnic separation was applied on thickness-dependent separation of graphene nanosheets. And rate-zonal separation, as a more versatile separation method, demonstrated its capability in sorting nanosheets of chemically modified single layered graphene, layered double hydroxide, and even metallic Ag. Establishing such density gradient ultracentrifugation method not only achieves monodispersed nanosheets and provides new opportunities for investigation on size dependent properties of 2D materials, but also makes the surface modification possible by introducing “reaction zones” during sedimentation of the colloids. - Graphical abstract: Two-dimensional (2D) materials have been made through various approaches but obtaining monodispersed simply by synthesis optimization gained little success, which highlighted the need for introducing nanoseparation methods. Density gradient ultracentrifugation method has emerged as a versatile and scalable method for sorting colloidal 2D nanomaterials according to their size of thickness difference. Establishing such density gradient ultracentrifugation method not only achieves monodispersed nanosheets and provides new opportunities for investigation on size dependent properties of 2D materials, but also makes the surface modification possible by introducing “reaction zones” during sedimentation of the colloids. - Highlights: • Density gradient ultracentrifugation was applied on size separation of 2D material. • Isopycnic separation was applied on separation of low density materials. • Rate-zonal separation was applied on separation of large density materials. • Size

  7. HTS High Gradient Magnetic Separation system

    SciTech Connect

    Daugherty, M.A.; Coulter, J.Y.; Hults, W.L.

    1996-09-01

    We report on the assembly, characterization and operation of a high temperature superconducting (HTS) magnetic separator. The magnet is made of 624 m of Silver/BSCCO superconducting wire and has overall dimensions of 18 cm OD, 15.5 cm height and 5 cm ID. The HTS current leads are designed to operate with the warm end at 75 K and the cold end cooled by a two stage Gifford-McMahon cryocooler. The upper stage of the cryocooler cools the thermal shield and two heat pipe thermal intercepts. The lower stage of the cryocooler cools the HTS magnet and the bottom end of the HTS current leads. The HTS magnet was initially characterized in liquid cryogens. We report on the current- voltage (I-V) characteristics of the HTS magnet at temperatures ranging from 15 to 40 K. At 40 K the magnet can generate a central field of 2.0 T at a current of 120 A.

  8. Development of high-gradient and open-gradient magnetic separation

    SciTech Connect

    Hise, E C

    1981-01-01

    This paper was prepared: to review the accomplishments in both high-gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) and open-gradient magnetic separation (OGMS) by the Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) group during the past three years; to show, through the medium of motion pictures, the operation of the various separation methods and devices used and developed; to show qualitative results of the separation performed; and to make available, to those interested, detailed reports of the experimental procedures and the resulting data. The qualitative separation of pyritic sulfur and ash forming minerals from fine coal by high gradient magnetic separation has been demonstrated at feed rates up to one ton per hour, and in a machine that is commercially produced in sizes for feed rates up to several hundred tons per hour. The quantitative separation of pyritic sulfur and ash forming minerals from fine coal by free fall open gradient magnetic separation has been demonstrated at a laboratory scale and at 300 kg per hour in a solenoidal magnet configuration. A magnet modeling analysis has shown that an optimum magnet can be designed with practical physical constraints which can generate separating forces two to three times those of the existing solenoidal configuration and with a large processing capacity. The analytical predictions of the behavior of particles traversing these separating forces have been experimentally confirmed within 15% in existing magnets.

  9. Size-separation of silver nanoparticles using sucrose gradient centrifugation

    SciTech Connect

    Suresh, Anil K.; Pelletier, Dale A.; Moon, Ji Won; Phelps, Tommy; Doktycz, Mitchel John

    2015-08-28

    Size and shape distributions of nanoparticles can drastically contribute to the overall properties of nanoparticles, thereby influencing their interaction with different chemotherapeutic molecules, biological organisms and or materials and cell types. Therefore, to exploit the proper use of nanoparticles for various biomedical and biosensor applications, it is important to obtain well-separated monodispersed nanoparticles. However, gaining precise control over the morphological characteristics of nanoparticles during their synthesis is often a challenging task. Consequently, post-synthesis separation of nanoparticles is necessary. In the present study, we demonstrate the successful one-pot post-synthesis separation of anisotropic silver nanoparticles to near modispersities using sucrose density gradient sedimentation. The separation of the nanoparticles was evidenced based on optical confirmation, and spectrophotometric and transmission electron microscopy measurements. Our results clearly demonstrate the facile separation of anisotropic silver nanoparticles using sucrose density gradient sedimentation and can enable the use of nanoparticles for various biomedical applications.

  10. Separation of colloidal two dimensional materials by density gradient ultracentrifugation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kuang, Yun; Song, Sha; Huang, Jinyang; Sun, Xiaoming

    2015-04-01

    Two-dimensional (2D) materials have been made through various approaches but obtaining monodispersed simply by synthesis optimization gained little success, which highlighted the need for introducing nanoseparation methods. Density gradient ultracentrifugation method has emerged as a versatile and scalable method for sorting colloidal 2D nanomaterials. Isopycnic separation was applied on thickness-dependent separation of graphene nanosheets. And rate-zonal separation, as a more versatile separation method, demonstrated its capability in sorting nanosheets of chemically modified single layered graphene, layered double hydroxide, and even metallic Ag. Establishing such density gradient ultracentrifugation method not only achieves monodispersed nanosheets and provides new opportunities for investigation on size dependent properties of 2D materials, but also makes the surface modification possible by introducing "reaction zones" during sedimentation of the colloids.

  11. Microchannel protein separation by electric field gradient focusing.

    PubMed

    Petsev, Dimiter N; Lopez, Gabriel P; Ivory, Cornelius F; Sibbett, Scott S

    2005-06-01

    A microchannel device is presented which separates and focuses charged proteins based on electric field gradient focusing. Separation is achieved by setting a constant electroosmotic flow velocity against step changes in electrophoretic velocity. Where these two velocities are balanced for a given analyte, the analyte focuses at that point because it is driven to it from all points within the channel. We demonstrate the separation and focusing of a binary mixture of bovine serum albumin and phycoerythrin. The device is constructed of intersecting microchannels in poly(dimethylsiloxane)(PDMS) inlaid with hollow dialysis fibers. The device uses no exotic chemicals such as antibodies or synthetic ampholytes, but operates instead by purely physical means involving the independent manipulation of electrophoretic and electroosmotic velocities. One important difference between this apparatus and most other devices designed for field-gradient focusing is the injection of current at discrete intersections in the channel rather than continuously along the length of a membrane-bound separation channel.

  12. HPLC SEPARATION OF CHIRAL ORGANOPHOSPHORUS PESTICIDES ON POLYSACCHARIDE CHIRAL STATIONARY PHASES

    EPA Science Inventory

    High-performance liquid chromatographic separation of the individual enantiomers of 12 organophosphorus pesticides (OPs) were obtained on polysaccharide chiral HPLC columns using an alkane-alcohol mobile phase. The OP pesticides were crotoxyphos, dialifor, dyfonate, fenamiphos, ...

  13. Separation of topological forms of plasmid DNA by anion-exchange HPLC: shifts in elution order of linear DNA.

    PubMed

    Smith, Clara R; DePrince, Randolph B; Dackor, Jennifer; Weigl, Debra; Griffith, Jack; Persmark, Magnus

    2007-07-01

    We sought to establish a single anion-exchange HPLC method for the separation of linear, open circular and supercoiled plasmid topoisomers using purified topoisomeric forms of three plasmids (3.0, 5.5 and 7.6 kb). However, finding one condition proved elusive as the topoisomer elution order was determined to depend on salt gradient slope. The observed change in selectivity increased with plasmid size and was most pronounced for the linear form. Indeed, the elution order of the linear 7.6 kb plasmid was reversed relative to the supercoiled form. This observation may have implications for methods used in quality control of plasmid DNA.

  14. Systematic Approach to Links between Separations in MEKC and Reversed-Phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Ferguson, P D; Goodall, D M; Loran, J S

    1998-10-01

    Retention factors and partition coefficients in micellar electrokinetic chromatography (MEKC) and reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) are compared for a series of alkylbenzenes and substituted phenols. In both techniques, separations are based on partitioning between an aqueous phase and an alkyl phase. In MEKC, this was an SDS (C12) micellar pseudostationary phase, and in RP-HPLC an ODS 2 (C18) stationary phase. A nonporous silica (Micra 1.5-μm NPS), which has a low carbon loading, was used rather than a standard porous silica to avoid excessive retention in HPLC and to allow identical mobile phase conditions to be used in both separation modes. The average ratio of analyte retention factors, k(MEKC):k(HPLC), was found to be equal to the ratio β(MEKC):β(HPLC), where β is the phase ratio. This implies that partition coefficients, P, are similar in both MEKC and HPLC, since P = k/β, and that the dominant contribution to stability within each alkyl phase arises from hydrophobic interactions which are common to both separation media. Since partition coefficients are similar in MEKC and HPLC under aqueous buffer conditions, information on retention in one technique may be transferred to the other, provided that the phase ratios are known. In MEKC and HPLC, linear correlations of log octanol-water partition coefficients, K(ow), vs log k for the test compounds were transformed, knowing the phase ratio, to give log P values as a function of log K(ow). This allows quantitative links between MEKC and HPLC to be extended to include octanol-water partitioning. The addition of acetonitrile as an organic modifier over the concentration range 0-20% (v/v) was found to have a greater effect on k in HPLC than in MEKC. This could be a result of a decrease in the MEKC phase ratio due to an increase in the critical micelle concentration.

  15. Size-separation of silver nanoparticles using sucrose gradient centrifugation

    DOE PAGES

    Suresh, Anil K.; Pelletier, Dale A.; Moon, Ji Won; ...

    2015-08-28

    Size and shape distributions of nanoparticles can drastically contribute to the overall properties of nanoparticles, thereby influencing their interaction with different chemotherapeutic molecules, biological organisms and or materials and cell types. Therefore, to exploit the proper use of nanoparticles for various biomedical and biosensor applications, it is important to obtain well-separated monodispersed nanoparticles. However, gaining precise control over the morphological characteristics of nanoparticles during their synthesis is often a challenging task. Consequently, post-synthesis separation of nanoparticles is necessary. In the present study, we demonstrate the successful one-pot post-synthesis separation of anisotropic silver nanoparticles to near modispersities using sucrose density gradientmore » sedimentation. The separation of the nanoparticles was evidenced based on optical confirmation, and spectrophotometric and transmission electron microscopy measurements. Our results clearly demonstrate the facile separation of anisotropic silver nanoparticles using sucrose density gradient sedimentation and can enable the use of nanoparticles for various biomedical applications.« less

  16. A novel gradient HPLC method for simultaneous determination of ranitidine, methylparaben and propylparaben in oral liquid pharmaceutical formulation.

    PubMed

    Kokoletsi, Magdalene Xenou; Kafkala, Stella; Tsiaganis, Michael

    2005-07-15

    A selective and accurate high-performance liquid chromatographic method has been developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of ranitidine, methylparaben (MP) and propylparaben (PP) in oral liquids. Samples were purified by solid-phase extraction (SPE) using a copolymeric [poly(divinylbenzene-co-N-vinylpyrrolidone)] sorbent. The chromatographic separation was achieved by HPLC using a mixture of ammonium acetate solution (0.5 M), acetonitrile and methanol as the mobile phase with gradient elution, a Nucleosil C18 column and UV detection at 254 nm. The method was validated with respect to linearity, precision, accuracy, selectivity, and robustness. All the parameters examined met the current recommendations for bioanalytical method validation. The method was found to be applicable to routine analysis (assays and stability tests) of active compound (ranitidine) and preservatives (MP and PP).

  17. Separation of aromatic carboxylic acids using quaternary ammonium salts on reversed-phase HPLC. 2. Application for the analysis of Loy Yang coal oxidation products

    SciTech Connect

    Kawamura, K.; Okuwaki, A.; Verheyen, T.V.; Perry, G.J.

    2006-07-01

    In order to develop separation processes and analytical methods for aromatic carboxylic acids for the coal oxidation products, the separation behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids on a reversed-phase HPLC using eluent containing quaternary ammonium salt was optimized using the solvent gradient method. This method was applied for the analysis of Loy Yang coal oxidation products. It was confirmed that the analytical data using this method were consistent with those determined using gas chromatography.

  18. Extraction, Separation, and Identification of Phenolic Compounds in Virgin Olive Oil by HPLC-DAD and HPLC-MS

    PubMed Central

    Tasioula-Margari, Maria; Tsabolatidou, Eleftheria

    2015-01-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the recovery of individual phenolic compounds extracted from virgin olive oil (VOO), from different Greek olive varieties. Sufficient recoveries (90%) of all individual phenolic compounds were obtained using methanol as an extraction solvent, acetonitrile for residue solubilization, and two washing steps with hexane. Moreover, in order to elucidate structural characteristics of phenolic compounds in VOO, high performance liquid chromatography with a diode array detector (HPLC-DAD) at 280 and 340 nm and HPLC coupled to electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (HPLC-ESI-MS) in the negative-ion mode were performed. The most abundant phenolic compounds were oleuropein derivatives with m/z 319 and 377 and ligstroside derivatives with m/z 303, 361. Lignans, such as 1-acetoxypinoresinol and pinoresinol were also present in substantial quantities in the phenolic fraction. However, pinoresinol was co-eluted with dialdehydic form of ligstroside aglycone (DAFLA) and it was not possible to be quantified separately. The phenolic extracts, obtained from different VOO samples, yielded similar HPLC profiles. Differences, however, were observed in the last part of the chromatogram, corresponding to isomers of the aldehydic form of ligstroside aglycone. Oxidized phenolic products, originating from secoiridoids, were also detected. PMID:26783843

  19. Extraction, Separation, and Identification of Phenolic Compounds in Virgin Olive Oil by HPLC-DAD and HPLC-MS.

    PubMed

    Tasioula-Margari, Maria; Tsabolatidou, Eleftheria

    2015-08-13

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the recovery of individual phenolic compounds extracted from virgin olive oil (VOO), from different Greek olive varieties. Sufficient recoveries (90%) of all individual phenolic compounds were obtained using methanol as an extraction solvent, acetonitrile for residue solubilization, and two washing steps with hexane. Moreover, in order to elucidate structural characteristics of phenolic compounds in VOO, high performance liquid chromatography with a diode array detector (HPLC-DAD) at 280 and 340 nm and HPLC coupled to electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (HPLC-ESI-MS) in the negative-ion mode were performed. The most abundant phenolic compounds were oleuropein derivatives with m/z 319 and 377 and ligstroside derivatives with m/z 303, 361. Lignans, such as 1-acetoxypinoresinol and pinoresinol were also present in substantial quantities in the phenolic fraction. However, pinoresinol was co-eluted with dialdehydic form of ligstroside aglycone (DAFLA) and it was not possible to be quantified separately. The phenolic extracts, obtained from different VOO samples, yielded similar HPLC profiles. Differences, however, were observed in the last part of the chromatogram, corresponding to isomers of the aldehydic form of ligstroside aglycone. Oxidized phenolic products, originating from secoiridoids, were also detected.

  20. A NEW HPLC METHOD FOR SEPARATION OF PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMENTS IN NATURAL SAMPLES

    EPA Science Inventory

    A new high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method was developed to analyze, in a single run, most polar and non-polar chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine phytoplankton. The method is based on a reverse-phase amide C16 (RP-amide C16) column and an elution gradient o...

  1. A NEW HPLC METHOD FOR SEPARATION OF PHYTOPLANKTON PIGMENTS IN NATURAL SAMPLES

    EPA Science Inventory

    A new high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method was developed to analyze, in a single run, most polar and non-polar chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine phytoplankton. The method is based on a reverse-phase amide C16 (RP-amide C16) column and an elution gradient o...

  2. Effect of buffer concentration on gradient chromatofocusing performance separating protiens on a high-performance DEAE column.

    PubMed

    Shan, L; Anderson, D J

    2001-02-16

    Gradient chromatofocusing is a recently developed chromatographic technique that overcomes the limitations of conventional chromatofocusing. This technique employs a HPLC gradient system and simple low-molecular-mass buffer components to generate linear or other function pH gradients on ion-exchange columns. Results of the present work show a superior separation of beta-lactoglobulin A and B in gradient chromatofocusing compared to salt gradient chromatography using the same DEAE column, with an optimized resolution of 2.3 obtained with gradient chromatofocusing compared to 1.1 obtained with NaCl gradients at constant pH. A significant advantage of the gradient chromatofocusing technique over the conventional chromatofocusing technique is its ability to employ a relatively wide range of buffer concentrations in the mobile phase, the effect of which is studied in the present work. Five proteins (conalbumin, ovalbumin, bovine serum albumin, beta-lactoglobulin A and B) are chromatographed on a DEAE-polymethacrylate HPLC anion-exchange column using the same approximately linear pH gradient profile but different mobile phase buffer concentrations. Results show a significant effect of buffer concentration on peak width, separation factor and resolution. For example, resolution increases from 1.5 to 2.3 in the separation of beta-lactoglobulin A and B when the concentration of each of the components in the 100% elution buffer is increased from 6.25 to 25.0 mM (with the same outlet pH gradient). This separation trend is also seen in the chromatography of ovalbumin from a commercial source, noting a progressive increase in resolution of two peaks in the sample (resolution increased from 0.7 to 2.4) when the concentration of each of the components in the 100% elution buffer is increased from 6.25 to 37.5 mM (same outlet pH gradient). The gains in the resolution are attributed to an increase in the separation factor, since the peak widths are generally noted to also increase

  3. Gradient elution isotachophoresis for enrichment and separation of biomolecules.

    PubMed

    Shackman, Jonathan G; Ross, David

    2007-09-01

    A novel format for performing capillary isotachophoresis (ITP) is described -- gradient elution ITP (GEITP). GEITP merges the recently described electrophoretic separation technique of gradient elution moving boundary electrophoresis (GEMBE) with an ITP enrichment step. GEMBE utilizes a combination of continuous sample injection with a pressure-controlled counterflow; as the counterflow is reduced, analytes are sequentially eluted onto the separation column and detected as boundary interfaces. By incorporating leading electrolytes into the counterflow and terminating electrolytes into the sample matrix, an ionic interface can be formed near the capillary inlet. The discontinuous buffer system forms highly enriched analyte zones outside of the capillary, which are then eluted onto the separation capillary as the counterflow is reduced. Separation of fluorescent analytes was achieved either through discrete electrolyte spacers added to the sample or by using ampholyte mixtures to form a continuum of spacers. As the ITP process occurs off-column, extremely short length separations can be achieved, as demonstrated by a separation in 30 microm. The effects of various parameters on the GEITP enrichment process are investigated, including initial counterflow rates, electric field, leading electrolyte concentration, and counterflow acceleration, which is an adjustable parameter allowing for highly flexible separations. Typical enhancements in limits of detection and sensitivity were greater than 10,000-fold and were achieved in less than 2 min, yielding low-picomolar detection limits using arc lamp illumination and low-cost CCD detection. An optimized system afforded greater than 100,000-fold improvement in detection of carboxyfluorescein in 8 min. Specific examples of enrichment and separation demonstrated include the following: small dye molecules, DNA, amino acid mixtures, and protein mixtures.

  4. Use of high gradient magnetic separation for actinide application

    SciTech Connect

    Avens, L.R.; Worl, L.A.; Padilla, D.D.

    1996-08-01

    Decontamination of materials such as soils or waste water that contain radioactive isotopes, heavy metals, or hazardous components is a subject of great interest. Magnetic separation is a physical separation process that segregates materials on the basis of magnetic susceptibility. Because the process relies on physical properties, separations can be achieved while producing a minimum of secondary waste. Most traditional physical separation processes effectively treat particles larger than 70 microns. In many situations, the radioactive contaminants are found concentrated in the fine particle size fraction of less than 20 microns. For effective decontamination of the fine particle size fraction most current operations resort to chemical dissolution methods for treatment. High gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) is able to effectively treat particles from 90 to {approximately}0.1 micron in diameter. The technology is currently used on the 60 ton per hour scale in the kaolin clay industry. When the field gradient is of sufficiently high intensity, paramagnetic particles can be physically captured and separated from extraneous nonmagnetic material. Because all actinide compounds are paramagnetic, magnetic separation of actinide containing mixtures is feasible. The advent of reliable superconducting magnets also makes magnetic separation of weakly paramagnetic species attractive. HGMS work at Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) is being developed for soil remediation, waste water treatment and treatment of actinide chemical processing residues. LANL and Lockheed Environmental Systems and Technologies Company (LESAT) have worked on a co-operative research and development agreement (CRADA) to develop HGMS for radioactive soil decontamination. The program is designed to transfer HGMS from the laboratory and other industries for the commercial treatment of radioactive contaminated materials. 9 refs., 2 figs., 2 tabs.

  5. Lab-chip HPLC with integrated droplet-based microfluidics for separation and high frequency compartmentalisation.

    PubMed

    Kim, Jin-Young; Cho, Soong-Won; Kang, Dong-Ku; Edel, Joshua B; Chang, Soo-Ik; deMello, Andrew J; O'Hare, Danny

    2012-09-21

    We demonstrate the integration of a droplet-based microfluidic device with high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) in a monolithic format. Sequential operations of separation, compartmentalisation and concentration counter were conducted on a monolithic chip. This describes the use of droplet-based microfluidics for the preservation of chromatographic separations, and its potential application as a high frequency fraction collector.

  6. SEPARATION OF OCTYLPHENOL POLYETHER ALCOHOLS SURFACTANTS BY CAPILLARY COLUMN SFC AND HPLC

    EPA Science Inventory

    Separation of nonionic octylphenol polyether alcohols (OPA) by supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and HPLC is described. Using a density programming and a 50-μm i.d. capillary column, a total of 18 group oligomers was separated. The effects of the operating parameters, such...

  7. SEPARATION OF OCTYLPHENOL POLYETHER ALCOHOLS SURFACTANTS BY CAPILLARY COLUMN SFC AND HPLC

    EPA Science Inventory

    Separation of nonionic octylphenol polyether alcohols (OPA) by supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and HPLC is described. Using a density programming and a 50-μm i.d. capillary column, a total of 18 group oligomers was separated. The effects of the operating parameters, such...

  8. High gradient magnetic field microstructures for magnetophoretic cell separation.

    PubMed

    Abdel Fattah, Abdel Rahman; Ghosh, Suvojit; Puri, Ishwar K

    2016-08-01

    Microfluidics has advanced magnetic blood fractionation by making integrated miniature devices possible. A ferromagnetic microstructure array that is integrated with a microfluidic channel rearranges an applied magnetic field to create a high gradient magnetic field (HGMF). By leveraging the differential magnetic susceptibilities of cell types contained in a host medium, such as paramagnetic red blood cells (RBCs) and diamagnetic white blood cells (WBCs), the resulting HGMF can be used to continuously separate them without attaching additional labels, such as magnetic beads, to them. We describe the effect of these ferromagnetic microstructure geometries have on the blood separation efficacy by numerically simulating the influence of microstructure height and pitch on the HGMF characteristics and resulting RBC separation. Visualizations of RBC trajectories provide insight into how arrays can be optimized to best separate these cells from a host fluid. Periodic microstructures are shown to moderate the applied field due to magnetic interference between the adjacent teeth of an array. Since continuous microstructures do not similarly weaken the resultant HGMF, they facilitate significantly higher RBC separation. Nevertheless, periodic arrays are more appropriate for relatively deep microchannels since, unlike continuous microstructures, their separation effectiveness is independent of depth. The results are relevant to the design of microfluidic devices that leverage HGMFs to fractionate blood by separating RBCs and WBCs.

  9. HPLC separation of digested proteins and preparation for matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization analysis.

    PubMed

    Niessen, Sherry; McLeod, Ian; Yates, John R

    2006-12-01

    INTRODUCTIONTwo types of columns are commonly used for the separation of peptides by HPLC. A single-phase column contains the reverse-phase resin C18, which interacts with the hydrophobic moieties of the peptides. Peptides resulting from digestion of simple mixtures of proteins are loaded onto the single-phase column and eluted into the mass analyzer using an increasing gradient of an organic solvent. Peptides resulting from the digestion of more complex mixtures of proteins are resolved using a biphasic column. This column integrates both a strong cation exchange SCX resin, which interacts with peptides as a result of their positive charge, and a reverse-phase C18 resin, packed in tandem. Peptides initially interact with the SCX resin and are eluted into the C18 resin by ammonium acetate that competes for the peptide-binding sites. Peptides are then eluted from the C18 resin into the mass analyzer. This process is repeated using increasing concentrations of ammonium acetate to differentially elute peptides in a stepwise fashion. The biphasic column also uses an additional C18 reverse-phase resin linked through an Inline MicroFilter Assembly (Upchurch) to desalt the peptides prior to loading onto the SCX. The desalting and biphasic columns are combined to give an integrated desalting/biphasic column.

  10. Percoll density gradient separation of cells from human malignant effusions.

    PubMed Central

    Hamburger, A. W.; Dunn, F. E.; White, C. P.

    1985-01-01

    A simple method is described for the separation of cells derived from effusions of patients with adenocarcinomas in discontinuous density gradients of Percoll. After separation, cells from different fractions were analyzed by morphologic, histochemical and immunologic criteria. Total cell recovery from 27 experiments was 67 +/- 4%. Macrophages (82%) were recovered in the intermediate density fraction (1.056-1.067 g ml-1) with a purity of 90%. Recovered lymphocytes (98%) were found in the high density fraction (1.067-1.077 g ml-1) with a purity of 92%. The majority of the lymphocytes recovered were T cells. Malignant adenocarcinoma cells (90%) were recovered in the lowest density fractions (up to 1.056 g ml-1) with a purity of 79%. Use of effective cell separation procedures should facilitate the analysis of the functional capacities of both normal and neoplastic cells derived from human malignant effusions. PMID:2981542

  11. A gradient based facile HPLC method for simultaneous estimation of antioxidants extracted from tea powder.

    PubMed

    Nanjegowda, Shankara H; Papanna, Manasa G; Achar, Raghu Ram; Rangappa, Kanchugarakoppal S; Mallu, Puttaswamappa; Swamy, Shivananju Nanjunda

    2016-05-01

    A new simple, rapid and precise RP-HPLC method was developed for the extraction and quantitative estimation of caffeine (C), (-)-epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), (+)-catechin(Ct), (-)-epicatechin(EC), and (-)-epicatechin gallate (ECG) (collectively named as Tea Powder Bioactives TPBAs) extracted from tea powder using different ratios of ethanol: water. The simultaneous determination of TPBAs was performed using the UV spectrophotometric method which employs the absorbance at 205 nm (λmax of caffeine and polyphenols). This method is a gradient based HPLC method with a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min using Inertsil ODS 100 × 4.6 mm, 3 μm column with methanol and ammonium dihydrogen phosphate (pH-2.8) as mobile phase. The method was validated in terms of specificity, precision, linearity, accuracy, limit of quantification (LOQ), and limit of detection (LOD). The linearity of the proposed method was investigated for concentration ranging between 0.5-60 μg/mL with regression co-efficient, R(2) = 0.999-1.0. This method estimates all the TPBAs simultaneously with enhanced precision and linearity as per the ICH guidelines. Also, to confirm the individual TPBA, the antioxidant property of the each TPBA was analyzed which was commensurate with that of the previous reports.

  12. Monodisperse sphere-on-sphere silica particles for fast HPLC separation of peptides and proteins.

    PubMed

    Hayes, Richard; Myers, Peter; Edge, Tony; Zhang, Haifei

    2014-11-21

    Monodisperse sphere-on-sphere (SOS) silica particles are produced in a one-pot reaction, removing the need for time-consuming preparation and classification steps. Analysis of peptides and proteins using HPLC displays faster separation at lower operating pressure than commercially available fused core materials.

  13. Modeling high gradient magnetic separation from biological fluids.

    SciTech Connect

    Bockenfeld, D.; Chen, H.; Rempfer, D.; Kaminski, M. D.; Rosengart, A. J.; Chemical Engineering; Illinois Inst. of Tech.; Univ. of Chicago, Pritzker School of Medicine

    2006-01-01

    A proposed portable magnetic separator consists of an array of biocompatible capillary tubing and magnetizable wires immersed in an externally applied homogeneous magnetic field. While subject to the homogeneous magnetic field, the wires create high magnetic field gradients, which aid in the collection of blood-borne magnetic nanospheres from blood flow. In this study, a 3-D numerical model was created using COMSOL Multiphysics 3.2 software to determine the configuration of the wire-tubing array from two possible configurations, one being an array with rows alternating between wires and tubing, and the other being an array where wire and tubing alternate in two directions. The results demonstrated that the second configuration would actually capture more of the magnetic spheres. Experimental data obtained by our group support this numerical result.

  14. Method to predict the bandwidth of elution profile under the linear gradient elution in reversed-phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Lee, Ju Weon; Row, Kyung Ho

    2009-01-01

    Solute migration in a chromatographic column is an important consideration when designing batch or continuous chromatographic separation processes. Most design methods for the chromatographic processes are based on the equilibrium theory which concerns only the migration velocity of the solute. However, in real cases, it is important to predict the zone spreading which occurs by axial dispersion and mass transfer resistance. To predict the actual solute profiles in the column or effluent stream, numerical methods to solve nonlinear partial differential equations have been used. However, these methods involve much time and expense. In this work, two different rate factors are considered to predict the characteristics of the solute profiles. The first is solute migration velocity and the second is the zone spreading rate. The zone spreading rate can be estimated by the apparent axial dispersion coefficient which is obtained from the height of the equivalent theoretical plate in particular. Four benzene derivatives (benzene, toluene, p-xylene, and acetophenone) were used as model solutes, and two mobile phase systems, water/methanol and water/ACN, were used in RP-HPLC. The bandwidths and retention times of the solutes were predicted under several linear gradient conditions. The predicted and experimental bandwidths and retention times showed good agreement.

  15. Medical protein separation system using high gradient magnetic separation by superconducting magnet

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kamioka, Y.; Agatsuma, K.; Kajikawa, K.; Ueda, H.; Furuse, M.; Fuchino, S.; Iitsuka, T.; Nakamura, S.

    2014-01-01

    A high gradient magnetic separation system for medical protein using affinity magnetic nano-beads has been developed. Medical protein such as monoclonal antibody or immunoglobulin is an important substance as a medicine for cancer etc. However; the separation system of these medical protein has very low separation rate and the cost of product is extremely high. The developed system shows very high separation efficiency and can achieve low cost by large production rate compared to the system now using in this field. The system consists of a 3T superconducting magnet cooled by a cryo-cooler, a filter made of fine magnetic metal wires of about 30μm diameter and a demagnetization circuit and a liquid circulation pump for solvent containing medical protein. Affinity magnetic nano-beads is covered with the medical protein after agitation of solvent containing the protein and nano-beads, then the solvent flows through the system and the beads are trapped in the filters by high gradient magnetic field. The beads are released and flow out of the system by the AC demagnetization of the filters using LC resonance circuits after discharge of the magnet. The test results shows 97.8% of the magnetic nano-beads in pure water were captured and 94.1% of total beads were collected.

  16. Capture of metallic copper by high gradient magnetic separation system.

    PubMed

    Wu, Wan-I; Wu, Chung-Hsin; Hong, P K Andy; Lin, Cheng-Fang

    2011-10-01

    Valence copper was recovered from wastewater by chemical reduction and use of a high gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) system. Ammonia (NH3) and sodium dithionate (Na2S2O4) at a molar ratio of [Cu]:[NH3]:[Na2S2O4] = 1:4:3 at pH = 9.5 were used first to chemically reduce copper ion to metallic copper; the resultant metal solids were captured in an upflowing reactor space equipped with a permalloy matrix net under a high gradient magnetic field. The captured solids were predominantly 6-20 microm in diameter, with Cu2O and CuO present among the solids. Four treatment configurations with and without the use of magnetic field and metal alloy as the matrix net were tested and their effects evaluated: (1) no magnetic field or matrix, (2) no magnetic field but with matrix, (3) with magnetic field but no matrix, (4) with both magnetic field and matrix. At flow rates of 40, 60, 80 and 100 cm3/min, capture efficiencies for metallic copper in the absence of magnetic field were 87%, 86%, 63%, and 39%, respectively, and in the presence of magnetic field were 99%, 98%, 95%, and 93%, respectively. The HGMS was critical for a high capture efficiency, whereas a matrix net only marginally enhanced it. Additional tests with a larger reactor confirmed similarly high efficiencies of > 85%. The use of an alloy matrix appeared to be important when high flow rates are most likely to be employed in practical applications.

  17. Identification and quantification of phenolic compounds in grapes by HPLC-PDA-ESI-MS on a semimicro separation scale.

    PubMed

    Nicoletti, Isabella; Bello, Cristiano; De Rossi, Antonella; Corradini, Danilo

    2008-10-08

    Reversed phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) on a semimicro separation scale was employed to develop a straightforward method for the simultaneous separation, identification, and quantification of phenolic compounds occurring in whole berries of Vitis vinifera, which comprise phenolic acids, flavonols, catechins, stilbenes, and anthocyanins. A C-18 narrow bore column of 150 x 2.0 mm I.D. and a semimicro photodiode array detector (PDA) cell of 2.5 microL, in conjunction with a mass spectrometry detector equipped with an electrospray ionization source (ESI-MS) to confirm peak identification, were employed. The C-18 narrow bore column was eluted by a multisegment gradient of increasing concentration of acetonitrile in water-formic acid solution that was optimized on the basis of the results of a study carried out to evaluate the influence of mobile phase composition and gradient shape on separation performance and detection sensitivity by ESI-MS. The identification of individual phenolic compounds was performed on the basis of their retention times and both UV-visible and mass spectra, acquired by a mass spectrometer (MS) equipped with an electrospray ionization (ESI) source, employed in conjunction with the PDA detector. Libraries comprising retention times, UV-visible, and mass spectra for major phenolic compounds expected in grape berries were made by subjecting solutions of each phenolic standard to the optimized RP-HPLC method. Quantification of individual compounds was performed by the external standard method using a six point regression graph of the UV-visible absorption data collected at the wavelength of maximum absorbance of each analyte determined by the PDA spectra. The RP-HPLC method was validated in terms of linearity of calibration graphs, limits of detection, limits of quantification, repeatability, and accuracy, which was evaluated by a recovery study. The developed method was successfully applied to identify the phenolic compounds

  18. Reliable HPLC separation, vibrational circular dichroism spectra, and absolute configurations of isoborneol enantiomers.

    PubMed

    Gao, Rui-Qi; Fan, Jun; Tan, Qi; Guo, Dong; Chen, Tao; He, Ru-Jian; Li, Dan; Zhang, Hui; Zhang, Wei-Guang

    2017-09-01

    Resolution of chiral compounds has played an important role in the pharmaceutical field, involving detailed studies of pharmacokinetics, physiological, toxicological, and metabolic activities of enantiomers. Herein, a reliable method by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) coupled with an optical rotation detector was developed to separate isoborneol enantiomers. A cellulose tris(3, 5-dimethylphenylcarbamate)-coated chiral stationary phase showed the best separation performance for isoborneol enantiomers in the normal phase among four polysaccharide chiral packings. The effects of alcoholic modifiers and column temperature were studied in detail. Resolution of the isoborneol racemate displayed a downward trend along with an increase in the content of ethanol and column temperature, indicating that less ethanol in the mobile phase and lower temperature were favorable to this process. Moreover, two isoborneol enantiomers were obtained via a semipreparative chiral HPLC technique under optimum conditions, and further characterized by analytical HPLC, and experimental and calculated vibrational circular dichroism (VCD) spectroscopy, respectively. The solution VCD spectrum of the first-eluted component was consistent with the Density Functional Theory (DFT) calculated pattern based on the SSS configuration, indicating that this enantiomer should be (1S, 2S, 4S)-(+)-isoborneol. Briefly, these results have provided reliable information to establish a method for analysis, preparative separation, and absolute configuration of chiral compounds without typical chromophoric groups. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  19. Ferritin as a label for high-gradient magnetic separation.

    PubMed Central

    Owen, C S; Lindsay, J G

    1983-01-01

    In three model systems, particles the size of cells or smaller have been surface labeled with ferritin to make them slightly paramagnetic, by virtue of the iron in the ferritin. In each case it was possible to show that labeled particles could be magnetically removed from a flowing suspension by the high-gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) technique. The first system of particles consisted of small (1 micron) carboxylate-modified latex spheres to which ferritin was covalently bound to create stable paramagnetic particles analogous to a ferritin-labeled subcellular membrane preparation. In the second system polyacrylamide beads that more closely approximated whole cells in size (5-50 microns) were labeled with immunoferritin. The third system was a biomembrane preparation: erythrocyte ghosts labeled with a ferritin-lectin conjugate. A field of 7 T (tesla) (70 kG) was used in each case, along with buffer flow rates through the HGMS column in the range 0.1-1.0 ml/min. PMID:6860772

  20. Linear solvation energy relationships in normal phase chromatography based on gradient separations.

    PubMed

    Wu, Di; Lucy, Charles A

    2017-09-22

    Coupling the modified Soczewiñski model and one gradient run, a gradient method was developed to build a linear solvation energy relationship (LSER) for normal phase chromatography. The gradient method was tested on dinitroanilinopropyl (DNAP) and silica columns with hexane/dichloromethane (DCM) mobile phases. LSER models built based on the gradient separation agree with those derived from a series of isocratic separations. Both models have similar LSER coefficients and comparable goodness of fit, but the LSER model based on gradient separation required fewer trial and error experiments. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Separation and determination of lanthanides, thorium and uranium using a dual gradient in reversed-phase liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Raut, Narendra M; Jaison, P G; Aggarwal, Suresh K

    2004-10-15

    Separation and determination of lanthanides, Th and U is of great relevance in different fields of science and technology. Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) using alpha-hydroxy isobutyric acid (alpha-HIBA) as an eluent on reversed-phase column modified to cation exchanger has been reported to achieve the separation. However, under those conditions, Th and U are eluted amongst lanthanides, making their quantification difficult due to overlapping with some of the lanthanides peaks. In this work, different chromatographic parameters (concentrations of eluent and ion interaction reagent, pH, etc.) were studied systematically to arrive at optimum chromatographic conditions. Using the dual (concentration and pH) gradient conditions, lanthanides, Th and U could be separated in 11 min by RP-HPLC with sequential elution of Th and U after the elution of all the lanthanides. The separation methodology was tested using SY-3 rock sample for the separation and determination of lanthanides, Th and U. The method allows an accurate determination of these elements in a single run using a single column. Also, the method is fast and cost-effective compared to the reported methods.

  2. Separation, identification, quantification, and method validation of anthocyanins in botanical supplement raw materials by HPLC and HPLC-MS.

    PubMed

    Chandra, A; Rana, J; Li, Y

    2001-08-01

    A method has been established and validated for identification and quantification of individual, as well as total, anthocyanins by HPLC and LC/ES-MS in botanical raw materials used in the herbal supplement industry. The anthocyanins were separated and identified on the basis of their respective M(+) (cation) using LC/ES-MS. Separated anthocyanins were individually calculated against one commercially available anthocyanin external standard (cyanidin-3-glucoside chloride) and expressed as its equivalents. Amounts of each anthocyanin calculated as external standard equivalent were then multiplied by a molecular-weight correction factor to afford their specific quantities. Experimental procedures and use of a molecular-weight correction factors are substantiated and validated using Balaton tart cherry and elderberry as templates. Cyanidin-3-glucoside chloride has been widely used in the botanical industry to calculate total anthocyanins. In our studies on tart cherry and elderberry, its use as external standard followed by use of molecular-weight correction factors should provide relatively accurate results for total anthocyanins, because of the presence of cyanidin as their major anthocyanidin backbone. The method proposed here is simple and has a direct sample preparation procedure without any solid-phase extraction. It enables selection and use of commercially available anthocyanins as external standards for quantification of specific anthocyanins in the sample matrix irrespective of their commercial availability as analytical standards. It can be used as a template and applied for similar quantification in several anthocyanin-containing raw materials for routine quality control procedures, thus providing consistency in analytical testing of botanical raw materials used for manufacturing efficacious and true-to-the-label nutritional supplements.

  3. Separation of mAbs molecular variants by analytical hydrophobic interaction chromatography HPLC: overview and applications.

    PubMed

    Haverick, Mark; Mengisen, Selina; Shameem, Mohammed; Ambrogelly, Alexandre

    2014-01-01

    Hydrophobic interaction chromatography-high performance liquid chromatography (HIC-HPLC) is a powerful analytical method used for the separation of molecular variants of therapeutic proteins. The method has been employed for monitoring various post-translational modifications, including proteolytic fragments and domain misfolding in etanercept (Enbrel®); tryptophan oxidation, aspartic acid isomerization, the formation of cyclic imide, and α amidated carboxy terminus in recombinant therapeutic monoclonal antibodies; and carboxy terminal heterogeneity and serine fucosylation in Fc and Fab fragments. HIC-HPLC is also a powerful analytical technique for the analysis of antibody-drug conjugates. Most current analytical columns, methods, and applications are described, and critical method parameters and suitability for operation in regulated environment are discussed, in this review.

  4. Development of a gradient HPLC method for the simultaneous determination of sotalol and sorbate in oral liquid preparations using solid core stationary phase.

    PubMed

    Matysova, Ludmila; Zahalkova, Oxana; Klovrzova, Sylva; Sklubalova, Zdenka; Solich, Petr; Zahalka, Lukas

    2015-01-01

    A selective and sensitive gradient HPLC-UV method for quantification of sotalol hydrochloride and potassium sorbate in five types of oral liquid preparations was developed and fully validated. The separation of an active substance sotalol hydrochloride, potassium sorbate (antimicrobial agent), and other substances (for taste and smell correction, etc.) was performed using an Ascentis Express C18 (100 × 4.6 mm, particles 2.7 μm) solid core HPLC column. Linear gradient elution mode with a flow rate of 1.3 mL min(-1) was used, and the injection volume was 5 µL. The UV/Vis absorbance detector was set to a wavelength of 237 nm, and the column oven was conditioned at 25°C. A sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate solution (pH 2.5; 17.7 mM) was used as the mobile phase buffer. The total analysis time was 4.5 min (+2.5 min for reequilibration). The method was successfully employed in a stability evaluation of the developed formulations, which are now already being used in the therapy of arrhythmias in pediatric patients; the method is also suitable for general quality control, that is, not only just for extemporaneous preparations containing the mentioned substances.

  5. Accurate prediction of retention in hydrophilic interaction chromatography (HILIC) by back calculation of high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) gradient profiles.

    PubMed

    Wang, Nu; Boswell, Paul G

    2017-08-26

    Gradient retention times are difficult to project from the underlying retention factor (k) vs. solvent composition (φ) relationships. A major reason for this difficulty is that gradients produced by HPLC pumps are imperfect - gradient delay, gradient dispersion, and solvent mis-proportioning are all difficult to account for in calculations. However, we recently showed that a gradient "back-calculation" methodology can measure these imperfections and take them into account. In RPLC, when the back-calculation methodology was used, error in projected gradient retention times is as low as could be expected based on repeatability in the k vs. φ relationships. HILIC, however, presents a new challenge: the selectivity of HILIC columns drift strongly over time. Retention is repeatable in short time, but selectivity frequently drifts over the course of weeks. In this study, we set out to understand if the issue of selectivity drift can be avoid by doing our experiments quickly, and if there any other factors that make it difficult to predict gradient retention times from isocratic k vs. φ relationships when gradient imperfections are taken into account with the back-calculation methodology. While in past reports, the accuracy of retention projections was >5%, the back-calculation methodology brought our error down to ∼1%. This result was 6-43 times more accurate than projections made using ideal gradients and 3-5 times more accurate than the same retention projections made using offset gradients (i.e., gradients that only took gradient delay into account). Still, the error remained higher in our HILIC projections than in RPLC. Based on the shape of the back-calculated gradients, we suspect the higher error is a result of prominent gradient distortion caused by strong, preferential water uptake from the mobile phase into the stationary phase during the gradient - a factor our model did not properly take into account. It appears that, at least with the stationary phase

  6. Solid-phase extraction of arginine vasotocin and isotocin in fish samples and subsequent gradient reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic separation.

    PubMed

    Kulczykowska, E

    1995-11-17

    Gradient high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) preceded by a solid-phase extraction (SPE) step is described for determining arginine vasotocin and isotocin, the neurohypophysial nonapeptides, in fish plasma samples. The combination of these two methods significantly improves the separation and increases the sensitivity of the assay. The proposed assay may be a useful alternative for analysis of similar nonapeptides in plasma without the use of radioisotopes, while taking into consideration a difference in detection sensitivity.

  7. Eco-friendly separation of catechins using cyclodextrins as mobile phase additives in RP-HPLC.

    PubMed

    Bi, Wentao; Li, Shengnan; Row, Kyung Ho

    2012-01-01

    New mobile phases for RP-HPLC were developed for the separation of catechin compounds in tea. Cyclodextrin mobile phase additives decreased the use of toxic and inflammable organic solvents without compromising resolution or separation efficiency. To develop a simple greener method for analyzing five tea catechins in RP-HPLC, the mobile phase condition was optimized and the lowest organic modifier proportion with content resolutions and retention factors were obtained. Eco-friendly cyclodextrins were used as mobile phase additives to decrease the proportion of organic modifier and improve resolutions and retention factors. The effects of several physico-chemical parameters on the retention factors were investigate d and the optimum conditions were obtained on a conventional C₁₈ column, where the mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile/water (12/88, v/v) with 1.5 mmol/L β-cyclodextrin at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Cyclodextrins can separate analytes through host-guest complexation, where a transient diastereomeric complex is formed between the cyclodextrin and the analyte. β-Cyclodextrin is the most accessible, the least expensive and generally the most useful cyclodextrin. This work developed a simple eco-friendly method with the lowest concentration of organic solvents. Under the optimal condition, five catechins could be baseline separated within 17 minutes in the isocratic mode. This research exhibited the potential for the separation and determination of other active compounds from natural plants by a greener method. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  8. A new technique for the separation and analysis of organomercury compounds: HPLC-PCO-CVAAS

    SciTech Connect

    Engelhart, W.G.

    1994-12-31

    While methodologies and instrumentation for mercury are well established, a simple, reliable technique for quantifying organomercury compounds has not emerged. The environmental impact of organomercurials cannot be accurately assessed without data from reliable, standardized analytical procedures. AOAC methods do exist for the analysis of methylmercury in fish tissue and are used for compliance monitoring of the FDA`s 1 ppm action level. However, these gas chromatographic based methods exhibit poor selectivity for organomercury compounds and limited sensitivity due to the small injection volumes used. Virtually all other publications in the field are feasibility studies reporting results obtained using modified, experimental instrumentation. Difficulties in interfacing the instruments required for separation with the instruments performing the quantitation function have hindered adoption of these experimental approaches as routine analytical methods. A new technique for the separation and analysis of organomercury compounds that overcomes the limitations of other techniques has recently been demonstrated. This technique termed HPLC-PCO-CVAAS combines high performance liquid chromatography with a post column oxidation step by followed by cold vapor atomic absorption spectroscopy. The underlying principles of the HPLC-PCO-CVAAS technique will be discussed and contrasted with other techniques. Analytical results obtained with methyl, phenyl and ethyl mercury species, and inorganic mercury (II) will be reported.

  9. Chiral separation of Frovatriptan isomers by HPLC using amylose based chiral stationary phase.

    PubMed

    Khan, Muzaffar; Viswanathan, Balaji; Rao, D Sreenivas; Reddy, Rajasekhar

    2007-02-01

    A stereospecific HPLC method for separation of Frovatriptan enantiomers in bulk drug and pharmaceutical formulations was developed and validated on a normal-phase amylose derivertized chiral column. The effects of the organic modifiers namely 2-propanol, ethanol and diethyl amine (DEA) in the mobile phase were optimized to obtain the best enantiomeric separation. Calibration curves were linear over the range of 200-6150 ng/mL, with a regression coefficient (R(2)) of 0.9998. The limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification (LOQ) were 65 ng/mL and 200 ng/mL, respectively. The method was accurate and precise and suitable for the intended purpose. Analysis results were compared with the results obtained by using a validated chiral CE method and found to be in very good agreement. This method can be successfully applied to the enantiomeric purity analysis of Frovatriptan in pharmaceutical bulk drug samples and formulations.

  10. Improved identification of conjugated linoleic acid isomers using silver-ion HPLC separations.

    PubMed

    Delmonte, Pierluigi; Yurawecz, Martin P; Mossoba, Magdi M; Cruz-Hernandez, Cristina; Kramer, John K G

    2004-01-01

    Silver-ion high-performance liquid chromatography (Ag+-HPLC) has been shown to be effective in the resolution of most of the isomers of conjugated octadecadienoic acids (18:2), also known as conjugated linoleic acid (CLA). The CLA isomers identified in natural fats from ruminants are a mixture of numerous positional and geometric isomers from 7,9- to 12,14-18:2. Ag+-HPLC separates both geometric (trans,trans < cis/trans < cis,cis) and positional CLA isomers using the mobile phase hexane/acetonitrile (99.9:0.1). The elution volumes for the CLA isomers were not only affected by the concentration of acetonitrile (in the prepared mobile phase) but also with successive runs during the day using a prepared mobile phase batch, due to the partial solubility of acetonitrile in hexane. However, this drift does not affect the relative resolution of the CLA isomers. The addition of diethyl ether to the mobile phase partly stabilizes the solvent mixture. In order to facilitate the interpretation of Ag-+HPLC chromatograms, the relative retention volumes (RRV) were calculated for each CLA isomer. Toluene was added to all the test portions and served as an estimator of dead volume, whereas the elution of the ubiquitous 9c,11t-CLA isomer was chosen as unity (1.00). Expressing the elution of all the CLA isomers as their RRV greatly helped to standardize each CLA isomer, resulting in relatively small coefficients of variation (% CV) for the trans,trans (<1.5%) and cis/trans (<0.5%) CLA isomers. The identification of the CLA isomers was further facilitated by synthesis of authentic CLA isomers. All the geometric CLA fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) from positions 6,8- to 13,15-CLA were commercially available or synthesized by a combination of partial hydrazine reduction of known polyunsaturated fatty acids followed by alkali isomerization, isolation of products, and further iodine-catalyzed geometric isomerization. Based on expressing the elution volume as RRV and the availability of

  11. Metrics of separation performance in chromatography: Part 3: General separation performance of linear solvent strength gradient liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Blumberg, Leonid M; Desmet, Gert

    2015-09-25

    The separation performance metrics defined in Part 1 of this series are applied to the evaluation of general separation performance of linear solvent strength (LSS) gradient LC. Among the evaluated metrics was the peak capacity of an arbitrary segment of a chromatogram. Also evaluated were the peak width, the separability of two solutes, the utilization of separability, and the speed of analysis-all at an arbitrary point of a chromatogram. The means are provided to express all these metrics as functions of an arbitrary time during LC analysis, as functions of an arbitrary outlet solvent strength changing during the analysis, as functions of parameters of the solutes eluting during the analysis, and as functions of several other factors. The separation performance of gradient LC is compared with the separation performance of temperature-programmed GC evaluated in Part 2.

  12. Retention modeling in combined pH/organic solvent gradient reversed-phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Zisi, Ch; Fasoula, S; Nikitas, P; Pappa-Louisi, A

    2013-07-07

    An approach for retention modeling of double pH/organic solvent gradient data easily generated by automatically mixing two mobile phases with different pH and organic content according to a linear pump program is proposed. This approach is based on retention models arising from the evaluation of the retention data of a set of 17 OPA derivatives of amino acids obtained in 27 combined pH/organic solvent gradient runs performed between fixed initial pH/organic modifier values but different final ones and for different gradient duration. The derived general model is a ninth parameter equation easily manageable through a linear least-squares fitting but it requires eighteen initial pH/organic modifier gradient experiments for a satisfactory retention prediction in various double gradients of the same kind with those used in the fitting procedure. Two simplified versions of the general model, which were parameterized based on six only initial pH/organic modifier gradients, were also proposed, when one of the final double gradient conditions, pH or organic content was kept constant. The full and the simplified models allowed us to predict the experimental retention data in simultaneous pH/organic solvent double gradient mode very satisfactorily without the solution of the fundamental equation of gradient elution.

  13. Improvement in HPLC separation of acetic acid and levulinic acid in the profiling of biomass hydrolysate.

    PubMed

    Xie, Rui; Tu, Maobing; Wu, Yonnie; Adhikari, Sushil

    2011-04-01

    5-Hydroxymethylfurfural (HMF) and furfural could be separated by the Aminex HPX-87H column chromatography, however, the separation and quantification of acetic acid and levulinic acid in biomass hydrolysate have been difficult with this method. In present study, the HPLC separation of acetic acid and levulinic acid on Aminex HPX-87H column has been investigated by varying column temperature, flow rate, and sulfuric acid content in the mobile phase. The column temperature was found critical in resolving acetic acid and levulinic acid. The resolution for two acids increased dramatically from 0.42 to 1.86 when the column temperature was lowered from 60 to 30 °C. So did the capacity factors for levulinic acid that was increased from 1.20 to 1.44 as the column temperature dropped. The optimum column temperature for the separation was found at 45 °C. Variation in flow rate and sulfuric acid concentration improved not as much as the column temperature did. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  14. Loss of PAF-like activity from human embryo conditioned media (ECM) following HPLC separation.

    PubMed

    Adamson, L M; Hanf, V; Mittmann, S G; Tinneberg, H R

    1992-08-21

    Recently a platelet activating factor (PAF)-like activity has been found in embryo conditioned media (ECM) and consequentially been termed embryo-derived PAF (EPAF). Yet it remains unclear whether the embryo-released molecule is in fact PAF or a PAF precursor or inductor in vivo. In this study we shall show that ECM did not induce platelet aggregation in vitro; however, it was possible to detect PAF-activity using the sensitive splenectomized mouse bioassay (SMB). Following lipid extraction, PAF activity was diminished, and after additional HPLC separation completely lost. We propose that the active fraction of ECM is lipid in nature but that this molecule is not PAF. We would rather suggest that this molecule induces the production of PAF by other cell types in vivo.

  15. Configurable lipid membrane gradients quantify diffusion, phase separations and binding densities.

    PubMed

    Liu, Katherine N; Hung, Chen-Min S; Swift, Michael A; Muñoz, Kristen A; Cortez, Jose L; Sanii, Babak

    2015-11-14

    Single-experiment analysis of phospholipid compositional gradients reveals diffusion coefficients, phase separation parameters, and binding densities as a function of localized lipid mixture. Compositional gradients are formed by directed self assembly where rapid-prototyping techniques (i.e., additive manufacturing or laser-cutting) prescribe lipid geometries that self-spread, heal and mix by diffusion.

  16. Cytotoxicity and bioavailability studies on a decoction of Oldenlandia diffusa and its fractions separated by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Ganbold, Munkhchimeg; Barker, James; Ma, Ren; Jones, Lucy; Carew, Mark

    2010-09-15

    Oldenlandia diffusa is a traditional Chinese herbal remedy with known cytotoxic activity in vitro and in vivo. The aim of the study was to identify the most cytotoxic constituents of a water extract (a decoction is traditionally used as a treatment) by HPLC and activity-guided fractionation. The bioavailability of the decoction and certain fractions, and the mode of cell death induced by these mixtures, were also investigated. A decoction of O. diffusa was prepared and separated by HPLC into eleven fractions (F1-11) for testing on the growth of HL60 leukaemia cells; two of the most active fractions were also tested on Caco-2 colon cancer cells. Cell viability was measured by trypan blue exclusion, DNA content (Cyquant NF assay) and neutral red uptake. Evidence of apoptosis was gained from cells stained with the nuclear dye DAPI, and detection of cleaved poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) by Western blot. Fraction 9 was found to be the most active fraction, and, along with the decoction, induced apoptosis. Cells stained with DAPI showed a decrease in cell size and nuclear fragmentation characteristic of apoptosis. Detection of cleaved PARP further confirmed induction of apoptosis by O. diffusa decoction and fraction 9. The bioavailability of O. diffusa was investigated by production of post-absorption samples using Caco-2 intestinal epithelial monolayers. Addition of post-absorption samples (taken from the basolateral side after 3h incubation with the decoction on the apical side) inhibited the growth of HL60 cells, and suggested a degree of bioavailability. The constituents in fraction 9 were further separated by HPLC and eight major compounds were identified by LC-MS: two of these were ursolic acid (UA) and its enantiomer oleanolic acid (OA). Concentrations of UA and OA in the decoction were then calculated by reference to the area of the peaks of UA and OA found in F9. The post-absorption sample of F9 contained six of the eight constituents in the original pre

  17. Synthesis of a mixed-model stationary phase derived from glutamine for HPLC separation of structurally different biologically active compounds: HILIC and reversed-phase applications.

    PubMed

    Aral, Tarık; Aral, Hayriye; Ziyadanoğulları, Berrin; Ziyadanoğulları, Recep

    2015-01-01

    A novel mixed-mode stationary phase was synthesised starting from N-Boc-glutamine, aniline and spherical silica gel (4 µm, 60 Å). The prepared stationary phase was characterized by IR and elemental analysis. The new stationary phase bears an embedded amide group into phenyl ring, highly polar a terminal amide group and non-polar groups (phenyl and alkyl groups). At first, this new mixed-mode stationary phase was used for HILIC separation of four nucleotides and five nucleosides. The effects of different separation conditions, such as pH value, mobile phase and temperature, on the separation process were investigated. The optimum separation for nucleotides was achieved using HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature. Under these conditions, the four nucleotides could be separated and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Five nucleosides were separated under HILIC isocratic elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=3.25 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 265 nm within 14 min. Chromatographic parameters as retention factor, selectivity, theoretical plate number and peak asymmetry factor were calculated for the effect of temperature and water content in mobile phase on the separation process. The new column was also tested for nucleotides and nucleosides mixture and six analytes were separated in 10min. The chromatographic behaviours of these polar analytes on the new mixed-model stationary phase were compared with those of HILIC columns under similar conditions. Further, phytohormones and phenolic compounds were separated in order to see influence of the new stationary phase in reverse phase conditions. Eleven plant phytohormones were separated within 13 min using RP-HPLC gradient elution with aqueous mobile phase containing pH=2.5 phosphate buffer (10mM) and acetonitrile with 20°C column temperature and detected at 230 or 278 nm. The best separation

  18. High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC): a rapid, flexible and sensitive method for separating islet proinsulin and insulin.

    PubMed

    Halban, P A; Rhodes, C J; Shoelson, S E

    1986-12-01

    Evaluating islet function in vitro involves studying both insulin biosynthesis and release. For the former, it is necessary to resolve insulin from its precursor, proinsulin. This has been achieved in the past by various procedures, each of which suffers from major drawbacks in terms of resolution and the time involved. We show here that reversed phase high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) outperforms previous methods for separating proinsulin from insulin in islet extracts without any prepurification or concentration steps. This HPLC method is rapid (90 min for a complete cycle, including washing the column) and reproducible, while allowing for unambiguous separation and quantification of proinsulin and insulin.

  19. Possibility of high gradient magnetic separation in angular steps

    SciTech Connect

    Iacob, G.; Rezlescu, N.

    1997-11-01

    Using a rotating HGMS ordered matrix in a quasi-transversal configuration, experiments have been performed to study the dependence of the captured mass m{sub S} on the angle {alpha} between the direction of the applied field H{sub 0} and the ferromagnetic wires. The ordered dependence of m{sub S} on {alpha} registered experimentally reveals the possibility to successively separate a granular mixture by an adequate choice of the inclination angles (angular steps) without modifying the applied field H{sub 0} or the average flow velocity v{sub a}. Relationships were derived connecting the magnetic susceptibilities of the mixture components with the inclination angle {alpha} in order to accomplish such a separation in angular steps.

  20. Role of surfactants in carbon nanotubes density gradient separation.

    PubMed

    Carvalho, Elton J F; dos Santos, Maria Cristina

    2010-02-23

    Several strategies aimed at sorting single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWNT) by diameter and/or electronic structure have been developed in recent years. A nondestructive sorting method was recently proposed in which nanotube bundles are dispersed in water-surfactant solutions and submitted to ultracentrifugation in a density gradient. By this method, SWNTs of different diameters are distributed according to their densities along the centrifuge tube. A mixture of two anionic amphiphiles, namely sodium dodecylsulfate (SDS) and sodium cholate (SC), presented the best performance in discriminating nanotubes by diameter. We present molecular dynamics studies of the water-surfactant-SWNT system. The simulations revealed one aspect of the discriminating power of surfactants: they can actually be attracted toward the interior of the nanotube cage. The binding energies of SDS and SC on the outer nanotube surface are very similar and depend weakly on diameter. The binding inside the tubes, on the contrary, is strongly diameter dependent: SDS fits best inside tubes with diameters ranging from 8 to 9 A, while SC is best accommodated in larger tubes, with diameters in the range 10.5-12 A. The dynamics at room temperature showed that, as the amphiphile moves to the hollow cage, water molecules are dragged together, thereby promoting the nanotube filling. The resulting densities of filled SWNT are in agreement with measured densities.

  1. Efficient HPLC separation of N-p-nitrophenylglycosylamines derived from complex oligosaccharide mixtures. Human orosomucoid as a model.

    PubMed

    Kurth, H; Lehmann, J

    1986-04-01

    With human orosomucoid as model compound, a new method was developed to separate neutral oligosaccharides as N-p-nitro-phenylglycosylamines. Asialo orosomucoid was prepared by treatment with neuraminidase and purified by size exclusion HPLC on TSK 2000 SW. Oligosaccharides were isolated by reversed phase HPLC on Hamilton PRP-1 after hydrazinolysis and re-N-acetylation. Glycosylamination was performed with p-nitroaniline in DMSO-formic acid-water, where the whole mixture of oligosaccharide derivatives was isolated by reversed phase HPLC on Hamilton PRP-1 and separated into single glycosylamines on Shandon Hypersil ODS. The purified glycosylamines could be methylated by a new rapid method with sodium hydroxide and methyl iodide in DMSO, isolation and purification were carried out on Hamilton PRP-1 and Spherisorb ODS 2, respectively, as described for the glycosylamines. Preparative scale HPLC separations were performed on analytical columns using repetitive collection mode and automatic sample loading by means of a peristaltic pump operated by the HPLC controller. The purified glycosylamines can be used for sugar analyses or, after permethylation, for methylation analyses or related procedures.

  2. Rapid separation of Arabidopsis male gametophyte developmental stages using a Percoll gradient.

    PubMed

    Dupl'áková, Nikoleta; Dobrev, Petre I; Reňák, David; Honys, David

    2016-10-01

    Research investigating the dynamics of male gametophyte (MG) development has proven to be challenging for the plant science community. Here we describe our protocol for separating Arabidopsis MG developmental stages, which is based on the centrifugation of pollen through a discontinuous Percoll concentration gradient. This Percoll gradient can be formed using a pipette, and it does not require a gradient maker. The purity of the isolated developing spores is as high as 70%, and in most separations it is well above 80%. Using this protocol, we can separate four different stages of pollen development-uninucleate microspore (UNM), bicellular pollen (BCP), tricellular immature pollen (TCP) and mature pollen grain (MPG). The duration of the separation procedure, excluding the cutting of flower inflorescences, is 6 h. This is reduced to 4 h when using a vacuum cleaning method to remove the MPGs before the Percoll density separation.

  3. Separation of bacteriochlorophyll homologues from green photosynthetic sulfur bacteria by reversed-phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Borrego, C M; Garcia-Gil, L J

    1994-07-01

    A reversed-phase High Performance Liquid Cromatography (HPLC) method has been developed to accurately separate bacteriochlorophyllsc, d ande homologues in a reasonably short run time of 60 minutes. By using this method, two well-defined groups of bacteriochlorophyll homologue peaks can be discriminated. The first one consists of 4 peaks (min 24 to 30), which corresponds to the four main farnesyl homologues. The second peak subset is formed by a cluster of up to 10 minor peaks (min 33 to 40). These peaks can be related with series of several alcohol esters of the different chlorosome chlorophylls. The number of homologues was, however, quite variable depending on both, the bacteriochlorophyll and the bacterial species. The method hereby described, also provides a good separation of other photosynthetic pigments, either bacterial (Bacteriochlorophylla, chlorobactene, isorenieratene and okenone) or algal ones (Chlorophylla, Pheophytina and β-carotene). A preliminary screening of the homologue composition of several green photosynthetic bacterial species and isolates, has revealed different relative quantitative patterns. These differences seem to be related to physiological aspects rather than to taxonomic ones. The application of the method to the study of natural populations avoids the typical drawbacks on the pigment identification of overlapping eukaryotic and prokaryotic phototrophic microorganisms, giving further information about their physiological status.

  4. Combined HPLC-MS and HPLC-NMR on-line coupling for the separation and determination of lutein and zeaxanthin stereoisomers in spinach and in retina.

    PubMed

    Dachtler, M; Glaser, T; Kohler, K; Albert, K

    2001-02-01

    The determination and unambiguous identification of carotenoid stereoisomers from biological tissues, avoiding isomerization and oxidation due to the extraction process, is still a major challenge. Particularly, the analysis of lutein and zeaxanthin stereoisomers is of great importance, as these are the main constituents of the macula lutea, the central part of the human retina, and act as possible agents in the prevention and treatment of age-related macular degeneration (AMD). By combining a mild and quick extraction technique such as matrix solid-phase dispersion together with high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), the extremely light and oxygen sensitive lutein and zeaxanthin stereoisomers are extracted, enriched, and separated directly from the solid plant or tissue samples, excluding preparation of artifacts. HPLC separations are performed with C30 phases due to their enhanced shape selectivity compared to C18 phases and on-line coupled to mass spectrometry (MS) and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. By using HPLC-MS with atmospheric pressure chemical ionization, the lutein stereoisomers can be distinguished from the zeaxanthin stereoisomers within one chromatographic run in the upper picogram range, whereas HPLC-NMR coupling allows the unequivocal identification of each stereoisomer with a concentration in the upper nanogram range. This article provides an analytical method for the artifact-free determination of lutein and zeaxanthin stereoisomers directly from the solid biological tissue spinach as a source of carotenoids and retina as the sphere of activity for AMD. In addition, the structures of these stereoisomers were unambiguously elucidated by employing hyphenated analytical techniques.

  5. Homochiral metal-organic frameworks based on amino acid ligands for HPLC separation of enantiomers.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Jun-Hui; Nong, Rui-Yu; Xie, Sheng-Ming; Wang, Bang-Jin; Ai, Ping; Yuan, Li-Ming

    2017-07-05

    Natural amino acids are well known to form coordination polymers with transition metal ions. In this study, six homochiral metal-organic frameworks constructed from Zn(2+) or Co(2+) ions and various enantiopure amino acid (L-tyrosine, L-histidine, L-tryptophan and L-glutamic acid), namely [Zn(L-tyr)]n (L-tyrZn), [Zn4 (btc)2 (Hbtc)(L-His)2 (H2 O)4 ]·1.5H2 O, {[Zn2 (L-trp)2 (bpe)2 (H2 O)2 ]·2H2 O·2NO3 }n , [Co2 (L-Trp)(INT)2 (H2 O)2 (ClO4 )], [Co2 (sdba)((L-Trp)2 ] and [Co(L-Glu)(H2 O)·H2 O]∞ , were synthesized according to the methods previously reported in the literature. The six homochiral MOFs were explored as the chiral stationary phases for high-performance liquid chromatographic separation of enantiomers using hexane/isopropanol or hexane/dichloromethane as mobile phase. Various types of enantiomers such as alcohols, amines, ketones, ethers, organic acids, etc. can be resolved on these homochiral MOF columns. The results revealed that the enantioseletivities of homochiral MOFs based on amino acids as chiral bridging ligands used as stationary phases are practical in HPLC. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  6. Quantification of protein thiols using ThioGlo 1 fluorescent derivatives and HPLC separation.

    PubMed

    Hoff, Signe; Larsen, Flemming H; Andersen, Mogens L; Lund, Marianne N

    2013-04-07

    A method for quantification of total soluble protein-derived thiols in beer was developed based on the formation of fluorescent adducts with the maleimide compound ThioGlo 1. The problem of interference from fluorescent adducts of sulfite and ThioGlo 1 was solved by HPLC separation of the adducts followed by fluorescence detection. Using standard addition of GSH, a detection limit of 0.028 μM thiols was achieved. The application and validation of the method was demonstrated for beers with different color intensities, and the application range is in principle for any biological system containing thiols. However, the quantification of cysteine was complicated by a lower fluorescence response of its ThioGlo 1 adducts. Based on the studies of the responses of a series of cysteine-derived thiols and (1)H NMR studies of the structures of ThioGlo 1 adducts with GSH and cysteine, it was concluded that thiols with a neighboring free amino group yield ThioGlo 1 adducts with a reduced fluorescence intensity.

  7. Density-gradient-assisted centrifugal microfluidics: an approach to continuous-mode particle separation.

    PubMed

    Ukita, Yoshiaki; Oguro, Takayuki; Takamura, Yuzuru

    2017-06-01

    Centrifugal microfluidics has been recognized as a promising pumping method in microfluidics because of its simplicity, easiness of automation, and parallel processing. However, the patterning of stripe flow in centrifugal microfluidics is challenging because a fluid is significantly affected by the Coriolis force, which produces an intrinsic secondary flow. This paper reports a technical and design strategy for centrifugal microfluidics called "density-gradient-assisted centrifugal microfluidics." The flow behavior is observed with the presence of a density gradient and without a density gradient in two concentrically traveling phase flows. As a result, clear stripe flow pattern is observed with a density difference of 0.05 g/cm(3) between water and a percoll solution at a flow rate of 11.8 μl/s (7 ml/10 min) and spinning speed of 3000 rpm. In contrast, without a density gradient, it is necessary to reduce the flow rate and spinning speed to 0.1 μl/s and 1000 rpm, respectively. This paper also presents the use of a density gradient to assist in focusing resin (polystyrene) particles on the boundary of a stripe flow pattern that consists of water and percoll with different densities. Moreover, the density-based separation and sorting of particles in a mixed particle suspension is demonstrated. Polystyrene is selectively focused on the boundary, but silica particles are separated from the focused trajectory due to a difference in density. The separated particles are continuously sorted into different reservoirs with polystyrene and silica separation efficiencies of 96.5% and 98.5%, respectively. The pumping, stripe flow pattern formation, particle concentration, and sorting are simultaneously realized by applying a density gradient and centrifugal force. Therefore, this principle can realize a very simple technique for label-free particle separation by just spinning a disk device and can be applied in other applications by the use of the density-gradient

  8. Feedback control of chromosome separation by a midzone Aurora B gradient.

    PubMed

    Afonso, Olga; Matos, Irina; Pereira, António J; Aguiar, Paulo; Lampson, Michael A; Maiato, Helder

    2014-07-18

    Accurate chromosome segregation during mitosis requires the physical separation of sister chromatids before nuclear envelope reassembly (NER). However, how these two processes are coordinated remains unknown. Here, we identified a conserved feedback control mechanism that delays chromosome decondensation and NER in response to incomplete chromosome separation during anaphase. A midzone-associated Aurora B gradient was found to monitor chromosome position along the division axis and to prevent premature chromosome decondensation by retaining Condensin I. PP1/PP2A phosphatases counteracted this gradient and promoted chromosome decondensation and NER. Thus, an Aurora B gradient appears to mediate a surveillance mechanism that prevents chromosome decondensation and NER until effective separation of sister chromatids is achieved. This allows the correction and reintegration of lagging chromosomes in the main nuclei before completion of NER.

  9. Separation of mitochondria from contaminating subcellular structures utilizing silica sol gradient centrifugation.

    PubMed

    Jackson, C; Dench, J E; Hall, D O; Moore, A L

    1979-07-01

    Discontinuous Percoll density gradients have been developed for the purification of mitochondria, permitting rapid separation under isosmotic and low viscosity conditions. Mitochondria from several etiolated tissues have been successfully separated from contaminating subcellular structures by this method. For potato tuber the ratio of washed to purified mitochondrial protein was 2.6, similar to the increase in specific activity of cytochrome c oxidase following separation. The purification of mitochondria from green leaf tissues on Percoll gradients has reduced chlorophyll contamination of spinach mitochondria from about 70 micrograms chlorophyll per milligram protein to approximately 8 micrograms chlorophyll per milligram protein.The ratio of protein content of the washed mitochondria compared to that in the purified preparation was 7 for spinach and respiratory activity was retained. The physiological integrity and oxidative properties of washed and gradient mitochondria are compared.

  10. High-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) separation and quantitation of endogenous glucocorticoids after solid-phase extraction from plasma.

    PubMed

    Dawson, R; Kontur, P; Monjan, A

    1984-01-01

    This study describes a method for the extraction and simultaneous measurement of cortisone, cortisol and corticosterone using dexamethasone as an internal standard. Solid-phase extraction of plasma steroids with C18 columns allows the samples to be extracted, washed and concentrated in a single step with minimal sample handling and without the use of large volumes of organic solvents. HPLC separation of the steroids is accomplished within 10 min and the individual steroid peaks are quantitated by UV detection at 239 nm. This assay was examined for linearity, extraction efficiency, precision and potential interference by commonly used drugs. Plasma values of glucocorticoids are reported for samples obtained from human subjects as well as from rats. HPLC was also compared to RIA for the determination of plasma levels of corticosterone in the rat. Solid-phase extraction and assay by HPLC provides a rapid and specific method for the simultaneous determination of plasma glucocorticoids.

  11. Development of a novel amide-silica stationary phase for the reversed-phase HPLC separation of different classes of phytohormones.

    PubMed

    Aral, Hayriye; Aral, Tarık; Ziyadanoğulları, Berrin; Ziyadanoğulları, Recep

    2013-11-15

    A novel amide-bonded silica stationary phase was prepared starting from N-Boc-phenylalanine, cyclohexylamine and spherical silica gel (4 µm, 60 Å). The amide ligand was synthesised with high yield. The resulting amide bonded stationary phase was characterised by SEM, IR and elemental analysis. The resulting selector bearing a polar amide group is used for the reversed-phase chromatography separation of different classes of thirteen phytohormones (plant hormones). The chromatographic behaviours of these analytes on the amide-silica stationary phase were compared with those of RP-C18 column under same conditions. The effects of different separation conditions, such as mobile phase, pH value, flow rate and temperature, on the separation and retention behaviours of the 13 phytohormones in this system were studied. The optimum separation was achieved using reversed-phase HPLC gradient elution with an aqueous mobile phase containing pH=6.85 potassium phosphate buffer (20 mM) and acetonitrile with a 22 °C column temperature. Under these experimental conditions, the 12 phytohormones could be separated and detected at 230 or 270 nm within 26 min. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Harvesting fresh water and marine algae by magnetic separation: screening of separation parameters and high gradient magnetic filtration.

    PubMed

    Cerff, Martin; Morweiser, Michael; Dillschneider, Robert; Michel, Aymeé; Menzel, Katharina; Posten, Clemens

    2012-08-01

    In this study, the focus is on magnetic separation of fresh water algae Chlamydomonas reinhardtii and Chlorella vulgaris as well as marine algae Phaeodactylum tricornutum and Nannochloropsis salina by means of silica-coated magnetic particles. Due to their small size and low biomass concentrations, harvesting algae by conventional methods is often inefficient and cost-consuming. Magnetic separation is a powerful tool to capture algae by adsorption to submicron-sized magnetic particles. Hereby, separation efficiency depends on parameters such as particle concentration, pH and medium composition. Separation efficiencies of >95% were obtained for all algae while maximum particle loads of 30 and 77 g/g were measured for C. reinhardtii and P. tricornutum at pH 8 and 12, respectively. This study highlights the potential of silica-coated magnetic particles for the removal of fresh water and marine algae by high gradient magnetic filtration and provides critical discussion on future improvements.

  13. Gradient doping of phosphorus in Fe2O3 nanoarray photoanodes for enhanced charge separation.

    PubMed

    Luo, Zhibin; Li, Chengcheng; Liu, Shanshan; Wang, Tuo; Gong, Jinlong

    2017-01-01

    Hematite (α-Fe2O3) is a promising candidate for solar-to-hydrogen energy conversion. However, the low carrier mobility and extremely high charge recombination rate limit the practical application of hematite in solar water splitting. This paper describes the fabrication of a Fe2O3 photoanode with gradient incorporation of phosphorus (P) employing a facile dipping and annealing method to improve the charge separation for enhanced photoelectrochemical water oxidation. This gradient P incorporation increases the width of band bending over a large region in Fe2O3, which is crucial for promoting the charge separation efficiency in the bulk. Although both gradient and homogeneous P-incorporated Fe2O3 samples exhibit similar electrical conductivity, the Fe2O3 electrode with a gradient P concentration presents an additional charge separation effect. A photocurrent of ∼1.48 mA cm(-2) is obtained at 1.23 V vs. reversible hydrogen electrode (vs. RHE) under air mass 1.5G illumination. Additionally, the H2O oxidation kinetics of Fe2O3 with gradient P incorporation was further improved upon loading cobalt phosphate as cocatalyst, reaching a photocurrent of ∼2.0 mA cm(-2) at 1.23 V vs. RHE.

  14. Application of high temperature superconductors to high-gradient magnetic separation

    SciTech Connect

    Daugherty, M.A.; Prenger, F.C.; Hill, D.D.; Daney, D.E.; Worl, L.W.; Schake, A.R.; Padilla, D.D.

    1994-06-01

    High Gradient Magnetic Separation (HGMS) is a powerful technique which can be used to separate widely dispersed contaminants from a host material, This technology can separate magnetic solids from other solids, liquids or gases. As the name implies HGMS uses large magnetic field gradients to separate ferromagnetic and paramagnetic particles. HGMS separators usually consist of a high-field solenoid magnet, the bore of which contains a fine-structured, ferromagnetic matrix material. The matrix material locally distorts the magnetic field and creates large field gradients in the vicinity of the matrix elements. These elements then become trapping sites for magnetic particles and are the basis for the magnetic separation. In this paper we discuss the design and construction of a prototype HGMS unit using a magnet made with high temperature superconductors (HTS). The prototype consists of an outer vacuum vessel which contains the HTS solenoid magnet The magnet is surrounded by a thermal radiation shield and multilayer insulation (MLI) blankets. The magnet, thermal shield and current leads all operate in a vacuum and are cooled by a cryocooler. High temperature superconducting current leads are used to reduce the heat leak from the ambient environment to the HTS magnet.

  15. 'Click Chemistry' in the preparation of porous polymer-basedparticulate stationary phases for mu-HPLC separation of peptides andproteins

    SciTech Connect

    Slater, Michael; Snauko, Marian; Svec, Frantisek; Frechet, JeanM.J.

    2006-01-02

    With the use of the copper(I)-catalyzed (3 + 2) azide-alkynecycloaddition, an element of "click chemistry," stationary phasescarrying long alkyl chains or soybean trypsin inhibitor have beenprepared for use in HPLC separations in the reversed-phase and affinitymodes, respectively. The ligands were attached via a triazole ring tosize monodisperse porous beads containing either alkyne or azide pendantfunctionalities. Alkyne-containing beads prepared by directcopolymerization of propargyl acrylate with ethylene dimethacrylate wereallowed to react with azidooctadecane to give a reversed-phase sorbent.Azide-functionalized beads were prepared by chemical modification ofglycidyl methacrylate particles. Subsequent reaction with a terminalaliphatic alkyne produced a reversed-phase sorbent similar to thatobtained from the alkyne beads. Soybean trypsin inhibitor wasfunctionalized with N-(4-pentynoyloxy) succinimide to carry alkyne groupsand then allowed to react with the azide-containing beads to produce anaffinity sorbent for trypsin. The performance of these stationary phaseswas demonstrated with the HPLC separations of a variety of peptides andproteins.

  16. Phase separation of a critical binary mixture subjected to a temperature gradient

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Assenheimer, Michel; Khaykovich, Boris; Steinberg, Victor

    1994-08-01

    We present experimental results on phase separation of a binary mixture of isobutyric acid and water in a thin horizontal, extended layer at the critical concentration, x c, and in the vicinity of the consolute temperature, T c, subjected to a vertical temperature gradient spanning the critical temperature. For relatively small temperature gradients, spinodal decomposition- like patterns are stabilized. A bubble pattern appears for slightly larger temperature gradients, suprisingly always near the hotter boundary, even when T hot > T c. For still larger temperature gradients, polygon morphologies are observed. Their boundaries are probably formed by some kind of surface tension driven instability caused by the nonuniform surface tension along the bubble's interface. However, hydrodynamic instabilities alone have not been able to explain the novel morphologies. The average area of the cellular patterns varies strongly with T c - T cold and Δ T across the fluid layer, whereas the mean area of the bubble like patterns changes just slightly.

  17. Positive selection of human blood cells using improved high gradient magnetic separation filters.

    PubMed

    Thomas, T E; Richards, A J; Roath, O S; Watson, J H; Smith, R J; Lansdorp, P M

    1993-01-01

    High gradient magnetic separators (HGMS) create magnetic field gradients that can be used to attract much smaller and less magnetic particles than those required for conventional magnetic separation techniques. As a result cells can be labeled with submicron magnetic particles and still be separated using an HGMS filter. Typically, HGMS filters consist of random arrays of wire such as stainless steel wool. Wire elements arranged regularly in a filter should allow more efficient separation of cells. Filters were constructed containing ordered wire arrays composed of 430 series stainless steel wire mesh with wire diameters of 50, 100, or 150 microns. The ability of these filters to separate T cells from peripheral blood mononuclear cell suspensions was tested and found superior to random arrays of 302 series stainless steel wire (Thomas et al, 1992). Target cells recognized by OKT5 monoclonal antibody were cross-linked to dextran-iron particles of approximately 20 nm in diameter. Separation conditions were optimized and after one passage through the filter 88% of the OKT5+ cells were recovered in the enriched fraction with 85% purity (%OKT5+). Multiple passages (3 times) could achieve 99% purity with 68% recovery. Variations in separation flow rate had a large effect on the balance between purity and recovery. Optimum separation efficiencies were achieved only when > 10(8) cells were processed. The primarily cause of nonspecific entrapment of CD8- cells was not nonspecific magnetic labeling of cells but the physical (nonmagnetic) characteristics of the filter/filter chamber.

  18. Development of superconducting high gradient magnetic separation system for highly viscous fluid for practical use

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hayashi, S.; Mishima, F.; Akiyama, Y.; Nishijima, S.

    2011-11-01

    In the industrial plants processing highly viscous fluid such as foods or industrial products, it is necessary to remove the metallic wear debris originating from pipe in manufacturing line which triggers quality loss. In this study, we developed a high gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) system which consists of superconducting magnet to remove the metallic wear debris. The magnetic separation experiment and the particle trajectory simulation were conducted with polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as a model material (viscosity coefficient was 10 Pa s, which is 10,000 times higher than that in water). In order to develop a magnetic separation system for practical use, the particle trajectory simulation by using solenoidal superconducting magnet was conducted, and the possibility of the magnetic separation for removing ferromagnetic stainless steel (SUS) particles in highly viscous fluid of 10 Pa s was indicated. Based on the results, the number of filters to obtain required separation efficiency was examined to design the practical separation system.

  19. Separation of rat tissue histone H1 subtypes by reverse-phase h.p.l.c. Identification and assignment to a standard H1 nomenclature.

    PubMed Central

    Lindner, H; Helliger, W; Puschendorf, B

    1990-01-01

    H1 histones from rat liver and rat testis were separated by reverse-phase h.p.l.c. Within 40 min six subfractions (H1(0), H1b, H1a, H1d, H1e + H1c and H1c) and seven subfractions (H1(0), H1b, H1a, H1d, H1e + H1c, H1c and H1t) respectively were isolated by using a linear acetonitrile gradient. Each individual H1 subtype was identified either by comparing the H1 variants (contained in both tissues but in different quantities) or by SDS/PAGE and acetic acid/urea/PAGE. Moreover, all H1 variants were characterized by amino acid analyses. The amino acid compositions of rat histone subfractions H1(0), H1b and H1e were determined for the first time. It was possible to classify unambiguously the H1 subfractions obtained by h.p.l.c. by following the standardized H1 nomenclature for electrophoretic systems recommended by Lennox, Oshima & Cohen [(1982) J. Biol. Chem. 257, 5183-5189]. Incorrect assignments that have been made in various publications are discussed. Images Fig. 1. Fig. 2. PMID:2386482

  20. Kinetic performance limits of constant pressure versus constant flow rate gradient elution separations. Part II: experimental.

    PubMed

    Verstraeten, M; Broeckhoven, K; Dittmann, M; Choikhet, K; Witt, K; Desmet, G

    2011-02-25

    We report on a first series of experiments comparing the selectivity and the kinetic performance of constant flow rate and constant pressure mode gradient elution separations. Both water-methanol and water-acetonitrile mobile phase mixtures have been considered, as well as different samples and gradient programs. Instrument pressures up to 1200 bar have been used. Neglecting some small possible deviations caused by viscous heating effects, the experiments could confirm the theoretical expectation that both operation modes should lead to identical separation selectivities provided the same mobile phase gradient program is run in reduced volumetric coordinates. Also in agreement with the theoretical expectations, the cP-mode led to a gain in analysis time amounting up to some 17% for linear gradients running from 5 to 95% of organic modifier at ultra-high pressures. Gains of over 25% were obtained for segmented gradients, at least when the flat portions of the gradient program were situated in regions where the gradient composition was the least viscous. Detailed plate height measurements showed that the single difference between the constant flow rate and the constant pressure mode is a (small) difference in efficiency caused by the difference in average flow rate, in turn leading to a different intrinsic band broadening. Separating a phenone sample with a 20-95% water-acetonitrile gradient, the cP-mode leads to gradient plate heights that are some 20-40% smaller than in the cF-mode in the B-term dominated regime, while they are some 5-10% larger in the C-term dominated regime. Considering a separation with sub 2-μm particles on a 350 mm long coupled column, switching to the constant pressure mode allowed to finish the run in 29 instead of in 35 min, while also a larger peak capacity is obtained (going from 334 in the cF-mode to 339 in the cP-mode) and the mutual selectivity between the different peaks is fully retained. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights

  1. Towards a miniaturised system for dynamic field gradient focused separation of proteins.

    PubMed

    Myers, P; Bartle, K D

    2004-07-30

    Separation and focusing of proteins is described in a miniaturised dynamic field gradient focusing device with a 2.5 cm x 0.1 cm channel filled with a porous polymer monolith. The separation channel is in contact with a parallel electric field channel with five individually addressable electrodes through a porous glass membrane so that a variable field can be generated that drives charged proteins electroosmotically against a constant hydrodynamic flow. Separated pre-stained proteins were detected by means of a digital camera and background subtraction.

  2. Separation of DNA fragments for fast diagnosis by microchip electrophoresis using programmed field strength gradient.

    PubMed

    Kang, Seong Ho; Park, Mira; Cho, Keunchang

    2005-08-01

    We evaluated a novel strategy for fast diagnosis by microchip electrophoresis (ME), using programmed field strength gradients (PFSG) in a conventional glass double-T microfluidic chip. The ME-PFSG allows for the ultrafast separation and enhanced resolving power for target DNA fragments. These results are based on electric field strength gradients (FSG) that use an ME separation step in a sieving gel matrix poly-(ethylene oxide). The gradient can develop staircase or programmed shapes FSG over the time. The PFSG method could be easily used to increase separation efficiency and resolution in ME separation of specific size DNA fragments. Compared to ME that uses a conventional and constantly applied electric field (isoelectrostatic) method, the ME-PFSG achieved about 15-fold faster analysis time during the separation of 100 bp DNA ladder. The ME-PFSG was also applied to the fast analysis of the PCR products, 591 and 1191 bp DNA fragments from the 18S rRNA of Babesia gibsoni and Babesia caballi.

  3. Determination of arsenic species in edible periwinkles (Littorina littorea) by HPLC-ICPMS and XAS along a contamination gradient.

    PubMed

    Whaley-Martin, K J; Koch, I; Reimer, K J

    2013-07-01

    Arsenic is naturally found in the tissues of marine animals, usually as the non-toxic arsenical arsenobetaine, but exposure to elevated arsenic concentrations in the environment may alter the arsenic species distribution within tissues of the organism. This study examined the arsenic species in the tissues of the marine periwinkle (Littorina littorea) along an arsenic concentration gradient in the sediment. The arsenicals in L. littorea were examined using the complementary analytical methods high performance liquid chromatography coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (HPLC-ICPMS) and X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS). Total arsenic concentrations in the periwinkle tissues ranged from 56 to 840 mg·kg(-1) dry weight (equivalent to 13 to 190 mg·kg(-1) wet weight). Inorganic arsenicals were found to be positively correlated with total arsenic concentrations (R(2)=0.993) and reached 600 mg·kg(-1) dry weight, the highest reported to date in marine organisms. These high inorganic arsenic concentrations within this low trophic organism pose a potential toxicological risk to higher trophic consumers.

  4. HPLC separation of human serum albumin isoforms based on their isoelectric points

    PubMed Central

    Bonilla, Lucía; Torres, María José; Schopfer, Francisco; Freeman, Bruce A.; Armas, Larissa; Ricciardi, Alejandro; Alvarez, Beatriz; Radi, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    Human serum albumin (HSA) is the most abundant protein in plasma. Cys34, the only free Cys residue, is the predominant plasma thiol and a relevant sacrificial antioxidant. Both in vivo circulating HSA and pharmaceutical preparations are heterogeneous with respect to the oxidation state of Cys34. In this work, we developed an external pH gradient chromatofocusing procedure that allows the analysis of the oxidation status of HSA in human plasma and biopharmaceutical products based on the different apparent isoelectric points and chemical properties of the redox isoforms. Specifically, reduced-mercury blocked HSA (HSA–SHg+), HSA with Cys34 oxidized to sulfenic acid (HSA–SOH) and HSA oxidized to sulfinate anion (HSA–SO2−) can be separated with resolutions of 1.4 and 3.1 (first and last pair) and hence quantified and purified. In addition, an N-terminally degraded isoform (HSA3–585) in different redox states can be resolved as well. Confirmation of the identity of the chromatofocusing isolated isoforms was achieved by high resolution whole protein MS. It is proposed that the chromatofocusing procedure can be used to produce more exact and complete descriptions of the redox status of HSA in vivo and in vitro. Finally, the scalability capabilities of the chromatofocusing procedure allow for the preparation of highly pure standards of several redox isoforms of HSA PMID:24316526

  5. HPLC separation of human serum albumin isoforms based on their isoelectric points.

    PubMed

    Turell, Lucía; Botti, Horacio; Bonilla, Lucía; Torres, María José; Schopfer, Francisco; Freeman, Bruce A; Armas, Larissa; Ricciardi, Alejandro; Alvarez, Beatriz; Radi, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    Human serum albumin (HSA) is the most abundant protein in plasma. Cys34, the only free Cys residue, is the predominant plasma thiol and a relevant sacrificial antioxidant. Both in vivo circulating HSA and pharmaceutical preparations are heterogeneous with respect to the oxidation state of Cys34. In this work, we developed an external pH gradient chromatofocusing procedure that allows the analysis of the oxidation status of HSA in human plasma and biopharmaceutical products based on the different apparent isoelectric points and chemical properties of the redox isoforms. Specifically, reduced-mercury blocked HSA (HSA-SHg(+)), HSA with Cys34 oxidized to sulfenic acid (HSA-SOH) and HSA oxidized to sulfinate anion (HSA-SO2(-)) can be separated with resolutions of 1.4 and 3.1 (first and last pair) and hence quantified and purified. In addition, an N-terminally degraded isoform (HSA3-585) in different redox states can be resolved as well. Confirmation of the identity of the chromatofocusing isolated isoforms was achieved by high resolution whole protein MS. It is proposed that the chromatofocusing procedure can be used to produce more exact and complete descriptions of the redox status of HSA in vivo and in vitro. Finally, the scalability capabilities of the chromatofocusing procedure allow for the preparation of highly pure standards of several redox isoforms of HSA. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Synthesis of the impurities during the manufacture of bulk drug midazolam and separation of these impurities by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Sati, Bhawana; Sati, Hemlata; Saklani, Sarla; Bhatt, Prakash Chandra; Mishra, Ravinesh

    2013-09-01

    During the manufacture of bulk drug midazolam various impurities arised that can be the related products or degradation products. Structures of eight impurities that can arise during the manufacture of bulk drug midazolam were proposed. In the present work, synthesis of these impurities and their characterization by different spectroscopic techniques have been done. HPLC method was developed for the separation of impurities from the bulk drug. The developed method separates midazolam from its eight impurities/degradation products within a run time of 45 min.

  7. Simple automated liquid chromatographic system for splitless nano column gradient separations.

    PubMed

    Sesták, Jozef; Duša, Filip; Moravcová, Dana; Kahle, Vladislav

    2013-02-08

    A simple splitless gradient liquid chromatographic system for micro and nano column separations has been assembled and tested. It consists of an OEM programmable syringe pump equipped with a glass microsyringe and ten-port selector valve. Gradient of mobile phase was created in the syringe barrel due to turbulent mixing. Capability of suggested system to create various gradient profiles was verified using 50-μl, 100-μl, and 250-μl glass syringes. Acetone, thiourea, and uracil were tested as gradient markers and finally, uracil was proved to be an excellent way of water-acetonitrile gradient tracing. It was found that up to 80% of the total syringe volume is available as a linear gradient section. In context to micro and nano column chromatography, the best results were obtained using the 100-μl syringe. Separations were performed on the capillary monolithic column Chromolith CapRod RP-18e (150mm×0.1mm) and system performance was evaluated using a test mixture of six alkylphenones as well as tryptic digest of bovine serum albumin. Results proved that suggested system is able to create uniform gradients with high repeatability of retention times of test solutes (RSD<0.3%). Repeatability of injection of sample volumes in the range of 0.1-3μl was evaluated using on-column preconcentration technique which means that sample was diluted in mobile phase of low eluting strength. Repeatability of the peak areas was measured and statistically evaluated (RSD<5%). Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Developing an on-line derivatization of FAs by microwave irradiation coupled to HPLC separation with UV detection.

    PubMed

    Bravo, Bélgica; Chávez, Gerson; Piña, Nolberto; Ysambertt, Fredy; Márquez, Nelson; Cáceres, Ana

    2004-12-15

    The development of analytical methods for routine simultaneous identification and quantification of carboxylic fatty acids (CFAs) are required in different fields, such as, pharmaceutical cosmetics, food products and formulations of water-microemulsion-oil systems. Determination of CFAs has been developed mainly by gas chromatography (GC). As an alternative to GC, liquid chromatography (LC) has better sensitivity and selectivity. However, most CFAs show no useful absorption in ultraviolet-violet (UV-Vis) region, one of the more used detection technique in high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). In order to allow the use of UV-Vis detection, the use of pre-column derivatization has been reported to increase sensitivity and selectivity. Therefore, establishment of a simpler and faster on-line method with complete separation is needed for the screening of large numbers of samples. 2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH.), benzoil chloride (BC), and phenylhydrazine (PH) were used for derivatization of different FAs by microwaves radiation (MW). After the on-line derivatization, products were separated and quantified by HPLC. Reactor coil was placed inside of microwaves oven at 450W. Parameters as flow, amount of reagents, irradiation time, and chromatographic conditions were optimized. The continuous analysis using the MW-HPLC-UV system provided high sensitivity and reduced both the amount of reagent used and the analysis times. This proposed method can be used for the routine analysis of FAs contained in water-microemulsion-oil systems, to quantify the total acid fraction in each phase.

  9. Development of a novel RP-HPLC method for the efficient separation of aripiprazole and its nine impurities.

    PubMed

    Nikolic, Katarina; Filijović, Nataša Djordjević; Maričić, Borislava; Agbaba, Danica

    2013-10-01

    The development of an RP-HPLC method for the separation of aripiprazole and its nine impurities was performed with the use of partial least squares regression, response surface plot methodology, and chromatographic response function. The HPLC retention times and computed molecular parameters of the aripiprazole and its nine impurities were further used for the quantitative structure-retention relationship (QSRR) study. The QSRR model, R(2):0.899, Q(2):0.832, root mean square error of estimation: 4.761, root mean square error of prediction: 6.614, was developed. Very good agreement between the predicted and observed retention times (t(R)) for three additional aripiprazole impurities (TC1-TC3) indicated the high prediction potential of the QSRR model for tR evaluation of other aripiprazole impurities and metabolites. The developed HPLC method is the first reported method for the efficient separation of aripiprazole and its nine impurities, which could be used for the analysis of an additional three aripiprazole impurities (TC1-TC3).

  10. Separation of Bacteria, Protozoa and Carbon Nanotubes by Density Gradient Centrifugation

    PubMed Central

    Mortimer, Monika; Petersen, Elijah J.; Buchholz, Bruce A.; Holden, Patricia A.

    2016-01-01

    Sustainable production and use of carbon nanotube (CNT)-enabled materials require efficient assessment of CNT environmental hazards, including the potential for CNT bioaccumulation and biomagnification in environmental receptors. Microbes, as abundant organisms responsible for nutrient cycling in soil and water, are important ecological receptors for studying the effects of CNTs. Quantification of CNT association with microbial cells requires efficient separation of CNT-associated cells from individually dispersed CNTs and CNT agglomerates. Here, we designed, optimized, and demonstrated procedures for separating bacteria (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) from unbound multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and MWCNT agglomerates using sucrose density gradient centrifugation. We demonstrate separation of protozoa (Tetrahymena thermophila) from MWCNTs, bacterial agglomerates, and protozoan fecal pellets by centrifugation in an iodixanol solution. The presence of MWCNTs in the density gradients after centrifugation was determined by quantification of 14C-labeled MWCNTs; the recovery of microbes from the density gradient media was confirmed by optical microscopy. Protozoan intracellular contents of MWCNTs and of bacteria were also unaffected by the designed separation process. The optimized methods contribute to improved efficiency and accuracy in quantifying MWCNT association with bacteria and MWCNT accumulation in protozoan cells, thus supporting improved assessment of CNT bioaccumulation. PMID:27917301

  11. Separation of Bacteria, Protozoa and Carbon Nanotubes by Density Gradient Centrifugation.

    PubMed

    Mortimer, Monika; Petersen, Elijah J; Buchholz, Bruce A; Holden, Patricia A

    2016-01-01

    Sustainable production and use of carbon nanotube (CNT)-enabled materials require efficient assessment of CNT environmental hazards, including the potential for CNT bioaccumulation and biomagnification in environmental receptors. Microbes, as abundant organisms responsible for nutrient cycling in soil and water, are important ecological receptors for studying the effects of CNTs. Quantification of CNT association with microbial cells requires efficient separation of CNT-associated cells from individually dispersed CNTs and CNT agglomerates. Here, we designed, optimized, and demonstrated procedures for separating bacteria (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) from unbound multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and MWCNT agglomerates using sucrose density gradient centrifugation. We demonstrate separation of protozoa (Tetrahymena thermophila) from MWCNTs, bacterial agglomerates, and protozoan fecal pellets by centrifugation in an iodixanol solution. The presence of MWCNTs in the density gradients after centrifugation was determined by quantification of (14)C-labeled MWCNTs; the recovery of microbes from the density gradient media was confirmed by optical microscopy. Protozoan intracellular contents of MWCNTs and of bacteria were also unaffected by the designed separation process. The optimized methods contribute to improved efficiency and accuracy in quantifying MWCNT association with bacteria and MWCNT accumulation in protozoan cells, thus supporting improved assessment of CNT bioaccumulation.

  12. Separation of Bacteria, Protozoa and Carbon Nanotubes by Density Gradient Centrifugation.

    PubMed

    Mortimer, Monika; Petersen, Elijah J; Buchholz, Bruce A; Holden, Patricia A

    2016-10-12

    Sustainable production and use of carbon nanotube (CNT)-enabled materials require efficient assessment of CNT environmental hazards, including the potential for CNT bioaccumulation and biomagnification in environmental receptors. Microbes, as abundant organisms responsible for nutrient cycling in soil and water, are important ecological receptors for studying the effects of CNTs. Quantification of CNT association with microbial cells requires efficient separation of CNT-associated cells from individually dispersed CNTs and CNT agglomerates. Here, we designed, optimized, and demonstrated procedures for separating bacteria (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) from unbound multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and MWCNT agglomerates using sucrose density gradient centrifugation. We demonstrate separation of protozoa (Tetrahymena thermophila) from MWCNTs, bacterial agglomerates, and protozoan fecal pellets by centrifugation in an iodixanol solution. The presence of MWCNTs in the density gradients after centrifugation was determined by quantification of (14)C-labeled MWCNTs; the recovery of microbes from the density gradient media was confirmed by optical microscopy. Protozoan intracellular contents of MWCNTs and of bacteria were also unaffected by the designed separation process. The optimized methods contribute to improved efficiency and accuracy in quantifying MWCNT association with bacteria and MWCNT accumulation in protozoan cells, thus supporting improved assessment of CNT bioaccumulation.

  13. Separation of Bacteria, Protozoa and Carbon Nanotubes by Density Gradient Centrifugation

    DOE PAGES

    Mortimer, Monika; Petersen, Elijah; Buchholz, Bruce; ...

    2016-10-12

    Sustainable production and use of carbon nanotube (CNT)-enabled materials require efficient assessment of CNT environmental hazards, including the potential for CNT bioaccumulation and biomagnification in environmental receptors. Microbes, as abundant organisms responsible for nutrient cycling in soil and water, are important ecological receptors for studying the effects of CNTs. Quantification of CNT association with microbial cells requires efficient separation of CNT-associated cells from individually dispersed CNTs and CNT agglomerates. Here in this paper, we designed, optimized, and demonstrated procedures for separating bacteria (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) from unbound multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and MWCNT agglomerates using sucrose density gradient centrifugation. We demonstratemore » separation of protozoa (Tetrahymena thermophila) from MWCNTs, bacterial agglomerates, and protozoan fecal pellets by centrifugation in an iodixanol solution. The presence of MWCNTs in the density gradients after centrifugation was determined by quantification of 14C-labeled MWCNTs; the recovery of microbes from the density gradient media was confirmed by optical microscopy. Protozoan intracellular contents of MWCNTs and of bacteria were also unaffected by the designed separation process. Lastly, the optimized methods contribute to improved efficiency and accuracy in quantifying MWCNT association with bacteria and MWCNT accumulation in protozoan cells, thus supporting improved assessment of CNT bioaccumulation.« less

  14. Separation of Bacteria, Protozoa and Carbon Nanotubes by Density Gradient Centrifugation

    SciTech Connect

    Mortimer, Monika; Petersen, Elijah; Buchholz, Bruce; Holden, Patricia

    2016-10-12

    Sustainable production and use of carbon nanotube (CNT)-enabled materials require efficient assessment of CNT environmental hazards, including the potential for CNT bioaccumulation and biomagnification in environmental receptors. Microbes, as abundant organisms responsible for nutrient cycling in soil and water, are important ecological receptors for studying the effects of CNTs. Quantification of CNT association with microbial cells requires efficient separation of CNT-associated cells from individually dispersed CNTs and CNT agglomerates. Here in this paper, we designed, optimized, and demonstrated procedures for separating bacteria (Pseudomonas aeruginosa) from unbound multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and MWCNT agglomerates using sucrose density gradient centrifugation. We demonstrate separation of protozoa (Tetrahymena thermophila) from MWCNTs, bacterial agglomerates, and protozoan fecal pellets by centrifugation in an iodixanol solution. The presence of MWCNTs in the density gradients after centrifugation was determined by quantification of 14C-labeled MWCNTs; the recovery of microbes from the density gradient media was confirmed by optical microscopy. Protozoan intracellular contents of MWCNTs and of bacteria were also unaffected by the designed separation process. Lastly, the optimized methods contribute to improved efficiency and accuracy in quantifying MWCNT association with bacteria and MWCNT accumulation in protozoan cells, thus supporting improved assessment of CNT bioaccumulation.

  15. [Separation and identification of beta-carotene and its cis isomers by high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC)].

    PubMed

    Carrillo de Padilla, F

    1996-06-01

    The separation and identification by HPLC of the cis isomers of beta-carotene was studied. A 1.26 mg/ml beta-carotene solution previously isomerized with iodine as a catalyst, was eluted with 2% acetone in hexane, from a Ca(OH)2 chromatographic column in three bands. The fractions were identified by spectrophotometry and the retention times of 2.05, 2.4 and 2.8 min for the 13 cis, all-trans, and 9 cis beta-carotene isomers, determined by HPLC, with 1% acetone in hexane as movil phase. 22.13 mg % of all-trans beta-carotene were found in a sample of canned carrots. It is recommended the analyses of a greater number of samples, the determination of the method's sensitivity, reproductibility, and the use of a standard of reference of a response factor for calculations.

  16. Benefits of prolonged gradient separation for high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry quantitation of plasma total 15-series F-isoprostanes.

    PubMed

    Taylor, Alan W; Bruno, Richard S; Frei, Balz; Traber, Maret G

    2006-03-01

    The F(2)-isoprostanes are products of free-radical-induced oxidation of arachidonic acid (AA) that are stereoisomers of prostaglandin F(2alpha) (PGF(2alpha)). We describe a method for quantitation of several 15-series PGF isomers (15-PGFs) and AA by high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS-MS). Plasma samples were subjected to alkaline hydrolysis and acidified, and total (free + esterified) 15-PGFs and AA were extracted with organic solvents. The analytes were separated by gradient reverse-phase HPLC and detected by multiple reaction monitoring on a triple-quadrupole mass spectrometer, using deuterated internal standards for quantitation. The assay had a linear range of 1-40 pg of 8-iso-PGF(2alpha) on column and can quantify as little as 40 pg/mL (0.11 nM) in plasma. Outcomes significantly correlated (p < 0.0001) with data obtained by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry GC-MS or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. All plasma 15-PGF isomers increased over time with in vitro cigarette smoke exposure and correlated (p < 0.0001) with each other. The same strong inter-15-PGF correlations were observed in plasma from healthy young adult subjects. The coefficients of variation of HPLC-MS-MS measurements (24-32%) were smaller than those obtained by GC-MS (53%). Thus, HPLC-MS-MS potentially offers greater precision and allows quantitation of more compounds with simpler sample preparation than existing methods. Ours is the first validated quantitative assay using HPLC-tandem MS applied to plasma total 15-PGFs.

  17. Effect of gradient steepness on the kinetic performance limits and peak compression for reversed-phase gradient separations of small molecules.

    PubMed

    Vaňková, Nikola; De Vos, Jelle; Tyteca, Eva; Desmet, Gert; Edge, Tony; Česlová, Lenka; Česla, Petr; Eeltink, Sebastiaan

    2015-08-28

    The effect of gradient steepness on the kinetic performance limits and peak compression effects has been assessed in gradient mode for the separation of phenol derivatives using columns packed with 2.6μm core-shell particles. The effect of mobile-phase velocity on peak capacity was measured on a column with fixed length while maintaining the retention factor at the moment of elution and the peak-compression factor constant. Next, the performance limits were determined at the maximum system pressure of 100MPa while varying the gradient steepness. For the separation of small molecules applying a linear gradient with a broad span, the best performance limits in terms of peak capacity and analysis time were obtained applying a gradient-time-to-column-dead-time (tG/t0) ratio of 12. The magnitude of the peak-compression factor was assessed by comparing the isocratic performance with that in gradient mode applying different gradient times. Therefore, the retention factors for different analytes were determined in gradient mode and the mobile-phase composition in isocratic mode was tuned such that the difference in retention factor was smaller than 2%. Peak-compression factors were quantitatively determined between 0.95 and 0.65 depending on gradient steepness and the gradient retention factor.

  18. SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION OF TWO MINOR COMPOUNDS FROM RADIX ISATIDIS BY INTEGRATIVE MPLC AND HSCCC WITH PREPARATIVE HPLC

    PubMed Central

    Liang, Zhenjie; Li, Bin; Liang, Yong; Su, Yaping; Ito, Yoichiro

    2014-01-01

    Radix isatidis has been widely used as a Chinese traditional medicine for its anti-virus and anticancer activities where the minor components may contribute to these beneficial pharmaceutical effects. In order to enrich the target minor compounds effectively and rapidly, extraction, medium-pressure liquid chromatography (MPLC), high-speed countercurrent chromatography (HSCCC) and preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (pre-HPLC) were integratively used for separation and purification of two target minor compounds indole-3-acetonitrile-6-O-β-D-glucopyranoside (target 1) and clemastanin B (target 2) in the present study. Radix isatidis was dried, pulverized and extracted with 50% methanol at room temperature, then concentrated and subjected to pretreatment with D-101 macroporous resin chromatography and extraction by MPLC. The first target compound was separated by MPLC at the purity raised to 70–80%, but without the second minor compounds which were irreversibly adsorbed by C18 solid support. Therefore, the second target compound in the crude extract was directly separated by HSCCC at purity of 80–90%. Finally these refined samples were further separated by pre-HPLC to obtain a high purity at 98–99%. The chemical structure identification of each target compound was carried out by IR, ESI-MS and 1H NMR. PMID:25745338

  19. Modeling gradient elution in countercurrent chromatography: efficient separation of tanshinones from Salvia miltiorrhiza Bunge.

    PubMed

    Wu, Shihua; Wu, Dingfang; Liang, Junling; Berthod, Alain

    2012-04-01

    Countercurrent chromatography (CCC) is a support-free liquid-liquid chromatography using centrifugal fields to hold the liquid stationary phase. CCC has been widely applied in the separation of various natural and synthetic components using a variety of biphasic liquid systems. The related hexane or heptane/ethyl acetate/methanol or ethanol/water biphasic liquid systems demonstrated their significance in CCC. Gradient is difficult in CCC since any composition change in one phase induces a composition change of the other phase to maintain phase equilibrium. This work provides a new insight into linear gradient elution in CCC that is feasible with some biphasic liquid systems such as selected compositions of the hexane/ethyl acetate/ethanol/water systems. The equations modeling solute motion inside the CCC column are proposed. Particular compositions of the liquid system, namely the hexane/ethyl acetate/ethanol/water 8:2:E:W compositions with E + W = 10, were studied from W = 1 to 9. They showed moderate changes in the upper organic phase compositions. The model is tested with the separation of tanshinones from the rhizome of Salvia miltiorrhiza Bunge. Different linear solvent gradient profiles were experimentally performed between 8:2:5:5 and 8:2:3:7 compositions and the results were evaluated using the proposed model. Five tanshinones including dihydrotanshinone I, cryptotanshinone, tanshinone I, 1,2-dihydrotanshinquinone, and tanshinone IIA have been successfully separated (>95% purities) using a gradient profile optimized by the developed model. The gradient model can be used only with biphasic liquid systems in which one phase shows minimum composition changes when the other phase composition changes notably. This case is not the general case for biphasic liquid systems but can be applied with specific compositions of the quaternary hexane or heptane/ethyl acetate/methanol or ethanol/water most useful CCC liquid systems. © 2012 Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGa

  20. Evaluation of turbulence models for prediction of separated turbulent boundary layer under unsteady adverse pressure gradients

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Park, Junshin; You, Donghyun

    2014-11-01

    Predicitive capabilites of Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) techniques for separated flow under unsteady adverse pressure gradients have been assessed using SST k - ω model and Spalart-Allmaras model by comparing their results with direct numerical simulation (DNS) results. Both DNS and RANS have been conducted with a zero pressure gradient, a steady adverse pressure gradient, and an unsteady adverse pressure gradient, respectively. Comparative studies show that both RANS models predict earlier separation and fuller velocity profiles at the reattachment zone than DNS in the unsteady case, while reasonable agreements with DNS are observed for steady counterparts. Causes for differences in the predictive capability of RANS for steady and unsteady cases, are explained by examining the Reynolds stress term and eddy viscosity term in detail. The Reynolds stress and eddy viscosity are under-predicted by both RANS models in the unsteady case. The origin of the under-prediction of the Reynolds stress with both RANS models is revealed by investigating Reynolds stress budget terms obtained from DNS. Supported by the National Research Foundation of Korea Grant NRF-2012R1A1A2003699 and the Brain Korea 21+ program.

  1. Chromatographic separation of three monoclonal antibody variants using multicolumn countercurrent solvent gradient purification (MCSGP).

    PubMed

    Müller-Späth, Thomas; Aumann, Lars; Melter, Lena; Ströhlein, Guido; Morbidelli, Massimo

    2008-08-15

    Multicolumn countercurrent solvent gradient purification (MCSGP) is a continuous chromatographic process developed in recent years (Aumann and Morbidelli, 2007a; Aumann et al., 2007) that is particularly suited for applications in the field of bioseparations. Like batch chromatography, MCSGP is suitable for three-fraction chromatographic separations and able to perform solvent gradients but it is superior in terms of solvent consumption, yield, purity, and productivity due to the countercurrent movement of the liquid and the solid phases. In this work, the MCSGP process is applied to the separation of three monoclonal antibody variants on a conventional preparative cation exchange resin. The experimental process performance was compared to simulations based on a lumped kinetic model. Yield and purity values of the target variant of 93%, respectively were obtained experimentally. The batch reference process was clearly outperformed by the MCSGP process.

  2. Optoelectrofluidic field separation based on light-intensity gradients and its applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yoon, Jinsung; Lee, Sanghyun; Kang, Kwan Hyoung

    2010-11-01

    Optoelectrofluidic field separation (OEFS) of particles under light-intensity gradient (LIG) is reported, where the LIG illumination on the photoconductive layer converts the short-ranged dielectrophoresis (DEP) force to the long-ranged one. The long-ranged DEP force can compete with the hydrodynamic force by alternating current electro-osmosis (ACEO) over the entire illumination area for realizing effective field separation of particles. Results of the field separation and concentration of diverse particle pairs (0.82--16 μm) are well demonstrated, and conditions determining the critical radius and effective particle manipulation are discussed. In addition, expanding the OEFS to biological applications such as rapid cell manipulation and separation will be discussed. The OEFS with LIG strategy could be a promising manipulation method of particles including biological cells in many applications where a rapid manipulation of particles over the entire working area is of interest.

  3. High gradient magnetic separation versus expanded bed adsorption: a first principle comparison.

    PubMed

    Hubbuch, J J; Matthiesen, D B; Hobley, T J; Thomas, O R

    2001-01-01

    A robust new adsorptive separation technique specifically designed for direct product capture from crude bioprocess feedstreams is introduced and compared with the current bench mark technique, expanded bed adsorption. The method employs product adsorption onto sub-micron sized non-porous superparamagnetic supports followed by rapid separation of the 'loaded' adsorbents from the feedstock using high gradient magnetic separation technology. For the recovery of Savinase from a cell-free Bacillus clausii fermentation liquor using bacitracin-linked adsorbents, the integrated magnetic separation system exhibited substantially enhanced productivity over expanded bed adsorption when operated at processing velocities greater than 48 m h(-1). Use of the bacitracin-linked magnetic supports for a single cycle of batch adsorption and subsequent capture by high gradient magnetic separation at a processing rate of 12 m h(-1) resulted in a 2.2-fold higher productivity relative to expanded bed adsorption, while an increase in adsorbent collection rate to 72 m h(-1) raised the productivity to 10.7 times that of expanded bed adsorption. When the number of batch adsorption cycles was then increased to three, significant drops in both magnetic adsorbent consumption (3.6 fold) and filter volume required (1.3 fold) could be achieved at the expense of a reduction in productivity from 10.7 to 4.4 times that of expanded bed adsorption.

  4. Serum of Blood Separation by Means of Dynamic Electrochromatography in a Centrifugal and Electromagnetic Gradient.

    PubMed

    Jan Dyszkiewicz, Andrzej

    2014-01-01

    The paper presents the dynamic association of several gradients of separation with electrophoresis and the laboratory implementation of a prototype device for dynamic electrochromatography in a centrifugal and electromagnetic gradient (DECGOE), based on patent PL171643. The object of the study was to compare the separation capacity and repeatability of the location of edge parameters (xx(1), yy(1), d) of the contours of a proteinogram fraction for conventional electrophoresis (EF), radial SR-DECGOE separation and three variants of radial-transverse SR-SPM, SR-SPE, SRSPRRM distribution as well as the reproducibility of the following prototype parameters: PV(1), PV(2), PV(3)[V] potentials, PV(3)[F] frequency, ω(1) and ω(2) rotational speed, MC mixer chamber buffer [pH] and volume[ml], and B [T] magnetic induction. Human blood serum was used in the study, 50 samples for each separation type. The highest rate of fraction formation was registered for the SR-SPRRM (8,07/s) variant. The percentage values of standard deviations for the edge parameters of proteinograms were the lowest for conventional electrophoresis (EF), slightly higher for radial distribution SR, while among the radial-transverse separations, the highest accuracy was obtained for the SR-SPRRM variant.

  5. Facile synthesis of gradient mesoporous carbon monolith based on polymerization-induced phase separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Shunjian; Luo, Yufeng; Zhong, Wei; Xiao, Zonghu; Luo, Yongping; Ou, Hui; Zhao, Xing-Zhong

    2014-06-01

    In this paper, a gradient mesoporous carbon (GMC) monolith derived from the mixtures of phenolic resin (PF) and ethylene glycol (EG) was prepared by a facile route based on polymerization-induced phase separation under temperature gradient (TG). A graded biphasic structure of PF-rich and EG-rich phases was first formed in preform under a TG, and then the preform was pyrolyzed to obtain the GMC monolith. The TG is mainly induced by the thermal resistance of the preferential phase separation layer at high temperature region. The pore structure of the monolith changes gradually along the TG direction. When the TG varies from 58°C to 29°C, the pore size, apparent porosity and specific surface area of the monolith range respectively from 18 nm to 83 nm, from 32% to 39% and from 140.5 m2/g to 515.3 m2/g. The gradient porous structure of the monolith is inherited from that of the preform, which depends on phase separation under TG in the resin mixtures. The pyrolysis mainly brings about the contraction of the pore size and wall thickness as well as the transformation of polymerized PF into glassy carbon.

  6. A two-dimensional HPLC separation for the enantioselective determination of hexabromocyclododecane (HBCD) isomers in biota samples.

    PubMed

    Bester, Kai; Vorkamp, Katrin

    2013-08-01

    A new method for enantioselective analysis of isomers of hexabromocyclododecane (HBCD) is described, using a two-dimensional high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) approach to avoid coelution, in particular between (+) α-HBCD, (+) β-HBCD, or (+) γ-HBCD. After isomer separation on a conventional column, the single isomers are transferred to an enantioselective HPLC column using heart cuts. Two enantioseparations are conducted in two separate partial chromatograms: one for α-HBCD and one for β- and γ-HBCD. The result is a completely undisturbed enantioselective separation for α-HBCD at a resolution of 4.11. A peak capacity of 107 was achieved. This peak capacity is utilized by the six peaks of the three isomers with two enantiomers each by 6%. This method was applied to samples of sand eel oil, glaucous gull, and ringed seal. The calibration was performed by treating each enantiomer as a single analyte using a multilevel internal standard calibration. Enantiomeric fractions of 0.495-0.501 with standard deviations (SDs) of 0.056-0.071 were determined for racemic standards of α-HBCD, while the values for fish oil were 0.548-0.562 with SD of 0.018-0.041, depending on the respective mass spectrometric transition.

  7. HPLC Separation of Sulforaphane Enantiomers in Broccoli and Its Sprouts by Transformation into Diastereoisomers Using Derivatization with (S)-Leucine.

    PubMed

    Okada, Makiko; Yamamoto, Atsushi; Aizawa, Sen-Ichi; Taga, Atsushi; Terashima, Hiroyuki; Kodama, Shuji

    2017-01-11

    Racemic sulforaphane, which was derivatized with (S)-leucine (l-leucine), was resolved by reversed phase HPLC with UV detection. The optimum mobile phase conditions were found to be 10 mM citric acid (pH 2.8) containing 22% methanol at 35 °C using detection at 254 nm. Sulforaphane enantiomers in florets and stems of five brands of broccoli and leaves and stems of three brands of broccoli sprouts were analyzed by the proposed HPLC method. Both sulforaphane enantiomers were detected in all of the samples. The S/R ratios of sulforaphane in broccoli samples were 1.5-2.6/97.4-98.5% for florets and 5.0-12.1/87.9-95.0% for stems. The S/R ratios in broccoli sprout samples were higher than those in broccoli samples and were found to be 8.3-19.7/80.3-91.7% for leaves and 37.0-41.8/58.2-63.0% for stems. (S)-Sulforaphane detected in the broccoli and its sprout samples was positively identified by separately using an HPLC with a chiral column (Chiralpak AD-RH) and mass spectrometry.

  8. Separation of transition and heavy metals using stationary phase gradients and thin layer chromatography.

    PubMed

    Stegall, Stacy L; Ashraf, Kayesh M; Moye, Julie R; Higgins, Daniel A; Collinson, Maryanne M

    2016-05-13

    Stationary phase gradients for chelation thin layer chromatography (TLC) have been investigated as a tool to separate a mixture of metal ions. The gradient stationary phases were prepared using controlled rate infusion (CRI) from precursors containing mono-, bi-, and tri-dentate ligands, specifically 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-[3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl] ethylenediamine, and N-[3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl] diethylenetriamine. The presence and the extent of gradient formation were confirmed using N1s X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). XPS results showed that the degree of modification was dependent on the aminosilane precursor, its concentration, and the rate of infusion. The separation of four transition and heavy metals (Co(2+), Pb(2+), Cu(2+), and Fe(3+)) on gradient and uniformly modified plates was compared using a mobile phase containing a stronger chelating agent, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). The retention of the metal ions was manipulated by varying the surface concentration of the chelating ligands. The order of retention on unmodified plates and on plates modified with a monodentate ligand was Fe(3+)>Cu(2+)∼Pb(2+)∼Co(2+), while the order of retention on plates modified with bi- and tri-dentate ligands was Fe(3+)>Cu(2+)>Pb(2+)∼Co(2+). Fe(3+) and Cu(2+) were much more sensitive to the concentration of chelating ligand on the surface (displaying lower Rf values with increasing ligand concentration) than Pb(2+) and Co(2+). Complete separation was achieved using a high concentration of the tridentate ligand coupled with a longer time for modification, yielding a retention order of Fe(3+)>Cu(2+)>Co(2+)>Pb(2+). Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Retention prediction and separation optimization under multilinear gradient elution in liquid chromatography with Microsoft Excel macros.

    PubMed

    Fasoula, S; Zisi, Ch; Gika, H; Pappa-Louisi, A; Nikitas, P

    2015-05-22

    A package of Excel VBA macros have been developed for modeling multilinear gradient retention data obtained in single or double gradient elution mode by changing organic modifier(s) content and/or eluent pH. For this purpose, ten chromatographic models were used and four methods were adopted for their application. The methods were based on (a) the analytical expression of the retention time, provided that this expression is available, (b) the retention times estimated using the Nikitas-Pappa approach, (c) the stepwise approximation, and (d) a simple numerical approximation involving the trapezoid rule for integration of the fundamental equation for gradient elution. For all these methods, Excel VBA macros have been written and implemented using two different platforms; the fitting and the optimization platform. The fitting platform calculates not only the adjustable parameters of the chromatographic models, but also the significance of these parameters and furthermore predicts the analyte elution times. The optimization platform determines the gradient conditions that lead to the optimum separation of a mixture of analytes by using the Solver evolutionary mode, provided that proper constraints are set in order to obtain the optimum gradient profile in the minimum gradient time. The performance of the two platforms was tested using experimental and artificial data. It was found that using the proposed spreadsheets, fitting, prediction, and optimization can be performed easily and effectively under all conditions. Overall, the best performance is exhibited by the analytical and Nikitas-Pappa's methods, although the former cannot be used under all circumstances. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Quantitative Magnetic Separation of Particles and Cells Using Gradient Magnetic Ratcheting.

    PubMed

    Murray, Coleman; Pao, Edward; Tseng, Peter; Aftab, Shayan; Kulkarni, Rajan; Rettig, Matthew; Di Carlo, Dino

    2016-04-13

    Extraction of rare target cells from biosamples is enabling for life science research. Traditional rare cell separation techniques, such as magnetic activated cell sorting, are robust but perform coarse, qualitative separations based on surface antigen expression. A quantitative magnetic separation technology is reported using high-force magnetic ratcheting over arrays of magnetically soft micropillars with gradient spacing, and the system is used to separate and concentrate magnetic beads based on iron oxide content (IOC) and cells based on surface expression. The system consists of a microchip of permalloy micropillar arrays with increasing lateral pitch and a mechatronic device to generate a cycling magnetic field. Particles with higher IOC separate and equilibrate along the miropillar array at larger pitches. A semi-analytical model is developed that predicts behavior for particles and cells. Using the system, LNCaP cells are separated based on the bound quantity of 1 μm anti-epithelial cell adhesion molecule (EpCAM) particles as a metric for expression. The ratcheting cytometry system is able to resolve a ±13 bound particle differential, successfully distinguishing LNCaP from PC3 populations based on EpCAM expression, correlating with flow cytometry analysis. As a proof-of-concept, EpCAM-labeled cells from patient blood are isolated with 74% purity, demonstrating potential toward a quantitative magnetic separation instrument.

  11. Quantitative Magnetic Separation of Particles and Cells using Gradient Magnetic Ratcheting

    PubMed Central

    Murray, Coleman; Pao, Edward; Tseng, Peter; Aftab, Shayan; Kulkarni, Rajan; Rettig, Matthew; Di Carlo, Dino

    2016-01-01

    Extraction of rare target cells from biosamples is enabling for life science research. Traditional rare cell separation techniques, such as magnetic activated cell sorting (MACS), are robust but perform coarse, qualitative separations based on surface antigen expression. We report a quantitative magnetic separation technology using high-force magnetic ratcheting over arrays of magnetically soft micro-pillars with gradient spacing, and use the system to separate and concentrate magnetic beads based on iron oxide content (IOC) and cells based on surface expression. The system consists of a microchip of permalloy micro-pillar arrays with increasing lateral pitch and a mechatronic device to generate a cycling magnetic-field. Particles with higher IOC separate and equilibrate along the miro-pillar array at larger pitches. We develop a semi-analytical model that predicts behavior for particles and cells. Using the system, LNCaP cells were separated based on the bound quantity of 1μm anti-EpCAM particles as a metric for expression. The ratcheting cytometry system was able to resolve a ±13 bound particle differential, successfully distinguishing LNCaP from PC3 populations based on EpCAM expression, correlating with flow cytometry analysis. As a proof of concept, EpCAM-labeled cells from patient blood were isolated with 74% purity, demonstrating potential towards a quantitative magnetic separation instrument. PMID:26890496

  12. Chiral separation with gradient elution isotachophoresis for future in situ extraterrestrial analysis.

    PubMed

    Danger, Grégoire; Ross, David

    2008-10-01

    The first results of chiral separations with the gradient elution isotachophoresis method are presented. As previously described, citrate is used in the run buffer as the leading ion and borate in the sample buffer as the terminating ion. Modulation of parameters such as electrolyte pH, pressure scan rate, chiral selector concentration, combinations of CD or the percentage of ampholytes provides an easy optimization of the separations. To perform fluorescent detection 5-carboxyfluorescein succinimidyl ester and two fluorogenic-labeling agents, fluorescamine (Fluram) and 3-(4-carboxybenzoyl)quinoline-2-carboxaldehyde, are used to label amino acids. With the 5-carboxyfluorescein amino acids, chiral separations are easily obtained using a neutral CD ((2-hydroxypropyl)-beta-CD) at a low concentration (2 mmol/L). With Fluram amino acids, the situation is more complicated due to the formation of diastereoisomers and due to weak interactions with the different CDs used. The use of the 3-(4-carboxybenzoyl)quinoline-2-carboxaldehyde-labeling agent solves the problems observed with the Fluram agent while retaining the fluorogenic properties. These first results demonstrate the simplicity and the feasibility of gradient elution isotachophoresis for chiral separations.

  13. Isoform separation and structural identification of mono-PEGylated recombinant human growth hormone (PEG-rhGH) with pH gradient chromatography.

    PubMed

    Qin, Xiufeng; Li, Jing; Li, Yong; Gan, Yiru; Huang, He; Liang, Chenggang

    2017-02-15

    Human growth hormone plays an essential role in the treatment of dwarfism diseases, but it is limited in its short circulating half-life. Nowadays, some manufacturers are trying to take advantage of polyethylene glycol (PEG) conjugated with recombinant human growth hormone (rhGH) to improve its half-life and efficacy. However, the modified products are heterogeneous mixtures composed of reaction products with different modification sites. It is generally known as a challenging task to separate and characterize a PEGylated product, especially for its positional isoforms. In this study, cation exchange high performance liquid chromatograph (IEC-HPLC) based on a pH gradient separation method was presented to separate five position isomers of rhGH conjugated with a 40-kDa branched PEG N-hydroxysuccinimidyl (NHS) functional group. Then Matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALD-TOF MS) and sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) indicated that each of five materials collected by IEC-HPLC was conjugated with only one branched PEG chain. Furthermore, rhGH and PEG-rhGH were digested by trypsin and peptides were collected by reversed phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). Following MALDI-TOF MS, PEG modification sites were determined through comparative analysis of peptide mapping between PEG-rhGH and rhGH. Finally, biological activities of those positional isomers were performed in vivo and very small variations were observed. This method was shown to be suitable for heterogeneity analysis of PEGylated biopharmaceutical products.

  14. Separation of aromatic carboxylic acids using quaternary ammonium salts on reversed-phase HPLC. 1. Separation behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids

    SciTech Connect

    Kawamura, K.; Okuwaki, A.; Verheyen, T.; Perry, G.J.

    2006-02-15

    In order to develop separation processes and analytical methods for aromatic carboxylic acids for the coal oxidation products, the separation behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids on a reversed-phase HPLC using eluent containing quaternary ammonium salt has been investigated. The retention mechanism of aromatic carboxylic acids was discussed on the basis of both ion-pair partition model and ion-exchange model. The retention behavior of aromatic carboxylic acids possessing one (or two) carboxylic acid group(s) followed the ion-pair partition model, where linear free energy relationship was observed between the capacity factor and the extraction equilibrium constants of benzoic acid and naphthalene carboxylic acid. Besides, the retention behavior followed ion-exchange model with increasing the number of carboxylic acids, where the capacity factor of benzene polycarboxylic acids is proportional to the association constants between aromatic acids and quaternary ammonium ions calculated on the basis of an electrostatic interaction model.

  15. Low-power concentration and separation using temperature gradient focusing via Joule heating.

    PubMed

    Kim, Sun Min; Sommer, Greg J; Burns, Mark A; Hasselbrink, Ernest F

    2006-12-01

    We present an experimental study of temperature gradient focusing (TGF) exploiting an inherent Joule heating phenomenon. A simple variable-width PDMS device delivers rapid and repeatable focusing of model analytes using significantly lower power than conventional TGF techniques. High electric potential applied to the device induces a temperature gradient within the microchannel due to the channel's variable width, and the temperature-dependent mobility of the analytes causes focusing at a specific location. The PDMS device also shows simultaneous separation and concentration capability of a mixture of two sample analytes in less than 10 min. An experiment combining Joule heating with external heating/cooling further supports the hypothesis that temperature is indeed the dominant factor in achieving focusing with this technique.

  16. Reverse-phase HPLC separation of hemp seed (Cannabis sativa L.) protein hydrolysate produced peptide fractions with enhanced antioxidant capacity.

    PubMed

    Girgih, Abraham T; Udenigwe, Chibuike C; Aluko, Rotimi E

    2013-03-01

    Hemp seed protein hydrolysate (HPH) was produced through simulated gastrointestinal tract (GIT) digestion of hemp seed protein isolate followed by partial purification and separation into eight peptide fractions by reverse-phase (RP)-HPLC. The peptide fractions exhibited higher oxygen radical absorbance capacity as well as scavenging of 2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl, superoxide and hydroxyl radicals when compared to HPH. Radical scavenging activities of the fractionated peptides increased as content of hydrophobic amino acids or elution time was increased, with the exception of hydroxyl radical scavenging that showed decreased trend. Glutathione (GSH), HPH and the RP-HPLC peptide fractions possessed low ferric ion reducing ability but all had strong (>60 %) metal chelating activities. Inhibition of linoleic acid oxidation by some of the HPH peptide fractions was higher at 1 mg/ml when compared to that observed at 0.1 mg/ml peptide concentration. Peptide separation resulted in higher concentration of some hydrophobic amino acids (especially proline, leucine and isoleucine) in the fractions (mainly F5 and F8) when compared to HPH. The elution time-dependent increased concentrations of the hydrophobic amino acids coupled with decreased levels of positively charged amino acids may have been responsible for the significantly higher (p < 0.05) antioxidant properties observed for some of the peptide fractions when compared to the unfractionated HPH. In conclusion, the antioxidant activity of HPH after simulated GIT digestion is mainly influenced by the amino acid composition of some of its peptides.

  17. [Separation and identification of red pigments in natural red yolk of duck's eggs by HPLC-MS-MS].

    PubMed

    Liu, Liangzhong; Zhang, Min; Peng, Guanghua; Wang, Haibin; Zhang, Shenghua

    2004-05-01

    The natural red yolk of duck's eggs is produced by the laying duck in the lake areas in southward of China. In the laying duck breeding areas such as Honghu, Jianli, Xiantao, Tianmen and Hanchuan citys in Hubei Province, the culturists are used to feeding fresh pondweeds to the laying ducks. The yolk of duck's eggs is natural red with the chrominance reaching up to and/or above RCF (Roche Yolk Color Fan) 15. The red pigment components of natural red yolk of duck's eggs were separated and identified by thin layer chromatography (TLC), high performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry-mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS-MS) and high resolution electron impact-mass spectrometry (EI-MS). Four isomers of red pigments were separated by HPLC on a RP-C18 column with methanol-water (99.5:0.5, v/v) as mobile phase. The lambda(max) of the four components were 482, 488, 496, 501 nm, respectively, and all of them were single peak on chromatogram. They had the same molecular mass (Mr = 562), and had the same fragment peaks of MS2 with rhodoxanthin. The molecular formula of red pigments was determined as C40H50O2 by high resolution EI-MS. The results indicate that the red pigment is rhodoxanthin, and they are all cis-isomers of rhodoxanthin.

  18. Tessellated permanent magnet circuits for flow-through, open gradient separations of weakly magnetic materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moore, Lee R.; Williams, P. Stephen; Chalmers, Jeffrey J.; Zborowski, Maciej

    2017-04-01

    Emerging microfluidic-based cell assays favor label-free red blood cell (RBC) depletion. Magnetic separation of RBC is possible because of the paramagnetism of deoxygenated hemoglobin but the process is slow for open-gradient field configurations. In order to increase the throughput, periodic arrangements of the unit magnets were considered, consisting of commercially available Nd-Fe-B permanent magnets and soft steel flux return pieces. The magnet design is uniquely suitable for multiplexing by magnet tessellation, here meaning the tiling of the magnet assembly cross-sectional plane by periodic repetition of the magnet and the flow channel shapes. The periodic pattern of magnet magnetizations allows a reduction of the magnetic material per channel with minimal distortion of the field cylindrical symmetry inside the magnet apertures. A number of such magnet patterns are investigated for separator performance, size and economy with the goal of designing an open-gradient magnetic separator capable of reducing the RBC number concentration a hundred-fold in 1 mL whole blood per hour.

  19. Generalized gradient approximation model exchange holes for range-separated hybrids

    PubMed Central

    Henderson, Thomas M.; Janesko, Benjamin G.; Scuseria, Gustavo E.

    2008-01-01

    We propose a general model for the spherically averaged exchange hole corresponding to a generalized gradient approximation (GGA) exchange functional. Parameters are reported for several common GGAs. Our model is based upon that of Ernzerhof and Perdew [J. Chem. Phys. 109, 3313 (1998)]. It improves upon the former by precisely reproducing the energy of the parent GGA, and by enabling fully analytic evaluation of range-separated hybrid density functionals. Analytic results and preliminary thermochemical tests indicate that our model also improves upon the simple, local-density-based exchange hole model of Iikura et al. [J. Chem. Phys. 115, 3540 (2001)]. PMID:18500854

  20. Simultaneous separation and determination of fructose, sorbitol, glucose and sucrose in fruits by HPLC-ELSD.

    PubMed

    Ma, Chunmei; Sun, Zhen; Chen, Changbao; Zhang, Lili; Zhu, Shuhua

    2014-02-15

    A high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method with evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD) was optimised for simultaneous determination of fructose, sorbitol, glucose and sucrose in fruits. The analysis was carried out on a Phenomenex Luna 5u NH₂ 100A column (250 mm × 4.60mm, 5 micron) with isocratic elution of acetonitrile:water (82.5:17.5, v/v). Drift tube temperature of the ELSD system was set to 82 °C and nitrogen flow rate was 2.0 L min⁻¹. The regression equation revealed good linear relationship (R = 0.9967-0.9989) within test ranges. The limits of detection (LOD) and quantification (LOQ) for four analytes (peach, apple, watermelon, and cherry fruits) were in the range of 0.07-0.27 and 0.22-0.91 mg L⁻¹, respectively. The proposed HPLC-ELSD method was validated for quantification of sugars in peach, apple, watermelon, and cherry fruits, and the results were satisfactory. The results showed that the contents of the four sugars varied among fruits. While fructose (5.79-104.01 mg g⁻¹) and glucose (9.25-99.62 mg g⁻¹) emerged as common sugars in the four fruits, sorbitol (8.70-19.13 mg g⁻¹) were only found in peach, apple and cherry fruits, and sucrose (15.82-106.39 mg g⁻¹) were in peach, apple and watermelon. There was not detectable sorbitol in watermelon and sucrose in cherry fruits, respectively.

  1. Simultaneous determination of L-arginine and 12 molecules participating in its metabolic cycle by gradient RP-HPLC method: application to human urine samples.

    PubMed

    Markowski, Piotr; Baranowska, Irena; Baranowski, Jacek

    2007-12-19

    We have developed and described a highly sensitive, accurate and precise reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) method for the simultaneous determination of L-arginine and 12 molecules participating in its metabolic cycle in human urine samples. After pre-column derivatization with ortho-phthaldialdehyde (OPA) reagent containing 3-mercaptopropionic acid (3MPA), the fluorescent derivatives were separated by a gradient elution and detected by fluorescence measurement at 338 nm (excitation) and 455 nm (emission). L-Arginine (ARG) and its metabolites: L-glutamine (GLN), N(G)-hydroxy-L-arginine (NOHA), L-citrulline (CIT), N(G)-monomethyl-L-arginine (NMMA), L-homoarginine (HARG), asymmetric N(G),N(G)-dimethyl-L-arginine (ADMA), symmetric N(G),N(G')-dimethyl-L-arginine (SDMA), L-ornithine (ORN), putrescine (PUT), agmatine (AGM), spermidine (SPERMD) and spermine (SPERM) were extracted in a cation-exchange solid-phase extraction (SPE) column and after derivatization separated in a Purospher STAR RP-18e analytical column. The calibration curves of analysed compounds are linear within the range of concentration: 45-825, 0.2-15, 16-225, 12-285, 0.1-32, 15-235, 0.1-12, 0.1-12, 10-205, 0.02-12, 0.1-24, 0.01-10 and 0.01-8 nmol mL(-1) for GLN, NOHA, CIT, ARG, NMMA, HARG, ADMA, SDMA, ORN, PUT, AGM, SPERMD and SPERM, respectively. The correlation coefficients are greater than 0.9980. Coefficients of variation are not higher than 6.0% for inter-day precision. The method has been determined or tested for limits of detection and quantification, linearity, precision, accuracy and recovery. All detection parameters of the method demonstrate that it is a reliable and efficient means of the comprehensive determination of ARG and its 12 main metabolites, making this approach suitable for routine clinical applications. The levels of analysed compounds in human urine can be successfully determined using this developed method with no matrix effect.

  2. Separation of arginase isoforms by capillary zone electrophoresis and isoelectric focusing in density gradient column.

    PubMed

    Pedrosa, M M; Legaz, M E

    1995-04-01

    Four major arginase isoforms, I, II, III and IV, have been detected in Evernia prunastri thallus. They differ in terms of both physical and biochemical properties. The isoelectric point (pI) of these proteins has been determined by both isoelectric focusing in density gradient column and high-performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE). Isoelectric focusing revealed charge microheterogeneity for isoforms II and IV whereas arginases I and II had the same pI value of 5.8. HPCE separation confirmed this charge microheterogeneity for isoform IV but not for isoform III, and provided evidence of microheterogeneity for isoforms I and II. The effect of various electrolyte buffers and running conditions on the HPCE separation of arginase isoform were investigated. Addition of 0.5 mM spermidine (SPD) to the running buffer reduced the electroosmotic flow (EOF) and permitted discriminating between the native proteins and protein fragments.

  3. Kinetic performance limits of constant pressure versus constant flow rate gradient elution separations. Part I: theory.

    PubMed

    Broeckhoven, K; Verstraeten, M; Choikhet, K; Dittmann, M; Witt, K; Desmet, G

    2011-02-25

    We report on a general theoretical assessment of the potential kinetic advantages of running LC gradient elution separations in the constant-pressure mode instead of in the customarily used constant-flow rate mode. Analytical calculations as well as numerical simulation results are presented. It is shown that, provided both modes are run with the same volume-based gradient program, the constant-pressure mode can potentially offer an identical separation selectivity (except from some small differences induced by the difference in pressure and viscous heating trajectory), but in a significantly shorter time. For a gradient running between 5 and 95% of organic modifier, the decrease in analysis time can be expected to be of the order of some 20% for both water-methanol and water-acetonitrile gradients, and only weakly depending on the value of V(G)/V₀ (or equivalently t(G)/t₀). Obviously, the gain will be smaller when the start and end composition lie closer to the viscosity maximum of the considered water-organic modifier system. The assumptions underlying the obtained results (no effects of pressure and temperature on the viscosity or retention coefficient) are critically reviewed, and can be inferred to only have a small effect on the general conclusions. It is also shown that, under the adopted assumptions, the kinetic plot theory also holds for operations where the flow rate varies with the time, as is the case for constant-pressure operation. Comparing both operation modes in a kinetic plot representing the maximal peak capacity versus time, it is theoretically predicted here that both modes can be expected to perform equally well in the fully C-term dominated regime (where H varies linearly with the flow rate), while the constant pressure mode is advantageous for all lower flow rates. Near the optimal flow rate, and for linear gradients running from 5 to 95% organic modifier, time gains of the order of some 20% can be expected (or 25-30% when accounting for

  4. Coal liquefaction process streams characterization and evaluation: High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) of coal liquefaction process streams using normal-phase separation with uv diode array detection

    SciTech Connect

    Clifford, D.J.; McKinney, D.E.; Hou, Lei; Hatcher, P.G.

    1994-01-01

    This study demonstrated the considerable potential of using two-dimensional, high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with normal-phase separation and ultraviolet (UV) diode array detection for the examination of filtered process liquids and the 850{degrees}F{sup {minus}} distillate materials derived from direct coal liquefaction process streams. A commercially available HPLC column (Hypersil Green PAH-2) provided excellent separation of the complex mixture of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) found in coal-derived process streams process. Some characteristics of the samples delineated by separation could be attributed to processing parameters. Mass recovery of the process derived samples was low (5--50 wt %). Penn State believes, however, that, improved recovery can be achieved. High resolution mass spectrometry and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) also were used in this study to characterize the samples and the HPLC fractions. The GC/MS technique was used to preliminarily examine the GC-elutable portion of the samples. The GC/MS data were compared with the data from the HPLC technique. The use of an ultraviolet detector in the HPLC work precludes detecting the aliphatic portion of the sample. The GC/MS allowed for identification and quantification of that portion of the samples. Further development of the 2-D HPLC analytical method as a process development tool appears justified based on the results of this project.

  5. Enantiomeric separations of ruthenium (II) polypyridyl complexes using HPLC with cyclofructan chiral stationary phases.

    PubMed

    Shu, Yang; Breitbach, Zachary S; Dissanayake, Milan K; Perera, Sirantha; Aslan, Joseph M; Alatrash, Nagham; MacDonnell, Frederick M; Armstrong, Daniel W

    2015-01-01

    The enantiomeric separation of 21 ruthenium (II) polypyridyl complexes was achieved with a novel class of cyclofructan-based chiral stationary phases (CSPs) in the polar organic mode. Aromatic derivatives on the chiral selectors proved to be essential for enantioselectivity. The R-napthylethyl carbamate functionalized cyclofructan 6 (LARIHC CF6-RN) column proved to be the most effective overall, while the dimethylphenyl carbamate cyclofructan 7 (LARIHC CF7-DMP) showed complementary selectivity. A combination of acid and base additives was necessary for optimal separations. The retention factor vs. acetonitrile/methanol ratio plot showed a U-shaped retention curve, indicating that different interactions take place at different polar organic solvent compositions. The separation results indicated that π-π interactions, steric effects, and hydrogen bonding contribute to the enantiomeric separation of ruthenium (II) polypyridyl complexes with cyclofructan chiral stationary phases in the polar organic mode.

  6. Fast Gradient Elution Reversed-Phase HPLC with Diode-Array Detection as a High Throughput Screening Method for Drugs of Abuse

    SciTech Connect

    Peter W. Carr; K.M. Fuller; D.R. Stoll; L.D. Steinkraus; M.S. Pasha; Glenn G. Hardin

    2005-12-30

    A new approach has been developed by modifying a conventional gradient elution liquid chromatograph for the high throughput screening of biological samples to detect the presence of regulated intoxicants. The goal of this work was to improve the speed of a gradient elution screening method over current approaches by optimizing the operational parameters of both the column and the instrument without compromising the reproducibility of the retention times, which are the basis for the identification. Most importantly, the novel instrument configuration substantially reduces the time needed to re-equilibrate the column between gradient runs, thereby reducing the total time for each analysis. The total analysis time for each gradient elution run is only 2.8 minutes, including 0.3 minutes for column reequilibration between analyses. Retention times standard calibration solutes are reproducible to better than 0.002 minutes in consecutive runs. A corrected retention index was adopted to account for day-to-day and column-to-column variations in retention time. The discriminating power and mean list length were calculated for a library of 47 intoxicants and compared with previous work from other laboratories to evaluate fast gradient elution HPLC as a screening tool.

  7. Combined Reversed Phase HPLC, Mass Spectrometry, and NMR Spectroscopy for a Fast Separation and Efficient Identification of Phosphatidylcholines

    PubMed Central

    Willmann, Jan; Thiele, Herbert; Leibfritz, Dieter

    2011-01-01

    In respect of the manifold involvement of lipids in biochemical processes, the analysis of intact and underivatised lipids of body fluids as well as cell and tissue extracts is still a challenging task, if detailed molecular information is required. Therefore, the advantage of combined use of high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), mass spectrometry (MS), and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy will be shown analyzing three different types of extracts of the ubiquitous membrane component phosphatidylcholine. At first, different reversed phase modifications were tested on phosphatidylcholines (PC) with the same effective carbon number (ECN) for their applicability in lipid analysis. The results were taken to improve the separation of three natural PC extract types and a new reversed phase (RP)-HPLC method was developed. The individual species were characterized by one- and two-dimensional NMR and positive or negative ion mode quadrupole time of flight (q-TOF)-MS as well as MS/MS techniques. Furthermore, ion suppression effects during electrospray ionisation (ESI), difficulties, limits, and advantages of the individual analytical techniques are addressed. PMID:20871812

  8. Separation and determination of polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters in cosmetics by a reversed-phase HPLC/ELSD.

    PubMed

    Lee, Yong Hwa; Jeong, Eun Sook; Cho, Hwang Eui; Moon, Dong-Cheul

    2008-02-15

    A comprehensive analytical method was established for the separation of polyethylene glycol (PEG) stearates according to the distribution of ethylene oxide (EO) and subsequent determination of the surfactants in cosmetic samples by using a high-performance liquid chromatography-evaporative light scattering detection. Separation of the PEG stearates comprising approximately up to 82 EO adducts was performed on a reversed-phase YMC-Pack C(8) column using water-acetonitrile gradient elution. The PEG oligomers were separated in order of the increasing number of EO adducts. Quantitation of the PEG fatty acid esters, which was separated as single peak per each component, was performed by chromatography on a reversed-phase Wakosil 10 C(18) column using water-methanol gradient elution. The standard curve to quantify the PEG stearates was constructed by the log-log plot, which showed good linearity with the correlation coefficients (R(2)) 0.998 and more. Working range, repeatability, limit of detection and recovery were acceptable for analysis of the surfactants in cosmetic products. The analytical methods were applied to characterize the PEG stearates according to the EO distributions, then to quantify the surfactants in cosmetic products.

  9. Feasibility of turbidity removal by high-gradient superconducting magnetic separation.

    PubMed

    Zeng, Hua; Li, Yiran; Xu, Fengyu; Jiang, Hao; Zhang, Weimin

    2015-01-01

    Several studies have focused on pollutant removal by magnetic seeding and high-gradient superconducting magnetic separation (HGSMS). However, few works reported the application of HGSMS for treating non-magnetic pollutants by an industrial large-scale system. The feasibility of turbidity removal by a 600 mm bore superconducting magnetic separation system was evaluated in this study. The processing parameters were evaluated by using a 102 mm bore superconducting magnetic separation system that was equipped with the same magnetic separation chamber that was used in the 600 mm bore system. The double-canister system was used to process water pollutants. Analytical grade magnetite was used as a magnetic seed and the turbidity of the simulated raw water was approximately 110 NTU, and the effects of polyaluminum chloride (PAC) and magnetic seeds on turbidity removal were evaluated. The use of more PAC and magnetic seeds had few advantages for the HGSMS at doses greater than 8 and 50 mg/l, respectively. A magnetic intensity of 5.0 T was beneficial for HGSMS, and increasing the flow rate through the steel wool matrix decreased the turbidity removal efficiency. In the breakthrough experiments, 90% of the turbidity was removed when 100 column volumes were not reached. The processing capacity of the 600 mm bore industry-scale superconducting magnetic separator for turbidity treatment was approximately 78.0 m(3)/h or 65.5 × 10(4) m(3)/a. The processing cost per ton of water for the 600 mm bore system was 0.1 $/t. Thus, the HGSMS separator could be used in the following special circumstances: (1) when adequate space is not available for traditional water treatment equipment, especially the sedimentation tank, and (2) when decentralized sewage treatment HGSMS systems are easier to transport and install.

  10. Evolving neural network optimization of cholesteryl ester separation by reversed-phase HPLC

    PubMed Central

    Jansen, Michael A.; Kiwata, Jacqueline; Arceo, Jennifer; Faull, Kym F.

    2010-01-01

    Cholesteryl esters have antimicrobial activity and likely contribute to the innate immunity system. Improved separation techniques are needed to characterize these compounds. In this study, optimization of the reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography separation of six analyte standards (four cholesteryl esters plus cholesterol and tri-palmitin) was accomplished by modeling with an artificial neural network–genetic algorithm (ANN-GA) approach. A fractional factorial design was employed to examine the significance of four experimental factors: organic component in the mobile phase (ethanol and methanol), column temperature, and flow rate. Three separation parameters were then merged into geometric means using Derringer’s desirability function and used as input sources for model training and testing. The use of genetic operators proved valuable for the determination of an effective neural network structure. Implementation of the optimized method resulted in complete separation of all six analytes, including the resolution of two previously co-eluting peaks. Model validation was performed with experimental responses in good agreement with model-predicted responses. Improved separation was also realized in a complex biological fluid, human milk. Thus, the first known use of ANN-GA modeling for improving the chromatographic separation of cholesteryl esters in biological fluids is presented and will likely prove valuable for future investigators involved in studying complex biological samples. Figure ANN-derived response surface plot for two interacting factors and overall response Electronic supplementary material The online version of this article (doi:10.1007/s00216-010-3778-5) contains supplementary material, which is available to authorized users. PMID:20490467

  11. A novel isocratic HPLC method to separate and quantify acetanilide and its hydroxy aromatic derivatives: 2-, 3- and 4-hydroxyacetanilide (paracetamol or acetaminophen).

    PubMed

    Mancilla, J; Valdes, E; Gil, L

    1989-01-01

    Reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography on a microBondapak C-18 Column has been used to separate and quantify acetanilide and its aromatic monohydroxy derivatives in the 2-, 3- and 4- positions. Separation was achieved within 22 min by using an isocratic mixture of 2-propanol: methanol: water, 8:18:74 (v/v). This method compares very favourably with other HPLC techniques already reported to separate acetanilide from the monohydroxy aromatic derivatives.

  12. Ecohydrologic Separation of Plant Life Forms Across A Soil Moisture Gradient in a Montane Wetland

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mercer, J.; Millar, D.; Williams, D. G.

    2016-12-01

    Sources of water used by plants can differ from those that flow to groundwater and streams. Such ecohydrologic separation forms the basis for the "two water worlds hypothesis" that challenges commonly held notions of how water moves through terrestrial ecosystems. Yet, recent observations in a humid, low energy wetland environment did not support the presence of ecohydrologic separation. These contrasting results, in the context of general physical principles, suggest that energy gradients along the soil-plant-atmosphere continuum may play a role in defining the magnitude of ecohydrologic separation. We quantified ecohydrologic separation in a montane wetland with pronounced hummocks and hollows located in southeastern Wyoming. The rooting zone in this wetland is fully saturated during the spring, but is prone to water table draw-downs (> 1 m) during the summer, likely producing significant water potential differences between plant and soil water pools. We predict that wetland vegetation will express some degree of ecohydrologic separation, but such expression will differ based on microtopgraphic position and the rooting strategy of different plant life form (i.e., trees, shrubs, graminoids). For example, shallowly rooted graminoids on raised hummocks may use water that is distinctly different from that located in wetter hollows, with water in hollows being more isotopically similar to water leaving the wetland via surface water flows. We collected xylem water from dominant plant life forms in hummocks and hollows, free water (via piezometers) and bulk soil water at depths of 20 and 60 cm, as well as surface water and groundwater. Stable isotope ratios of H and O were determined from samples by either laser spectroscopy or isotope ratio mass spectrometry. Our expected results suggest that most of the water being used by wetland plants will be similar to that leaving the wetland via surface flow. In the context of their being two water worlds in the surrounding

  13. A pseudo three-zone simulated moving bed with solvent gradient for quaternary separations.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Chongwen; Huang, Fengmei; Wei, Feng

    2014-03-21

    In a SMB with solvent gradient, as the eluotropic strength of the liquid in zone II (between the extract-port and feed-port) is higher than that in zone III (between the feed-port and the raffinate-port), the solute can move forward in zone II but backward in zone III to be trapped in the two zones consequently. On this basis, a pseudo-SMB was proposed to separate two medium retained solutes (B1 and B2) from a quaternary mixture by selectively trapping the two solutes. Once the columns in zones II and III are saturated with the target solutes, the solvent dissolving the feed is introduced at the feed-port to remove the least retained solute (A) from the raffinate-port and the most retained solute (C) from the extract-port. The two target components trapped in zones II and III are purified accordingly. At the same time, solute B1 would distribute in the columns of zone III whereas solute B2 spread in the columns of zone II if solute B2 had a stronger retention than solute B1. Thereby, the two medium retained solutes B1 and B2 could be recovered separately from the columns in zones II and III. This scheme was validated by the successful separation of capsaicin (B1) and dihydrocapsaicin (B2) from a crude capsaicinoids.

  14. Capillary flow-driven microfluidic device with wettability gradient and sedimentation effects for blood plasma separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Maria, M. Sneha; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K.

    2017-03-01

    We report a capillary flow-driven microfluidic device for blood-plasma separation that comprises a cylindrical well between a pair of bottom and top channels. Exposure of the well to oxygen-plasma creates wettability gradient on its inner surface with its ends hydrophilic and middle portion hydrophobic. Due to capillary action, sample blood self-infuses into bottom channel and rises up the well. Separation of plasma occurs at the hydrophobic patch due to formation of a ‘self-built-in filter’ and sedimentation. Capillary velocity is predicted using a model and validated using experimental data. Sedimentation of RBCs is explained using modified Steinour’s model and correlation between settling velocity and liquid concentration is found. Variation of contact angle on inner surface of the well is characterized and effects of well diameter and height and dilution ratio on plasma separation rate are investigated. With a well of 1.0 mm diameter and 4.0 mm height, 2.0 μl of plasma was obtained (from <10 μl whole blood) in 15 min with a purification efficiency of 99.9%. Detection of glucose was demonstrated with the plasma obtained. Wetting property of channels was maintained by storing in DI water under vacuum and performance of the device was found to be unaffected over three weeks.

  15. Capillary flow-driven microfluidic device with wettability gradient and sedimentation effects for blood plasma separation.

    PubMed

    Maria, M Sneha; Rakesh, P E; Chandra, T S; Sen, A K

    2017-03-03

    We report a capillary flow-driven microfluidic device for blood-plasma separation that comprises a cylindrical well between a pair of bottom and top channels. Exposure of the well to oxygen-plasma creates wettability gradient on its inner surface with its ends hydrophilic and middle portion hydrophobic. Due to capillary action, sample blood self-infuses into bottom channel and rises up the well. Separation of plasma occurs at the hydrophobic patch due to formation of a 'self-built-in filter' and sedimentation. Capillary velocity is predicted using a model and validated using experimental data. Sedimentation of RBCs is explained using modified Steinour's model and correlation between settling velocity and liquid concentration is found. Variation of contact angle on inner surface of the well is characterized and effects of well diameter and height and dilution ratio on plasma separation rate are investigated. With a well of 1.0 mm diameter and 4.0 mm height, 2.0 μl of plasma was obtained (from <10 μl whole blood) in 15 min with a purification efficiency of 99.9%. Detection of glucose was demonstrated with the plasma obtained. Wetting property of channels was maintained by storing in DI water under vacuum and performance of the device was found to be unaffected over three weeks.

  16. Capillary flow-driven microfluidic device with wettability gradient and sedimentation effects for blood plasma separation

    PubMed Central

    Maria, M. Sneha; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K.

    2017-01-01

    We report a capillary flow-driven microfluidic device for blood-plasma separation that comprises a cylindrical well between a pair of bottom and top channels. Exposure of the well to oxygen-plasma creates wettability gradient on its inner surface with its ends hydrophilic and middle portion hydrophobic. Due to capillary action, sample blood self-infuses into bottom channel and rises up the well. Separation of plasma occurs at the hydrophobic patch due to formation of a ‘self-built-in filter’ and sedimentation. Capillary velocity is predicted using a model and validated using experimental data. Sedimentation of RBCs is explained using modified Steinour’s model and correlation between settling velocity and liquid concentration is found. Variation of contact angle on inner surface of the well is characterized and effects of well diameter and height and dilution ratio on plasma separation rate are investigated. With a well of 1.0 mm diameter and 4.0 mm height, 2.0 μl of plasma was obtained (from <10 μl whole blood) in 15 min with a purification efficiency of 99.9%. Detection of glucose was demonstrated with the plasma obtained. Wetting property of channels was maintained by storing in DI water under vacuum and performance of the device was found to be unaffected over three weeks. PMID:28256564

  17. Working principle and application of magnetic separation for biomedical diagnostic at high- and low-field gradients.

    PubMed

    Leong, Sim Siong; Yeap, Swee Pin; Lim, JitKang

    2016-12-06

    Magnetic separation is a versatile technique used in sample preparation for diagnostic purpose. For such application, an external magnetic field is applied to drive the separation of target entity (e.g. bacteria, viruses, parasites and cancer cells) from a complex raw sample in order to ease the subsequent task(s) for disease diagnosis. This separation process not only can be achieved via the utilization of high magnetic field gradient, but also, in most cases, low magnetic field gradient with magnitude less than 100 T m(-1) is equally feasible. It is the aim of this review paper to summarize the usage of both high gradient magnetic separation and low gradient magnetic separation (LGMS) techniques in this area of research. It is noteworthy that effectiveness of the magnetic separation process not only determines the outcome of a diagnosis but also directly influences its accuracy as well as sensing time involved. Therefore, understanding the factors that simultaneously influence the efficiency of both magnetic separation process and target detection is necessary. Moreover, for LGMS, there are several important considerations that should be taken into account in order to ensure its successful implementation. Hence, this review paper aims to provide an overview to relate all this crucial information by linking the magnetic separation theory to biomedical diagnostic applications.

  18. Influence of varying electroosmotic flow on the effective diffusion in electric field gradient separations.

    PubMed

    Maynes, Daniel; Tenny, Joseph; Webbd, Brent W; Lee, Milton L

    2008-02-01

    Recently the use electric field gradient focusing (EFGF) to enhance focusing of proteins has been proposed and explored to provide significant improvement in separation resolution. The objective of EFGF is to focus proteins of specific electrophoretic mobilities at distinct stationary locations in a column or channel. This can be accomplished in a capillary by allowing the electric potential to vary in the streamwise direction. Because the electric field is varying, so also is the electrokinetic force exerted on the proteins and the electroosmotic velocity of the buffer solution. Due to the varying electric field, the Taylor diffusion characteristics will also vary along the column, causing a degradation of peak widths of some proteins, dependent on their equilibrium positions and local velocity distributions. The focus of this paper is an analysis that allows characterization of the local Taylor diffusion and resulting protein band peak width as a function of the local magnitude of the EOF relative to the average fluid velocity for both cylindrical and rectangular channels. In general the analysis shows that as the ratio of the local electroosmotic velocity to the average velocity deviates from unity, the effective diffusion increases significantly. The effectiveness of EFGF devices over a range of protein diffusivities, capillary diameters, flow velocities, and electric field gradient is discussed.

  19. The separation of transudates and exudates with particular reference to the protein gradient.

    PubMed

    Romero-Candeira, Santiago; Hernández, Luis

    2004-07-01

    The separation of pleural transudates from exudates, as the first step in the study of pleural effusions of unknown cause, is generally accepted as a useful practice. However, the optimal way to do this remains moot. New and more sophisticated biochemical markers have been proposed together, with new approaches to the interpretation of the results. Nevertheless, new studies have consolidated the criteria of Light et al. as those with a better accuracy. Effective diuresis increases the concentration of most pleural biochemical parameters used to differentiate transudates from exudates and appears as the main cause of the failures of this dichotomic approach. Among the alternative criteria proposed for identifying transudates in the setting of diuresis, the total protein gradient between serum and pleural fluid seems to be the most cost effective. Together with clinical judgment, the use of biochemical criteria seems mandatory. The criteria of Light et al. remain those of election. In the setting of effective diuresis, the use of the protein gradient is recommended. Although new and more sophisticated markers have been tested, it seems that looking for the causes of misclassification, when applying the criteria that to date have shown better efficiency, deserves preferential investigation.

  20. Generating and Separating Twisted Light by gradient-rotation Split-Ring Antenna Metasurfaces.

    PubMed

    Zeng, Jinwei; Li, Ling; Yang, Xiaodong; Gao, Jie

    2016-05-11

    Nanoscale compact optical vortex generators promise substantially significant prospects in modern optics and photonics, leading to many advances in sensing, imaging, quantum communication, and optical manipulation. However, conventional vortex generators often suffer from bulky size, low vortex mode purity in the converted beam, or limited operation bandwidth. Here, we design and demonstrate gradient-rotation split-ring antenna metasurfaces as unique spin-to-orbital angular momentum beam converters to simultaneously generate and separate pure optical vortices in a broad wavelength range. Our proposed design has the potential for realizing miniaturized on-chip OAM-multiplexers, as well as enabling new types of metasurface devices for the manipulation of complex structured light beams.

  1. Simultaneous Acquisition of Gradient Echo / Spin Echo BOLD and Perfusion with a Separate Labeling Coil

    PubMed Central

    Glielmi, C.B.; Xu, Q.; Craddock, R.C.; Hu, X.

    2010-01-01

    Arterial spin labeling (ASL) based cerebral blood flow (CBF) imaging complements blood oxygenation level dependent (BOLD) imaging with a measure that is more quantitative and has better specificity to neuronal activation. Relative to gradient echo (GE) BOLD, spin echo (SE) BOLD has better spatial specificity because it is less biased to large draining veins. While there have been many studies comparing simultaneously acquired CBF data with GE BOLD data in fMRI, there have been few studies comparing CBF with SE BOLD and no study comparing all three. We present a pulse sequence that simultaneously acquires CBF data with a separate labeling coil, GE BOLD and SE BOLD images. Simultaneous acquisition avoids inter-scan variability, allowing more direct assessment and comparison of each contrast’s relative specificity and reproducibility. Furthermore, it facilitates studies that may benefit from multiple complementary measures. PMID:20648682

  2. The combination of analytical-scale HPLC separation with a TR-FRET assay to investigate JAK2 inhibitory compounds in a Boysenberry drink.

    PubMed

    McGhie, Tony K; Martin, Harry; Lunken, Rona C M

    2012-11-01

    We report the detection of JAK2 inhibitory activity in a Boysenberry (Rubus loganbaccus x R. baileyanus Britt.) drink using a combination of analytical-scale high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with a high-sensitivity time-resolved fluorescence coupled with fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR-FRET) method. Phytochemical components of a Boysenberry drink were separated by reversed phase HPLC , and 84 separate fractions were collected. HPLC fractions corresponding to the ellagitannin and ellagic acid peaks observed in the chromatogram inhibited JAK2 activity. Anthocyanins, while they were the major phytochemical components of the Boysenberry drink, had no JAK2 inhibitory activity even though anthocyanins have previously been shown to be anti-inflammatory. This study demonstrates the usefulness of combining rapid analytical-scale HPLC separation with a highly sensitive fluorescence bioassay for characterising bioactivity in complex plant extracts. Ellagic acid was found to have an IC(50) of 92 nM against JAK2 and complete inhibition of JAK2 activity was observed in HPLC fractions of Boysenberry extract which had been diluted several hundred fold. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first demonstration that ellagitannins and other natural ellagic acid analogues are potent inhibitors of JAK2. Thus a drink containing Boysenberry juice concentrate may have anti-inflammatory properties.

  3. Size exclusion chromatography-gradients, an alternative approach to polymer gradient chromatography: 2. Separation of poly(meth)acrylates using a size exclusion chromatography-solvent/non-solvent gradient.

    PubMed

    Schollenberger, Martin; Radke, Wolfgang

    2011-10-28

    A gradient ranging from methanol to tetrahydrofuran (THF) was applied to a series of poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) standards, using the recently developed concept of SEC-gradients. Contrasting to conventional gradients the samples eluted before the solvent, i.e. within the elution range typical for separations by SEC, however, the high molar mass PMMAs were retarded as compared to experiments on the same column using pure THF as the eluent. The molar mass dependence on retention volume showed a complex behaviour with a nearly molar mass independent elution for high molar masses. This molar mass dependence was explained in terms of solubility and size exclusion effects. The solubility based SEC-gradient was proven to be useful to separate PMMA and poly(n-butyl crylate) (PnBuA) from a poly(t-butyl crylate) (PtBuA) sample. These samples could be separated neither by SEC in THF, due to their very similar hydrodynamic volumes, nor by an SEC-gradient at adsorbing conditions, due to a too low selectivity. The example shows that SEC-gradients can be applied not only in adsorption/desorption mode, but also in precipitation/dissolution mode without risking blocking capillaries or breakthrough peaks. Thus, the new approach is a valuable alternative to conventional gradient chromatography.

  4. Separating and Identifying the Four Stereoisomers of Methyl Jasmonate by RP-HPLC and using Cyclodextrins in a Novel Way.

    PubMed

    Matencio, Adrián; Bermejo-Gimeno, Mario J; García-Carmona, Francisco; López-Nicolás, José Manuel

    2017-05-01

    Several authors have reported on the different bioactivities of methyl jasmonate (MeJA) stereoisomers. However, no simple, precise and cheap method for separating and identifying them using reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) has been developed. (1) To create a simple, precise and cheap method for separating and identifying the four stereoisomers present in commercial racemic mixtures of MeJA and (2) to identify the four stereoisomers using molecular docking techniques and coinjection. Materials and Methods - RP-HPLC using a 250 mm C18 column and different proportions of cyclodextrins (CDs) and organic solvents was applied to a commercial sample of racemic MeJA. The results show that the best conditions for separating the MeJA stereoisomers are: 20% methanol in the mobile phase, a temperature of 45 °C and a 16 mM concentration of methyl-β-cyclodextrin (M-β-CD). A simple C18 250 mm column and a flow rate of 1.25 mL/min were used. The reduction in the retention time of MeJA observed when M-β-CD is added to the mobile phases was used to determine the complexation constants of the guest/CD complex and compared with the obtained when other CDs were used. The KF for M-β-CD (117.49 ± 5.9 1/M) was obtained with a 1:1 stoichiometry. The four stereoisomers were identified by molecular docking techniques and coinjection of a commercially available rosemary essential oil. The new method identified and classified the four stereoisomers of MeJA in the following ordination: (-)epiMeJA, (-)MeJA; (+)MeJA and (+)epiMeJA. These results could be used to improve the elicitation of cell cultures with only the best isomer. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  5. Multiproduct high-resolution monoclonal antibody charge variant separations by pH gradient ion-exchange chromatography.

    PubMed

    Farnan, Dell; Moreno, G Tony

    2009-11-01

    In the biotechnology industry, ion-exchange chromatography is widely used for profiling the charge heterogeneity of proteins, including monoclonal antibodies. Ionic strength based ion exchange separations, while having excellent resolving power and robustness, are product specific and time-consuming to develop. In the present work, a pH gradient based separation using a cation exchange column is described and shown to be a multiproduct charge sensitive separation method for monoclonal antibodies. Simple mixtures of defined buffer components were used to generate the pH-gradients that separate closely related antibody species. The form of the pH gradient was controlled and optimized by the pump as well as the buffer composition if necessary. During this work, the buffer compositions for the separation were optimized in parallel for several MAbs. The data shows that the multiproduct method is optimal for all of the MAbs studied. Operational aspects of the separation such as column chemistry, column length, and sample matrix indicate a very robust method. The pH gradient ion-exchange method is demonstrated to have significant resolving power and peak capacities far in excess of what we would expect for ionic strength elution ion-exchange. Data obtained demonstrates that the separation is relatively insensitive to column length. Direct analysis (no buffer exchange) of samples in matrixes consistent with in-process manufacturing pools is demonstrated. Such a capability is extremely useful for the high throughput evaluation of in-process and final product samples.

  6. An HPLC-MS/MS method for the separation of α-retinyl esters from retinyl esters

    PubMed Central

    Goetz, Hilary J.; Kopec, Rachel E.; Riedl, Ken M.; Cooperstone, Jessica L.; Narayanasamy, Sureshbabu; Curley, Robert W.; Schwartz, Steven J.

    2016-01-01

    Enzymatic cleavage of the nonsymmetric provitamin A carotenoid α-carotene results in one molecule of retinal (vitamin A), and one molecule of α-retinal, a biologically inactive analog of true vitamin A. Due to structural similarities, α-retinyl esters and vitamin A esters typically coelute, resulting in the overestimation of vitamin A originating from α-carotene. Herein, we present a set of tools to identify and separate α-retinol products from vitamin A. α-Retinyl palmitate (αRP) standard was synthesized from α-ionone following a Wittig-Horner approach. A high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS) method employing a C30 column was then developed to separate the species. Authentic standards of retinyl esters and the synthesized α-RP confirmed respective identities, while other α-retinyl esters (i.e. myristate, linoleate, oleate, and stearate) were evidenced by their pseudomolecular ions observed in electrospray ionization (ESI) mode, fragmentation, and elution order. For quantitation, an atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) source operated in positive ion mode was used, and retinol, the predominant in-source parent ion was selected and fragmented. The application of this method to a chylomicron-rich fraction of human plasma is demonstrated. This method can be used to better determine the quantity of vitamin A derived from foods containing α-carotene. PMID:27423669

  7. An HPLC-MS/MS method for the separation of α-retinyl esters from retinyl esters.

    PubMed

    Goetz, Hilary J; Kopec, Rachel E; Riedl, Ken M; Cooperstone, Jessica L; Narayanasamy, Sureshbabu; Curley, Robert W; Schwartz, Steven J

    2016-09-01

    Enzymatic cleavage of the nonsymmetric provitamin A carotenoid α-carotene results in one molecule of retinal (vitamin A), and one molecule of α-retinal, a biologically inactive analog of true vitamin A. Due to structural similarities, α-retinyl esters and vitamin A esters typically coelute, resulting in the overestimation of vitamin A originating from α-carotene. Herein, we present a set of tools to identify and separate α-retinol products from vitamin A. α-Retinyl palmitate (αRP) standard was synthesized from α-ionone following a Wittig-Horner approach. A high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS) method employing a C30 column was then developed to separate the species. Authentic standards of retinyl esters and the synthesized α-RP confirmed respective identities, while other α-retinyl esters (i.e. myristate, linoleate, oleate, and stearate) were evidenced by their pseudomolecular ions observed in electrospray ionization (ESI) mode, fragmentation, and elution order. For quantitation, an atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) source operated in positive ion mode was used, and retinol, the predominant in-source parent ion was selected and fragmented. The application of this method to a chylomicron-rich fraction of human plasma is demonstrated. This method can be used to better determine the quantity of vitamin A derived from foods containing α-carotene. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Complete separation of urinary metabolites of xylene in HPLC/DAD using β-cyclodextrin: application for biological monitoring.

    PubMed

    Caporossi, Lidia; De Rosa, Mariangela; Papaleo, Bruno

    2010-10-01

    To determine the biomarkers of exposure to xylene, urinary 2-, 3- and 4-methyl-hippuric acids, a new HPLC/DAD analytical method has been developed, which uses β-cyclodextrin as an additive for elution; its complexing abilities are exploited to achieve complete chromatographic separation of the three isomers. The mobile phase was a 3% aqueous solution of β-cyclodextrin, pH 3, and methanol, 80:20, in isocratic conditions, with a flow rate of 1 mL/min. To optimize quantitative analysis three wavelengths were employed for detection: λ=198 nm, λ=200 nm, and λ=202 nm. SPE was applied for the extraction from urine samples of analytes. Validation parameters show recoveries always above 82%; LOD was set at 1 μg/mL with an LOQ of 3 μg/mL. The linear dynamic range (from 4 to 100 μg/mL) showed excellent correspondence. This method is rapid and inexpensive and can be applied to several samples simultaneously using a manifold for SPE extraction. The analytes were separated completely and could be fully quantified. The method was used for the analysis of urine samples from 54 workers exposed to xylene in hospital laboratories and showed a good applicability while allowing quantification even at low doses. Copyright © 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Incorporation of carbon nanotubes in a silica HPLC column to enhance the chromatographic separation of peptides: theoretical and practical aspects.

    PubMed

    André, Claire; Aljhani, Rania; Gharbi, Tijani; Guillaume, Yves C

    2011-06-01

    The retention mechanism of a series of peptides on a single-wall carbon nanotube (SWCNT) stationary phase inside an HPLC column was investigated over a wide range of mobile phase compositions. While the similar size C18 column exhibited an efficiency of 11.5 μm, the SWCNT column increased the efficiency, i.e. 7.10 μm at a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, and significantly affected the separation quality of the peptides. The values of enthalpy (ΔH) and entropy (ΔS(*)) of transfer of the peptides from the mobile to the SWCNT stationary phase were determined. The method studied each factor, i.e. ACN fraction x in the ACN/water mixture and column temperature. The changes in retention factor, ΔH and ΔS(*) as a function of the ACN fraction in the mobile phase were examined. These variations are explained using the organization of ACN in clusters in the ACN/water mixture and on the steric and electronic forces implied in the retention process. The information obtained in this work makes this SWCNT stationary phase useful for peptide research and demonstrated the role of ACN to improve the separation quality.

  10. HPLC separation of dihydropyridine derivatives enantiomers with emphasis on elution order using polysaccharide-based chiral columns.

    PubMed

    Jibuti, George; Mskhiladze, Antonina; Takaishvili, Nino; Karchkhadze, Marina; Chankvetadze, Lali; Farkas, Tivadar; Chankvetadze, Bezhan

    2012-10-01

    The separation of enantiomers of five chiral dihydropyridine derivatives was studied on five different polysaccharide-based chiral HPLC columns with various normal-phase (NP), polar organic, and reversed-phase eluents. Along with the successful separation of analyte enantiomers, the emphasis of this study was on enantiomer elution order (EEO) with various columns and mobile phase composition. The interesting phenomenon of reversal of EEO, recently reported in the case of amlodipine (AML) depending on the concentration of formic acid in acetonitrile, was also confirmed with NP eluents. Under RP conditions at relatively low water content, the EEO of AML could also be reverted by varying the concentration of formic acid in the mobile phase. However, at higher water content the same parameter did not affect the EEO, but only induced gradual decrease in resolution up to complete co-elution of enantiomers. Additionally, in organic-aqueous mobile phases retention factors decreased with increasing water content but only up to 20% (v/v), while above this concentration the expected typical RP behavior was observed. The presence of the commonly used additive diethylamine in the mobile phase seems important for observing a reversal in EEO with increasing concentration of formic acid. The reversal of the EEO was characteristic of AML only and was not observed for any of other dihydropyridines included in this study. © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  11. HPLC separation of some purine and pyrimidine derivatives on Chromolith Performance Si monolithic column.

    PubMed

    Kazoka, H

    2007-02-23

    The chromatographic behavior of some purines and pyrimidines on a monolithic Chromolith Performance Si column under normal-phase high-performance liquid chromatography mode has been studied. Column pressure, column efficiency and selectivity of Chromolith Performance Si column were compared to those of conventional spherical 5 microm silica packed columns Econosphere Silica and Zorbax Rx-SIL. The investigation has shown that application of Chromolith Performance Si column for analysis of polar solutes can reduce the separation time without sacrificing column efficiency and selectivity. Improvement of the monolithic silica column efficiency for polar solutes is observed when ternary mobile phases (mixtures of hexane-isopropanol with ethylene glycol, water or acetonitrile) are applied.

  12. Removal and recovery of phosphorus in wastewater by superconducting high gradient magnetic separation with ferromagnetic adsorbent

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ishiwata, T.; Miura, O.; Hosomi, K.; Shimizu, K.; Ito, D.; Yoda, Y.

    2010-11-01

    Prevention of eutrophication for semi-enclosed bays and ponds is serious and important challenge. In spite of the advanced wastewater treatment, typically 1 mg/L phosphorus is discharged into public water bodies from wastewater treatment plants. The total amount of the discharged water is so large that the further improvement of the removal efficiency of phosphorus in the discharged water is demanded. On the other hand, recently phosphorus has become increasingly recognized as the important strategic material due to the global food problem. Therefore, the recovery and recycling of phosphorus is also important issue. In this work, removal and recovery of phosphorus from treated wastewater by High Gradient Magnetic Separation (HGMS) with ferromagnetic zirconium ferrite adsorbent were studied. Phosphorus in the treated wastewater could be removed from 1.12 mg/L to 0.03 mg/L by the HGMS system with 500 mg/L zirconium ferrite adsorbent for 5 min in adsorption time. The magnetic separation speed achieved 1 m/s at 1 T which was necessary for practical use. We also confirmed that phosphorus could be desorbed from zirconium ferrite adsorbent by alkali treatment in a short time.

  13. Functional characterization of human thymocyte subpopulations separated by density gradient centrifugation.

    PubMed Central

    Lederman, H M; Lee, J W; Cohen, A; Gelfand, E W

    1984-01-01

    A bovine serum albumin gradient was used to separate two populations of human thymocytes--a minority population (8%) of large thymocytes (LT) and a majority population (92%) of small thymocytes (ST). Fifty per cent of LT cells were in the S, G2 or M phases of the cell cycle compared to 5% of ST cells and 15% of unfractionated thymocytes. LT cells proliferated in response to T cell mitogens and included all of the T colony precursor cells (TCPC). In contrast, ST cells proliferated with mitogens only in the presence of added T cell growth factors and contained none of the thymocyte TCPC. ST cells neither helped nor suppressed the function of LT cells in any assay. This separation technique has provided a rapid method for isolating functionally distinct thymic lymphocyte subpopulations and permitted a further definition of the TCPC in the human thymus. Furthermore it should prove useful in studies of thymocytes at different stages of the cell cycle. PMID:6607793

  14. A new turbulence closure model for boundary layer flows with strong adverse pressure gradients and separation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Johnson, D. A.; King, L. S.

    1984-01-01

    A new turbulence closure model designed specifically to treat two-dimensional, turbulent boundary layers with strong adverse pressure gradients and attendant separation, is presented. The influence of history effects are modeled by using an ordinary differential equation (ODE) derived from the turbulence kinetic-energy equation, to describe the streamwise development of the maximum Reynolds shear stress in conjunction with an assumed eddy-viscosity distribution which has as its velocity scale the maximum Reynolds shear stress. In the outer part of the boundary layer, the eddy viscosity is treated as a free parameter which is adjusted in order to satisfy the ODE for the maximum shear stress. Because of this, the model s not simply an eddy-viscosity model, but contains features of a Reynolds-stress model. Comparisons with experiments are presented which clearly show the proposed model to be superior to the Cebeci-Smith model in treating strongly retarded and separated flows. In contrast to two-equation, eddy-viscosity models, it requires only slightly more computational effort than simple models like the Cebeci-Smith model.

  15. RP-HPLC Separation of Isomeric Withanolides: Method Development, Validation and Application to In situ Rat Permeability Determination.

    PubMed

    Yaseen Malik, Mohd; Taneja, Isha; Raju, Kanumuri Siva Rama; Rahaman Gayen, Jiaur; Singh, Sheelendra Pratap; Sangwand, Neelam S; Wahajuddin, Muhammad

    2017-08-01

    Withanolides are the group of active chemical constituents of Withania somnifera (L.) Dunal. Withaferin A, withanolide A and withanone presents three of the biologically most active constituents of this herb. These steroidal lactones are isomers of each other and thus, pose significant difficulty in their separation. In present study, a simple, specific and reliable RP-HPLC method has been developed and validated for their separation and simultaneous quantification. Separation was carried out on Lichrocart Purospher STAR RP-18e column (250 × 4.5 mm, 5 µm) using mobile phase, methanol and 0.01 M ammonium acetate buffer (pH 5) in the ratio 60:40, v/v. The calibration curves were linear (r2 > 0.99) for all the three compounds across concentration range of 1.56-50 µg/mL. The lower limit of quantification for all the analytes was 1.56 µg/mL. The intra-day and inter-day accuracy was between 88.65% and 110.66% and coefficient of variation was between 0.55 and 10.12. The analytes were stable under different storage conditions. The developed method was successfully applied to analyze the samples for simultaneous determination of permeability of the three withanolides in rats using in situ single-pass intestinal perfusion model. Withanolide A and withanone were found to be high permeability compounds while withaferin A could not be detected. © The Author 2017. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  16. Enantioselective separation and determination of the dinotefuran enantiomers in rice, tomato and apple by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Chen, Xiu; Dong, Fengshou; Liu, Xingang; Xu, Jun; Li, Jing; Li, Yuanbo; Wang, Yunhao; Zheng, Yongquan

    2012-01-01

    An effective chiral analytical method was developed for the resolution and determination of dinotefuran enantiomers in rice, tomato and apple samples. Dinotefuran enantiomers were baseline-separated and determined on a novel chiral column, ChromegaChiral CCA, with n-hexane-ethanol-methanol (85:5:10, v/v/v) as the mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with UV detection at 270 nm. The resolution of dinotefuran enantiomers was about 1.8. The first eluted enantiomer was (+)-dinotefuran and the second eluted one was (-)-dinotefuran. The effects of mobile-phase composition and column temperature on the enantioseparation were evaluated. The method was validated for linearity, repeatability, accuracy, LOD and LOQ. LOD was 0.15 mg/kg in rice and tomato, 0.05 mg/kg in apple, with an LOQ of 0.5 mg/kg in rice and tomato, 0.2 mg/kg in apple. The average recoveries of the pesticide from all matrices ranged from 75.8 to 92.9% for all fortification levels The precision values associated with the analytical method, expressed as RSD values, were <16.5% for the pesticide in all matrices. The methodology was successfully applied for the enantioselective analysis of dinotefuran enantiomers in real samples, indicating its efficiency in investigating the environmental stereochemistry of dinotefuran in food matrix.

  17. Efficient separation of semiconducting single-wall carbon nanotubes by surfactant-composition gradient in gel filtration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Thendie, Boanerges; Omachi, Haruka; Miyata, Yasumitsu; Shinohara, Hisanori

    2017-01-01

    Gel filtration is a powerful method of separating and purifying semiconducting single-wall carbon nanotubes (s-SWCNTs) from their metallic (m-) counterpart. However, a small amount of m-SWCNTs usually remains, thus reducing the purity of the s-SWCNTs obtained. We have investigated the effect of elution with a gradient concentration of the surfactant on the separation and purity of s-SWCNTs. By utilizing the controlled low-gradient elution (CLGE) that we have developed, the purity of s-SWCNTs is improved to 94% from the 90% obtained with the conventional separation. Furthermore, CLGE simultaneously allows diameter-based separation of small-diameter s-SWCNTs, which indicates a promising utilization of CLGE for s-SWCNT separation.

  18. Entamoeba invadens and E. histolytica: separation and purification of precysts and cysts by centrifugation on discontinuous density gradients of Percoll.

    PubMed

    Avron, B; Bracha, R; Deutsch, M R; Mirelman, D

    1983-06-01

    The different cell forms in the life cycle of Entamoeba invadens (trophozoites, precysts, and cysts) were rapidly and quantitatively separated on density step gradients of polyvinylpyrolidone-coated colloidal silica particles (Percoll). With this method, the gradual process of encystation by E. invadens trophozoites could be monitored. Percoll gradients were also efficient in separating trophozoites of Entamoeba histolytica and bacteria. After purification on Percoll, trophozoites display no evidence of damage when examined by light microscopy and no loss in viability as judged by their ability to multiply.

  19. Separation of quercetin, sexangularetin, kaempferol and isorhamnetin for simultaneous HPLC determination of flavonoid aglycones in inflorescences, leaves and fruits of three Sorbus species.

    PubMed

    Olszewska, Monika

    2008-11-04

    A reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic (RP-HPLC) method was developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of four flavonol aglycones (quercetin, QU; sexangularetin, SX; kaempferol, KA; isorhamnetin, IS) in hydrolyzed extracts from different plant parts of Sorbus aucuparia L., Sorbus aria (L.) Crantz. and Sorbus intermedia (Ehrh.) Pers. Separation of the four compounds was accomplished on a C18 Lichrosphere 100 column (5 microm, 250 mm x 4.6mm, i.d.) with a methanol gradient elution and recorded at 370 nm. The high resolution of critical bands - SX, KA and IS - was achieved with retention of the last peak (IS) in 19.5 min. The equilibration of the standard mixture by addition of HCl to an acid concentration equal that of hydrolyzed extracts injected was found to be necessary when minimizing calibration error. The correlation coefficients of all the calibration curves showed good linearity (r>0.9991) over the test range. The relative standard deviation of the method was less than 2.8% for intra- and inter-day assays, and the average recoveries were between 95.5 and 102.5%. High sensitivity was demonstrated with detection limits between 0.050 and 0.085 microg/ml. The level of total aglycones was found to be in the range of 687-1,515 mg/100g of dry weight in the inflorescences, 424-1,078 mg/100g in the leaves and 20-60 mg/100g in the fruits depending on the Sorbus species.

  20. Comparison of the quantitative performance of constant pressure versus constant flow rate gradient elution separations using concentration-sensitive detectors.

    PubMed

    Verstraeten, M; Broeckhoven, K; Lynen, F; Choikhet, K; Dittmann, M; Witt, K; Sandra, P; Desmet, G

    2012-04-06

    This contribution discusses the difference in chromatographic performance when switching from the customary employed constant flow rate gradient elution mode to the recently re-introduced constant pressure gradient elution mode. In this mode, the inlet pressure is maintained at a set value even when the mobile phase viscosity becomes lower than the maximum mobile phase viscosity encountered during the gradient program. This leads to a higher average flow rate compared to the constant flow rate mode and results in a shorter analysis time. When both modes carry out the same mobile phase gradient program in volumetric units, normally identical selectivities are obtained. However, small deviations in selectivity are found due to the differences in pressure and viscous heating effects. These selectivity differences are of the same type as those observed when switching from HPLC to UHPLC and are inevitable when speeding up the analysis by applying a higher pressure. It was also found that, when using concentration-sensitive detectors, the constant pressure elution mode leads to identical peak areas as the constant flow rate mode. Also the linearity is maintained. In addition, the repeatability of the peak area and retention time remains the same when switching between both elution modes.

  1. Practical utilization of spICP-MS to study sucrose density gradient centrifugation for the separation of nanoparticles.

    PubMed

    Johnson, Monique E; Montoro Bustos, Antonio R; Winchester, Michael R

    2016-11-01

    Single particle inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (spICP-MS) is shown to be a practical technique to study the efficacy of rate-zonal sucrose density gradient centrifugation (SDGC) separations of mixtures of gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) in liquid suspension. spICP-MS enabled measurements of AuNP size distributions and particle number concentrations along the gradient, allowing unambiguous evaluations of the effectiveness of the separation. Importantly, these studies were conducted using AuNP concentrations that are directly relevant to environmental studies (sub ng mL(-1)). At such low concentrations, other techniques [e.g., dynamic light scattering (DLS), transmission and scanning electron microscopies (TEM and SEM), UV-vis spectroscopy, atomic force microscopy (AFM)] do not have adequate sensitivity, highlighting the inherent value of spICP-MS for this and similar applications. In terms of the SDGC separations, a mixture containing three populations of AuNPs, having mean diameters of 30, 80, and 150 nm, was fully separated, while separations of two other mixtures (30, 60, 100 nm; and 20, 50, 100 nm) were less successful. Finally, it is shown that the separation capacity of SDGC can be overwhelmed when particle number concentrations are excessive, an especially relevant finding in view of common methodologies taken in nanotechnology research. Graphical Abstract Characterization of the separation of a gold nanoparticle mixture by sucrose density gradient centrifugation by conventional and single particle ICP-MS analysis.

  2. Enantiomers of triclabendazole sulfoxide: Analytical and semipreparative HPLC separation, absolute configuration assignment, and transformation into sodium salt.

    PubMed

    Ferretti, Rosella; Carradori, Simone; Guglielmi, Paolo; Pierini, Marco; Casulli, Adriano; Cirilli, Roberto

    2017-06-05

    Direct HPLC separation of the enantiomers of triclabendazole sulfoxide (TCBZ-SO), which is the main metabolite of the anthelmintic drug triclabendazole, was carried out using the polysaccharide-based Chiralpak AS-H and Chiralpak IF-3 chiral stationary phases (CSPs). The chromatographic behaviour of both CSPs was evaluated and compared using normal-phase and reversed-phase eluents at different column temperatures. The eluent mixture of n-hexane-2-propanol-trifluoroacetic acid 70:30:0.1 (v/v/v) and a column temperature of 40°C were identified as the best operational conditions to carry out semipreparative enantioseparations on a 1-cm I.D. AS-H column. Under these conditions, 12.5mg of racemic sample were resolved in a single chromatographic run within 15min. Comparison of calculated and experimental chiroptical properties provided the absolute configuration assignment at the sulfur atom. The salification of the isolated enantiomers of TCBZ-SO by reaction with sodium hydroxide solution produced water-soluble Na salts which are potentially useful in the development of new anthelmintic enantiomerically pure formulations. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Reverse-phase HPLC separation of D-amygdalin and neoamygdalin and optimum conditions for inhibition of racemization of amygdalin.

    PubMed

    Hwang, Eun-Young; Lee, Je-Hyun; Lee, Yong-Moon; Hong, Seon-Pyo

    2002-10-01

    In boiling aqueous solution, D-amygdalin usually begins to convert into neoamygdalin in 3 min and more than 30% of the initial D-amygdalin is found as neoamygdalin after 30 min. In this report, we establish methods for simple HPLC analysis and the inhibition of D-amygdalin conversion. D-Amygdalin and its conversion product, neoamygdalin, were clearly separated on reverse-phase column chromatography by an optimized eluent of 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer (pH 3.8) containing 6% acetonitrile. Linearity for analyzing D-amygdalin and neoamygdalin was observed in the range from 0.05 to 0.5 mM. The detection limits for D-amygdalin and neoamygdalin were ca. 5 microM per injected amount. We found that D-amygdalin conversion was completely inhibited by adding 0.05% citric acid to the aqueous solution before boiling. To prevent the loss of pharmaceutical potency of Tonin, we applied this method to measure the conversion rate of D-amygdalin. We confirmed that D-amygdalin conversion in Tonin is effectively inhibited by acidic boiling solution with 0.1% citric acid.

  4. Fast gradient HPLC method to determine compounds binding to human serum albumin. Relationships with octanol/water and immobilized artificial membrane lipophilicity.

    PubMed

    Valko, Klara; Nunhuck, Shenaz; Bevan, Chris; Abraham, Michael H; Reynolds, Derek P

    2003-11-01

    A fast gradient HPLC method (cycle time 15 min) has been developed to determine Human Serum Albumin (HSA) binding of discovery compounds using chemically bonded protein stationary phases. The HSA binding values were derived from the gradient retention times that were converted to the logarithm of the equilibrium constants (logK HSA) using data from a calibration set of molecules. The method has been validated using literature plasma protein binding data of 68 known drug molecules. The method is fully automated, and has been used for lead optimization in more than 20 company projects. The HSA binding data obtained for more than 4000 compounds were suitable to set up global and project specific quantitative structure binding relationships that helped compound design in early drug discovery. The obtained HSA binding of known drug molecules were compared to the Immobilized Artificial Membrane binding data (CHI IAM) obtained by our previously described HPLC-based method. The solvation equation approach has been used to characterize the normal binding ability of HSA, and this relationship shows that compound lipophilicity is a significant factor. It was found that the selectivity of the "baseline" lipophilicity governing HSA binding, membrane interaction, and octanol/water partition are very similar. However, the effect of the presence of positive or negative charges have very different effects. It was found that negatively charged compounds bind more strongly to HSA than it would be expected from the lipophilicity of the ionized species at pH 7.4. Several compounds showed stronger HSA binding than can be expected from their lipophilicity alone, and comparison between predicted and experimental binding affinity allows the identification of compounds that have good complementarities with any of the known binding sites.

  5. [Simultaneous separation of primary cardiomyocytes and cardiac fibroblasts from neonatal rats with density gradient centrifugation].

    PubMed

    Chen, Xi; Xu, Rui; Jiang, Yi-Nan; Zhu, Wei-Na; Wang, Yao-Hui

    2015-08-25

    To improve a fast and high-quality isolation method for culturing the primary cardiomyocyte and fibroblast in vitro, the neonatal Wistar rats were decapitated accordingly and left ventricles were isolated under the sterile condition. The ventricles were chopped and digested in the enzyme solution containing 0.5 mg/mL type II collagenase. During this process, the digesting time, frequency and stirring speed, centrifuging frequency and speed were strictly controlled. The cardiomyocytes were separated from the cardiac fibroblast by using the Percoll density gradient centrifugation. The cell viability was tested by staining with 0.2% trypan blue. The purity of cardiomyocytes and fibroblasts were determined by immunoflourescent staining with anti-cTnI, anti-Vimentin and anti-α-SMA antibodies. The results indicated that with this protocol, the viability and purity of cardiomyocytes were 92% and 95%. The automobile pulse of the adhered cardiomyocyte was visible. For fibroblasts, the cell viability and purity were 96% and 94%. Our results demonstrate that this advanced isolation method is reproducible, and can simultaneously produce high-quality primary cardiomyocytes and fibroblasts for the future study.

  6. Recovery of Manganese Ore Tailings by High-Gradient Magnetic Separation and Hydrometallurgical Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Xiufeng; Tan, Xiumin; Yi, Yuejun; Liu, Weizao; Li, Chun

    2017-08-01

    With the depletion of high-grade manganese ores, Mn ore tailings are considered valuable secondary resources. In this study, a process combining high-gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) with hydrometallurgical methods is proposed to recycle fine-grained Mn tailings. The Mn tailings were treated by HGMS at 12,500 G to obtain a Mn concentrate of 30% Mn with the recovery efficiency of 64%. The Mn concentrate could be used in the ferromanganese industry. To recover Mn further, the nonmagnetic fraction was leached by SO2 in an H2SO4 solution. Hydrogen peroxide was added to the leachate to oxidize Fe2+ to Fe3+, and the solution pH was adjusted to 5.0-5.5 with ammonia to remove Al, Fe, and Si impurities. The purified solution was reacted with NH4HCO3, and a saleable product of MnCO3 with 97.9% purity was obtained. The combined process can be applied to Mn recovery from finely dispersed weakly magnetic Mn ores or tailings.

  7. Chemical interferences when using high gradient magnetic separation for phosphate removal: consequences for lake restoration.

    PubMed

    de Vicente, I; Merino-Martos, A; Guerrero, F; Amores, V; de Vicente, J

    2011-09-15

    A promising method for lake restoration is the treatment of lake inlets through the specific adsorption of phosphate (P) on strongly magnetizable particles (Fe) and their subsequent removal using in-flow high gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) techniques. In this work, we report an extensive investigation on the chemical interferences affecting P removal efficiencies in natural waters from 20 Mediterranean ponds and reservoirs. A set of three treatments were considered based on different Fe particles/P concentration ratios. High P removal efficiencies (>80%) were found in freshwater lakes (conductivities<600 μ S cm(-1)). However, a significant reduction in P removal was observed for extremely high mineralized waters. Correlation analysis showed that major cations (Mg(2+), Na(+) and K(+)) and anions (SO(4)(2-) and Cl(-)) played an essential role in P removal efficiency. Comparison between different treatments have shown that when increasing P and Fe concentrations at the same rate or when increasing Fe concentrations for a fixed P concentration, there exist systematic reductions in the slope of the regression lines relating P removal efficiency and the concentration of different chemical variables. These results evidence a general reduction in the chemical competition between P and other ions for adsorption sites on Fe particles. Additional analyses also revealed a reduction in water color, dissolved organic carbon (DOC) and reactive silicate (Si) concentrations with the addition of Fe microparticles. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Performance analysis of a microfluidic mixer based on high gradient magnetic separation principles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Mengyu; Han, Xiaotao; Cao, Quanliang; Li, Liang

    2017-09-01

    To achieve a rapid mixing between a water-based ferrofluid and DI water in a microfluidic environment, a magnetically actuated mixing system based on high gradient magnetic separation principles is proposed in this work. The microfluidic system consists of a T-shaped mirochannel and an array of integrated soft-magnetic elements at the sidewall of the channel. With the aid of an external magnetic bias field, these elements are magnetized to produce a magnetic volume force acting on the fluids containing magnetic nanoparticles, and then to induce additional flows for improving the mixing performance. The mixing process is numerically investigated through analyzing the concentration distribution of magnetic nanoparticles using a coupled particle-fluid transport model, and mixing performances under different parametrical conditions are investigated in detail. Numerical results show that a high mixing efficiency around 97.5% can be achieved within 2 s under an inlet flow rate of 1 mm s-1 and a relatively low magnetic bias field of 50 mT. Meanwhile, it has been found that there is an optimum number of magnetic elements used for obtaining the best mixing performance. These results show the potential of the proposed mixing method in lab-on-a-chip system and could be helpful in designing and optimizing system performance.

  9. On chip steady liquid-gas phase separation for flexible generation of dissolved gas concentration gradient.

    PubMed

    Xu, Bi-Yi; Hu, Shan-Wen; Yan, Xiao-Na; Xia, Xing-Hua; Xu, Jing-Juan; Chen, Hong-Yuan

    2012-04-07

    In this study, steady liquid-gas phase separation is realized by applying a hydrophobic small microchannel array (SMA) to bridge two large microchannels, one for liquid phase and one for gas phase. In this structure, a capillary pressure difference between that in the SMA and the larger channel results in a steady liquid-gas interface. The generated liquid-gas interface allows for fast gas dissolving speed. By coupling the liquid-gas interface with a one directional fluidic field, a steady dissolved gas concentration gradient (DgCG) is generated. The DgCG distribution is easily designable for linear or exponential modes, providing improved flexibility for gas participated processes on chip. To demonstrate its applicability, a CO(2) DgCG chip is fabricated and applied for screening CaCO(3) crystal growth conditions in the DgCG chip. Crystals with transitional structures are successfully fabricated, which is consistent with the CO(2) DgCG distribution. This journal is © The Royal Society of Chemistry 2012

  10. Molecular and Quantum Mechanical Study for the Separation of Cefprozil in the Presence of Its Alkaline Degradation Product Using RP-HPLC with UV Detection.

    PubMed

    Attia, Khalid A M; Nassar, Mohammed W I; El-Zeiny, Mohamed B; Serag, Ahmed

    2017-03-01

    A reversed-phase HPLC method (RP-HPLC) with UV detection was developed and validated for the quantitative determination of cefprozil, a second-generation cephalosporin. Due to β-lactam ring instability under alkaline conditions, this RP-HPLC method was applied for the determination of cefprozil in the presence of its possible degradation product. The interactions that govern the separation process with stationary phase were investigated at both molecular and quantum mechanical levels. Moreover, electrostatic potential maps were generated to determine the sites of interaction with mobile phase. The suggested method was validated in compliance with International Conference on Harmonization guidelines and successfully applied for the determination of cefprozil in its commercial pharmaceutical formulation.

  11. Use of individual retention modeling for gradient optimization in hydrophilic interaction chromatography: separation of nucleobases and nucleosides.

    PubMed

    Tyteca, Eva; Guillarme, Davy; Desmet, Gert

    2014-11-14

    In this study, the separation of twelve nucleobases and nucleosides was optimized via chromatogram simulation (i.e., prediction of individual retention times and estimation of the peak widths) with the use of an empirical (reversed-phase) non-linear model proposed by Neue and Kuss. Retention time prediction errors of less than 2% were observed for all compounds on different stationary phases. As a single HILIC column could not resolve all peaks, the modeling was extended to coupled-column systems (with different stationary phase chemistries) to increase the separation efficiency and selectivity. The analytical expressions for the gradient retention factor on a coupled column system were derived and accurate retention time predictions were obtained (<2% prediction errors in general). The optimized gradient (predicted by the optimization software) included coupling of an amide and an pentahydroxy functionalized silica stationary phases with a gradient profile from 95 to 85%ACN in 6 min and resulted in almost baseline separation of the twelve nucleobases and nucleosides in less than 7 min. The final separation was obtained in less than 4h of instrument time (including equilibration times) and was fully obtained via computer-based optimization. As such, this study provides an example of a case where individual retention modeling can be used as a way to optimize the gradient conditions in the HILIC mode using a non-linear model such as the Neue and Kuss model. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Optimized high gradient magnetic separation for isolation of Plasmodium-infected red blood cells

    PubMed Central

    2010-01-01

    Background Highly purified infected red blood cells (irbc), or highly synchronized parasite cultures, are regularly required in malaria research. Conventional isolation and synchronization rely on density and osmotic fragility of irbc, respectively. High gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) offers an alternative based on intrinsic magnetic properties of irbc, avoiding exposure to chemicals and osmotic stress. Successful HGMS concentration in malaria research was previously reported using polymer coated columns, while HGMS depletion has not been described yet. This study presents a new approach to both HGMS concentration and depletion in malaria research, rendering polymer coating unnecessary. Methods A dipole magnet generating a strong homogenous field was custom assembled. Polypropylene syringes were fitted with one-way stopcocks and filled with stainless steel wool. Rbc from Plasmodium falciparum cultures were resuspended in density and viscosity optimized HGMS buffers and HGMS processed. Purification and depletion results were analysed by flow cytometer and light microscopy. Viability was evaluated by calculating the infection rate after re-culturing of isolates. Results In HGMS concentration, purity of irbc isolates from asynchronous cultures consistently ranged from 94.8% to 98.4% (mean 95.7%). With further optimization, over 90% of isolated irbc contained segmented schizonts. Processing time was less than 45 min. Reinfection rates ranged from 21.0% to 56.4%. In HGMS depletion, results were comparable to treatment with sorbitol, as demonstrated by essentially identical development of cultures. Conclusion The novel HGMS concentration procedure achieves high purities of segmented stage irbc from standard asynchronous cultures, and is the first HGMS depletion alternative to sorbitol lysis. It represents a simple and highly efficient alternative to conventional irbc concentration and synchronization methods. PMID:20122252

  13. Optimized high gradient magnetic separation for isolation of Plasmodium-infected red blood cells.

    PubMed

    Bhakdi, Sebastian C; Ottinger, Annette; Somsri, Sangdao; Sratongno, Panudda; Pannadaporn, Peeranad; Chimma, Pattamawan; Malasit, Prida; Pattanapanyasat, Kovit; Neumann, Hartmut P H

    2010-02-02

    Highly purified infected red blood cells (irbc), or highly synchronized parasite cultures, are regularly required in malaria research. Conventional isolation and synchronization rely on density and osmotic fragility of irbc, respectively. High gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) offers an alternative based on intrinsic magnetic properties of irbc, avoiding exposure to chemicals and osmotic stress. Successful HGMS concentration in malaria research was previously reported using polymer coated columns, while HGMS depletion has not been described yet. This study presents a new approach to both HGMS concentration and depletion in malaria research, rendering polymer coating unnecessary. A dipole magnet generating a strong homogenous field was custom assembled. Polypropylene syringes were fitted with one-way stopcocks and filled with stainless steel wool. Rbc from Plasmodium falciparum cultures were resuspended in density and viscosity optimized HGMS buffers and HGMS processed. Purification and depletion results were analysed by flow cytometer and light microscopy. Viability was evaluated by calculating the infection rate after re-culturing of isolates. In HGMS concentration, purity of irbc isolates from asynchronous cultures consistently ranged from 94.8% to 98.4% (mean 95.7%). With further optimization, over 90% of isolated irbc contained segmented schizonts. Processing time was less than 45 min. Reinfection rates ranged from 21.0% to 56.4%. In HGMS depletion, results were comparable to treatment with sorbitol, as demonstrated by essentially identical development of cultures. The novel HGMS concentration procedure achieves high purities of segmented stage irbc from standard asynchronous cultures, and is the first HGMS depletion alternative to sorbitol lysis. It represents a simple and highly efficient alternative to conventional irbc concentration and synchronization methods.

  14. Microfluidic device having an immobilized pH gradient and PAGE gels for protein separation and analysis

    DOEpatents

    Sommer, Gregory J.; Hatch, Anson V.; Singh, Anup K.; Wang, Ying-Chih

    2012-12-11

    Disclosed is a novel microfluidic device enabling on-chip implementation of a two-dimensional separation methodology. Previously disclosed microscale immobilized pH gradients (IPG) are combined with perpendicular polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) microchannels to achieve orthogonal separations of biological samples. Device modifications enable inclusion of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) in the second dimension. The device can be fabricated to use either continuous IPG gels, or the microscale isoelectric fractionation membranes we have also previously disclosed, for the first dimension. The invention represents the first all-gel two-dimensional separation microdevice, with significantly higher resolution power over existing devices.

  15. Microfluidic device having an immobilized pH gradient and page gels for protein separation and analysis

    DOEpatents

    Sommer, Gregory J; Hatch, Anson V; Singh, Anup K; Wang, Ying-Chih

    2014-05-20

    Disclosed is a novel microfluidic device enabling on-chip implementation of a two-dimensional separation methodology. Previously disclosed microscale immobilized pH gradients (IPG) are combined with perpendicular polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) microchannels to achieve orthogonal separations of biological samples. Device modifications enable inclusion of sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) in the second dimension. The device can be fabricated to use either continuous IPG gels, or the microscale isoelectric fractionation membranes we have also previously disclosed, for the first dimension. The invention represents the first all-gel two-dimensional separation microdevice, with significantly higher resolution power over existing devices.

  16. Separation of thylakoid membrane proteins by sucrose gradient ultracentrifugation or blue native-SDS-PAGE two-dimensional electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    D'Amici, Gian Maria; Huber, Christian G; Zolla, Lello

    2009-01-01

    Generally, a combination of two or more chromatographic and/or electrophoretic methods is conducted to separate membrane protein complexes. Here we describe how thylakoid membrane protein complexes from the photosynthetic apparatus can be successfully separated by two main steps: preparative methods that enable purification of membrane protein complexes in the native (intact) form, and analytical methods that allow resolution of each membrane protein. Thus, separation of intact supercomplexes was achieved by solubilisation of the sample using mild detergents followed either by sucrose gradient ultracentrifugation or by blue native gel (BNG) electrophoresis. Complexes, thus, recovered were then resolved further using either reversed phase liquid chromatography or SDS-PAGE respectively.

  17. Fast gradient separation by very high pressure liquid chromatography: reproducibility of analytical data and influence of delay between successive runs.

    PubMed

    Stankovicha, Joseph J; Gritti, Fabrice; Beaver, Lois Ann; Stevensona, Paul G; Guiochon, Georges

    2013-11-29

    Five methods were used to implement fast gradient separations: constant flow rate, constant column-wall temperature, constant inlet pressure at moderate and high pressures (controlled by a pressure controller),and programmed flow constant pressure. For programmed flow constant pressure, the flow rates and gradient compositions are controlled using input into the method instead of the pressure controller. Minor fluctuations in the inlet pressure do not affect the mobile phase flow rate in programmed flow. There producibilities of the retention times, the response factors, and the eluted band width of six successive separations of the same sample (9 components) were measured with different equilibration times between 0 and 15 min. The influence of the length of the equilibration time on these reproducibilities is discussed. The results show that the average column temperature may increase from one separation to the next and that this contributes to fluctuation of the results.

  18. Direct numerical simulation of a self-similar adverse pressure gradient turbulent boundary layer at the verge of separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kitsios, V.; Sekimoto, A.; Atkinson, C.; Sillero, J. A.; Borrell, G.; Gungor, A. G.; Jiménez, J.; Soria, J.

    2017-10-01

    The statistical properties are presented for the direct numerical simulation (DNS) of a self-similar adverse pressure gradient (APG) turbulent boundary layer (TBL) at the verge of separation. The APG TBL has a momentum thickness based Reynolds number range from $Re_{\\delta_2}=570$ to $13800$, with a self-similar region from $Re_{\\delta_2} = 10000$ to $12300$. Within this domain the average non-dimensional pressure gradient parameter $\\beta=39$, where for a unit density $\\beta=\\delta_1 P_e^\\prime / \\tau_w$, with $\\delta_1$ the displacement thickness, $\\tau_w$ the mean shear stress at the wall, and $P_e^\\prime$ the farfield pressure gradient. This flow is compared to previous zero pressure gradient (ZPG) and mild APG TBL ($\\beta=1$) results of similar Reynolds number. All flows are generated via the DNS of a TBL on a flat surface with farfield boundary conditions tailored to apply the desired pressure gradient. The conditions for self-similarity, and the appropriate length and velocity scales are derived. The mean and Reynolds stress profiles are shown to collapse when non-dimensionalised on the basis of these length and velocity scales. As the pressure gradient increases the flow has properties less like a ZPG TBL and more akin to a free shear layer.

  19. Advancing HPLC-PDA-HRMS-SPE-NMR Analysis of Coumarins in Coleonema album by Use of Orthogonal Reversed-Phase C18 and Pentafluorophenyl Separations.

    PubMed

    Lima, Rita de Cássia L; Gramsbergen, Simone M; Van Staden, Johannes; Jäger, Anna K; Kongstad, Kenneth T; Staerk, Dan

    2017-04-28

    A hyphenated procedure involving high-performance liquid chromatography, photodiode array detection, high-resolution mass spectrometry, solid-phase extraction, and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, i.e., HPLC-PDA-HRMS-SPE-NMR, has proven an effective technique for the identification of compounds in complex matrices. Most HPLC-PDA-HRMS-SPE-NMR investigations reported so far have relied on analytical-scale reversed-phase C18 columns for separation. Herein is reported the use of an analytical-scale pentafluorophenyl column as an orthogonal separation method following fractionation of a crude ethyl acetate extract of leaves of Coleonema album on a preparative-scale C18 column. This setup allowed the HPLC-PDA-HRMS-SPE-NMR analysis of 23 coumarins, including six new compounds, 8-O-β-d-glucopyranosyloxy-6-(2,3-dihydroxy-3-methylbut-1-yl)-7-methoxycoumarin (4), (Z)-6-(4-β-d-glucopyranosyloxy-3-methylbut-2-en-1-yl)-7-hydroxycoumarin (6), 6-(4-β-d-glucopyranosyloxy-3-methylbut-1-yl)-7-hydroxycoumarin (8), (Z)-7-(4-β-d-glucopyranosyloxy-3-methylbut-2-en-1-yloxy)coumarin (13), (S)-8-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-methylbut-1-yloxy)-7-methoxycoumarin (19), and 7-(3-chloro-2-hydroxy-3-methylbut-1-yloxy)coumarin (20). The use of the pentafluorophenyl column even allowed separation of several regioisomers that are usually difficult to separate using reversed-phase C18 columns. The phytochemical investigation described for C. album in this report demonstrates the potential and wide applicability of HPLC-PDA-HRMS-SPE-NMR for accelerated structural identification of natural products in complex mixtures.

  20. Superconducting open-gradient magnetic separation for the pretreatment of radioactive or mixed waste vitrification feeds. 1998 annual progress report

    SciTech Connect

    Doctor, R.D.; Nunez, L.; Crawford, C.; Ritter, J.; Landsberger, S.

    1998-06-01

    'The objective is to reduce the volume and cost of high-level waste glass produced during US DOE remediation activities by demonstrating that magnetic separation can separate crystalline, amorphous, and colloidal constituents in vitrification feed streams known to be deleterious to the production of borosilicate glass. Magnetic separation will add neither chemicals nor generate secondary waste streams. The project includes the systematic study of magnetic interactions of waste constituents under controlled physical and chemical conditions (e.g., hydration, oxidation, temperature) to identify mechanisms that control the magnetic properties. Partitioning of radionuclides to determine their sorption mechanisms is also being studied. The identification of fundamental magnetic properties within the microscopic chemical environment in combination with hydrodynamic and electrodynamic models provides insights into the design of a system for optimal separation. Following this, experimental studies using superconducting open-gradient magnetic separation (OGMS) will be conducted to validate its effectiveness as a pretreatment technique.'

  1. Preparation, characterization, and performance evaluation of UiO-66 analogues as stationary phase in HPLC for the separation of substituted benzenes and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons

    PubMed Central

    Yan, Zengguang; Li, Jianrong; Xie, Yabo; Bai, Liping; Jiang, Lin; Li, Fasheng

    2017-01-01

    UiO-66 analogues are good candidates as stationary phase in HPLC because of their chemical/thermal stability, large surface area, and two cage structures. Here, two UiO-66 analogues, UiO-66-NH2 and UiO-67, were synthesized and used as stationary phase in HPLC to evaluate their performance in the separation of substituted benzenes (SBs) and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). The results showed that SBs could be well separated on UiO-66-NH2 column but not on UiO-67 column. Nonetheless, PAHs could be well separated on UiO-67 column. The separation mechanisms of SBs and PAHs on UiO-66 analogues may be involved in the pore size and functional group in the frameworks of UiO-66 analogues. Introduction of the–NH2 into UiO-66 significantly reduced its adsorption capacity for SB congeners, which resulted in less separation of SBs on UiO-66-NH2. As for the separation of PAHs on UiO-67 column, the π-π stacking effect was supposed to play a vital role. PMID:28582453

  2. Superconducting open-gradient magnetic separation for the pretreatment of radioactive or mixed waste vitrification feeds. 1997 annual progress report

    SciTech Connect

    Doctor, R.; Nunez, L.; Cicero-Herman, C.A.; Ritter, J.A.; Landsberger, S.

    1997-01-01

    'Vitrification has been selected as a final waste form technology in the US for long-term storage of high-level radioactive wastes (HLW). However, a foreseeable problem during vitrification in some waste feed streams lies in the presence of elements (e.g., transition metals) in the HLW that may cause instabilities in the final glass product. The formation of spinel compounds, such as Fe{sub 3}O{sub 4} and FeCrO{sub 4}, results in glass phase separation and reduces vitrifier lifetime, and durability of the final waste form. A superconducting open gradient magnetic separation (OGMS) system maybe suitable for the removal of the deleterious transition elements (e.g. Fe, Co, and Ni) and other elements (lanthanides) from vitrification feed streams due to their ferromagnetic or paramagnetic nature. The OGMS systems are designed to deflect and collect paramagnetic minerals as they interact with a magnetic field gradient. This system has the potential to reduce the volume of HLW for vitrification and ensure a stable product. In order to design efficient OGMS and High gradient magnetic separation (HGMS) processes, a fundamental understanding of the physical and chemical properties of the waste feed streams is required. Using HLW simulant and radioactive fly ash and sludge samples from the Savannah River Technology Center, Rocky Flats site, and the Hanford reservation, several techniques were used to characterize and predict the separation capability for a superconducting OGMS system.'

  3. A simple semi-preparative reversed-phase HPLC/PDA method for separation and quantification of glycyrrhizin in nine samples of Glycyrrhiza glabra root collected from different geographical origins.

    PubMed

    Basar, Norazah; Talukdar, Anupam D; Nahar, Lutfun; Stafford, Angela; Kushiev, Habibjon; Kan, Asuman; Sarker, Satyajit D

    2014-01-01

    Glycyrrhiza glabra L. (Fabaceae), commonly known as 'liquorice', is one of the most popular ingredients in several traditional herbal medicinal preparations, and glycyrrhizin is the major glycoside present in this plant. The content of glycyrrhizin may vary among G. glabra samples collected from various geographical origins, which may affect the therapeutic efficacy. Thus, quantification of glycyrrhizin in G. glabra samples is important. To develop and validate a simple semi-preparative reversed-phase HPLC with photodiode array (PDA) method for separation and quantification of glycyrrhizin in nine samples of G. glabra root collected from various geographical origins. Dried and ground root of G. glabra was Soxhlet-extracted sequentially with n-hexane and methanol (MeOH). The separation and quantification of glycyrrhizin was achieved on a C18 reversed-phase semi-preparative column using a gradient mobile phase, 30-100% solvent B in solvent A in 30 min (solvent A: 0.1% v/v trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) in water and solvent B: 0.1% v/v of TFA in MeOH), at a flow rate of 3.00 mL/min and UV detection at 254 nm. A simple semi-preparative reversed-phase HPLC/PDA method allowing clear separation and quantification of glycyrrhizin content in nine samples has been validated in terms of linearity, selectivity, limits of detection, precision, accuracy and detection. Concentration levels of glycyrrhizin were between 0.177 and 0.688% w/w of dry materials. This method is precise, less time consuming and more cost effective, and can be used for the quality control of any G. glabra sample with regard to its glycyrrhizin contents. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  4. Semi-preparative HPLC separation followed by HPLC/UV and tandem mass spectrometric analysis of phorbol esters in Jatropha seed.

    PubMed

    Kongmany, Santi; Hoa, Truong Thi; Hanh, Le Thi Ngoc; Imamura, Kiyoshi; Maeda, Yasuaki; Boi, Luu Van

    2016-12-01

    Phorbol esters (PEs) are well known as the main toxic compounds in Jatropha curcas Linnaeus (JCL), the seed oil of which has been considered as a major feedstock for the production of biodiesel. In the present study, we investigated a series of PEs extracted from JCL seed kernels with methanol (MeOH), and identified more than seven components contained in the PEs. The isolation of main five components of a series of PEs was revised using a semi-preparative reversed phase HPLC analysis of ODS-3 column. The five peaks of components were successfully isolated, and peaks of J2, J3, J5, and J7 were assigned to be Jatropha factors C1, C2, C3, and C4/5, but J6 was a mixture of Jatropha factor C6 and its isomer based on the data of UV and LC-MS/MS, and J2 was identified using (1)H NMR analysis. By characterization using LC-MS/MS analysis, all components of a series of PEs were elucidated to be the 12-deoxy-16-hydroxyphorbol esters composed of isomeric form of dicarboxylic groups with same m/z value of 380.

  5. Volume based vs. time based chromatograms: reproducibility of data for gradient separations under high and low pressure conditions.

    PubMed

    Stankovich, Joseph J; Gritti, Fabrice; Stevenson, Paul G; Vajda, Péter; Beaver, Lois Ann; Guiochon, Georges

    2014-05-23

    A critical aspect in fast gradient separations carried out under constant pressure, in the very high pressure liquid chromatography (VHPLC) mode is that time-based chromatograms may not yield highly reproducible separations. A proposed solution to improve the reproducibility of these separations involves plotting the chromatograms as functions of the volume eluted vs. UV absorbance instead of time vs. UV. To study the consequences of using the volume-based rather than the time-based chromatograms, separations were first performed under low pressures that do not generate significant amounts of heat and for which the variations of the eluent density along the columns are negligible. Secondly, they were performed under very high pressures that do generate heat and measurable variations of the local retention factor and eluent density along the column. Comparison of the results provides estimates of the improvements obtained when volume based chromatograms are used in gradient analyses. Using a column packed with fully porous particles, four different types of methods and several sets for each method were used to perform the gradient elution runs: two sets of constant flow rate operations, four sets of constant pressure operations, two sets of constant pressure operations with programmed flow rate, and one set using the constant heat loss approach. The differences between time-based and volume-based chromatograms are demonstrated by using eight replicates of early, middle, and last eluting peaks. The results show that volume-based chromatograms improve the retention time reproducibility of the four constant pressure methods by a factor of 3.7 on average. If the column is not thermally conditioned prior to performing a long series of separations, flow controlled methods (constant flow rate, programmed constant pressure, and constant wall heat approaches) are more precise. If one gradient run is used to bring the column to a relatively stable temperature, constant

  6. Determination of arsenic species in edible periwinkles (Littorina littorea) by HPLC-ICPMS and XAS along a contamination gradient

    SciTech Connect

    Whaley-Martin, K. J.; Koch, I.; Reimer, K. J.

    2013-06-12

    Arsenic is naturally found in the tissues of marine animals, usually as the non-toxic arsenical arsenobetaine, but exposure to elevated arsenic concentrations in the environment may alter the arsenic species distribution within tissues of the organism. This study examined the arsenic species in the tissues of the marine periwinkle (Littorina littorea) along an arsenic concentration gradient in the sediment. The arsenicals in L. littorea were examined using the complementary analytical methods high performance liquid chromatography coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (HPLC–ICPMS) and X-ray absorption spectroscopy (XAS). Total arsenic concentrations in the periwinkle tissues ranged from 56 to 840 mg · kg-1 dry weight (equivalent to 13 to 190 mg · kg-1 wet weight). Inorganic arsenicals were found to be positively correlated with total arsenic concentrations (R2 = 0.993) and reached 600 mg · kg-1 dry weight, the highest reported to date in marine organisms. These high inorganic arsenic concentrations within this low trophic organism pose a potential toxicological risk to higher trophic consumers.

  7. One-pass separation of single-wall carbon nanotubes by gel chromatography with a gradient of surfactant concentration.

    PubMed

    Inori, Ryuji; Okada, Takako; Arie, Takayuki; Akita, Seiji

    2012-06-15

    We have investigated the diameter-selective separation of carbon nanotubes by one-pass gel chromatography with a gradient of surfactant concentration. The formation of surfactant gradient in a column was successfully measured and is explained by a simple diffusion process even in the gel. We found that the diameter of eluted nanotubes is inversely proportional to the surfactant concentration of eluate. The detailed analysis of the movement of the nanotubes in the gel revealed that the separation mechanism was qualitatively explained by a model based on the trapping and de-trapping events of the nanotube–surfactant micelle on the gel surface,where the probability of the trapping and de-trapping events is proportional to the product of the diameter of the nanotubes and the surfactant concentration.

  8. One-pass separation of single-wall carbon nanotubes by gel chromatography with a gradient of surfactant concentration

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Inori, Ryuji; Okada, Takako; Arie, Takayuki; Akita, Seiji

    2012-06-01

    We have investigated the diameter-selective separation of carbon nanotubes by one-pass gel chromatography with a gradient of surfactant concentration. The formation of surfactant gradient in a column was successfully measured and is explained by a simple diffusion process even in the gel. We found that the diameter of eluted nanotubes is inversely proportional to the surfactant concentration of eluate. The detailed analysis of the movement of the nanotubes in the gel revealed that the separation mechanism was qualitatively explained by a model based on the trapping and de-trapping events of the nanotube-surfactant micelle on the gel surface, where the probability of the trapping and de-trapping events is proportional to the product of the diameter of the nanotubes and the surfactant concentration.

  9. Use of a two-step Percoll gradient for separation of loggerhead sea turtle peripheral blood mononuclear cells.

    PubMed

    Harms, C A; Keller, J M; Kennedy-Stoskopf, S

    2000-07-01

    In order to determine a suitable procedure for isolating peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta caretta), blood was collected using three different anticoagulants (sodium heparin, sodium citrate or potassium EDTA) and separated using a single step commercially-prepared arabinogalactan gradient of 1.077 g/ml density or multiple step Percoll gradients between 1.053 and 1.076 g/ml density (40-60% stock isotonic Percoll suspension). Heparinized blood centrifuged over a two-step 45/55% (1.059/1.070 g/ml) Percoll gradient yielded 99 to 100% mononuclear cells at the 45/55% interface. Mononuclear cell viability ranged from 85 to 97% with cell yields up to 9.2 x 10(6) cells/mL. An unexpected finding was a population of low density granulocytes migrating to 40% (1.053 g/ml) and 45% Percoll layers in the multiple step gradients. These granulocytes could be eliminated from the PBMC preparation by use of the two-step 45/55% Percoll gradient. Isolated PBMCs can be used for cellular immunology and toxicology studies on these threatened marine organisms for which other tissues can usually be obtained only sporadically from post-mortem specimens.

  10. Quantitative separation of the anisotropic magnetothermopower and planar Nernst effect by the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient.

    PubMed

    Reimer, Oliver; Meier, Daniel; Bovender, Michel; Helmich, Lars; Dreessen, Jan-Oliver; Krieft, Jan; Shestakov, Anatoly S; Back, Christian H; Schmalhorst, Jan-Michael; Hütten, Andreas; Reiss, Günter; Kuschel, Timo

    2017-01-17

    A thermal gradient as the driving force for spin currents plays a key role in spin caloritronics. In this field the spin Seebeck effect (SSE) is of major interest and was investigated in terms of in-plane thermal gradients inducing perpendicular spin currents (transverse SSE) and out-of-plane thermal gradients generating parallel spin currents (longitudinal SSE). Up to now all spincaloric experiments employ a spatially fixed thermal gradient. Thus, anisotropic measurements with respect to well defined crystallographic directions were not possible. Here we introduce a new experiment that allows not only the in-plane rotation of the external magnetic field, but also the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient controlled by optical temperature detection. As a consequence, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect in a permalloy thin film can be measured simultaneously. Thus, the angular dependence of the magnetothermopower with respect to the magnetization direction reveals a phase shift, that allows the quantitative separation of the thermopower, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect.

  11. Quantitative separation of the anisotropic magnetothermopower and planar Nernst effect by the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient

    PubMed Central

    Reimer, Oliver; Meier, Daniel; Bovender, Michel; Helmich, Lars; Dreessen, Jan-Oliver; Krieft, Jan; Shestakov, Anatoly S.; Back, Christian H.; Schmalhorst, Jan-Michael; Hütten, Andreas; Reiss, Günter; Kuschel, Timo

    2017-01-01

    A thermal gradient as the driving force for spin currents plays a key role in spin caloritronics. In this field the spin Seebeck effect (SSE) is of major interest and was investigated in terms of in-plane thermal gradients inducing perpendicular spin currents (transverse SSE) and out-of-plane thermal gradients generating parallel spin currents (longitudinal SSE). Up to now all spincaloric experiments employ a spatially fixed thermal gradient. Thus, anisotropic measurements with respect to well defined crystallographic directions were not possible. Here we introduce a new experiment that allows not only the in-plane rotation of the external magnetic field, but also the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient controlled by optical temperature detection. As a consequence, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect in a permalloy thin film can be measured simultaneously. Thus, the angular dependence of the magnetothermopower with respect to the magnetization direction reveals a phase shift, that allows the quantitative separation of the thermopower, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect. PMID:28094279

  12. Quantitative separation of the anisotropic magnetothermopower and planar Nernst effect by the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reimer, Oliver; Meier, Daniel; Bovender, Michel; Helmich, Lars; Dreessen, Jan-Oliver; Krieft, Jan; Shestakov, Anatoly S.; Back, Christian H.; Schmalhorst, Jan-Michael; Hütten, Andreas; Reiss, Günter; Kuschel, Timo

    2017-01-01

    A thermal gradient as the driving force for spin currents plays a key role in spin caloritronics. In this field the spin Seebeck effect (SSE) is of major interest and was investigated in terms of in-plane thermal gradients inducing perpendicular spin currents (transverse SSE) and out-of-plane thermal gradients generating parallel spin currents (longitudinal SSE). Up to now all spincaloric experiments employ a spatially fixed thermal gradient. Thus, anisotropic measurements with respect to well defined crystallographic directions were not possible. Here we introduce a new experiment that allows not only the in-plane rotation of the external magnetic field, but also the rotation of an in-plane thermal gradient controlled by optical temperature detection. As a consequence, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect in a permalloy thin film can be measured simultaneously. Thus, the angular dependence of the magnetothermopower with respect to the magnetization direction reveals a phase shift, that allows the quantitative separation of the thermopower, the anisotropic magnetothermopower and the planar Nernst effect.

  13. Simultaneous Separation of Negatively and Positively Charged Species in Dynamic Field Gradient Focusing Using a Dual Polarity Electric Field

    PubMed Central

    Burke, Jeffrey M.; Huang, Zheng; Ivory, Cornelius F.

    2011-01-01

    Dynamic field gradient focusing (DFGF) utilizes an electric field gradient established by a computer-controlled electrode array to separate and concentrate charged analytes at unique axial positions. Traditionally, DFGF has been restricted to the analysis of negatively charged species due to limitations in the software of our voltage controller. This paper introduces a new voltage controller capable of operating under normal polarity (positive potentials applied to the electrode array) and reversed polarity (negative potentials applied to the electrode array) for the separation of negatively and positively charged analytes, respectively. The experiments conducted under normal polarity and reversed polarity illustrate the utility of the new controller to perform reproducible DFGF separations (elution times showing less than 1% run-to-run variation) over a wide pH range (3.08 to 8.5) regardless of the protein charge. A dual polarity experiment is then shown in which the separation channel has been divided into normal polarity and reversed polarity regions. This simultaneous separation of negatively charged R-phycoerythrin (R-PE) and positively charged cytochrome c (CYTC) within the same DFGF apparatus is shown. PMID:19722517

  14. Simultaneous separation of negatively and positively charged species in dynamic field gradient focusing using a dual polarity electric field.

    PubMed

    Burke, Jeffrey M; Huang, Zheng; Ivory, Cornelius F

    2009-10-01

    Dynamic field gradient focusing (DFGF) utilizes an electric field gradient established by a computer-controlled electrode array to separate and concentrate charged analytes at unique axial positions. Traditionally, DFGF has been restricted to the analysis of negatively charged species due to limitations in the software of our voltage controller. This paper introduces a new voltage controller capable of operating under normal polarity (positive potentials applied to the electrode array) and reversed polarity (negative potentials applied to the electrode array) for the separation of negatively and positively charged analytes, respectively. The experiments conducted under normal polarity and reversed polarity illustrate the utility of the new controller to perform reproducible DFGF separations (elution times showing less than 1% run-to-run variation) over a wide pH range (3.08 to 8.5) regardless of the protein charge. A dual polarity experiment is then shown in which the separation channel has been divided into normal polarity and reversed polarity regions. This simultaneous separation of negatively charged R-phycoerythrin (R-PE) and positively charged cytochrome c (CYTC) within the same DFGF apparatus is shown.

  15. Optimisation of the separation of herbicides by linear gradient high performance liquid chromatography utilising artificial neural networks.

    PubMed

    Tran, Anh T K; Hyne, Ross V; Pablo, Fleur; Day, W Roy; Doble, P

    2007-02-28

    An artificial neural network (ANN) was employed to model the chromatographic response surface for the linear gradient separation of 10 herbicides that are commonly detected in storm run-off water in agricultural catchments. The herbicides (dicamba, simazine, 2,4-D, MCPA, triclopyr, atrazine, diuron, clomazone, bensulfuron-methyl and metolachlor) were separated using reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography and detected with a photodiode array detector. The ANN was trained using the pH of the mobile phase and the slope of the acetonitrile/water gradient as input variables. A total of nine experiments were required to generate sufficient data to train the ANN to accurately describe the retention times of each of the herbicides within a defined experimental space of mobile phase pH range 3.0-4.8 and linear gradient slope 1-4% acetonitrile/min. The modelled chromatographic response surface was then used to determine the optimum separation within the experimental space. This approach allowed the rapid determination of experimental conditions for baseline resolution of all 10 herbicides. Illustrative examples of determination of these components in Milli-Q water, Sydney mains water and natural water samples spiked at 0.5-1mug/L are shown. Recoveries were over 70% for solid-phase extraction using Waters Oasis((R)) HLB 6cm(3) cartridges.

  16. Conventional Chiralpak ID vs. capillary Chiralpak ID-3 amylose tris-(3-chlorophenylcarbamate)-based chiral stationary phase columns for the enantioselective HPLC separation of pharmaceutical racemates.

    PubMed

    Ahmed, Marwa; Gwairgi, Marina; Ghanem, Ashraf

    2014-11-01

    A comparative enantioselective analysis using immobilized amylose tris-(3-chlorophenylcarbamate) as chiral stationary phase in conventional high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with Chiralpak ID (4.6 mm ID × 250 mm, 5 µm silica gel) and micro-HPLC with Chiralpak ID-3 (0.30 mm ID × 150 mm, 3 µm silica gel) was conducted. Pharmaceutical racemates of 12 pharmacological classes, namely, α- and β-blockers, anti-inflammatory drugs, antifungal drugs, dopamine antagonists, norepinephrine-dopamine reuptake inhibitors, catecholamines, sedative hypnotics, diuretics, antihistaminics, anticancer drugs, and antiarrhythmic drugs were screened under normal phase conditions. The effect of an organic modifier on the analyte retentions and enantiomer recognition was investigated. Baseline separation was achieved for 1-acenaphthenol, carprofen, celiprolol, cizolirtine carbinol, miconazole, tebuconazole, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 1-indanol, 1-(2-chlorophenyl)ethanol, 1-phenyl-2-propanol, flavanone, 6-hydroxyflavanone, 4-bromogluthethimide, and pentobarbital on the 4.6 mm ID packed with a 5 µm silica column using conventional HPLC. Nonetheless, baseline separation was achieved for aminoglutethimide, naftopidil, and thalidomide on the 0.3 mm ID packed with a 3 µm silica capillary column.

  17. Validation of a simple HPLC-UV method for rifampicin determination in plasma: Application to the study of rifampicin arteriovenous concentration gradient.

    PubMed

    Goutal, Sébastien; Auvity, Sylvain; Legrand, Tiphaine; Hauquier, Fanny; Cisternino, Salvatore; Chapy, Hélène; Saba, Wadad; Tournier, Nicolas

    2016-05-10

    In clinical practice, rifampicin exposure is estimated from its concentration in venous blood samples. In this study, we hypothesized that differences in rifampicin concentration may exist between arterial and venous plasma. An HPLC-UV method for determining rifampicin concentration in plasma using rifapentine as an internal standard was validated. The method, which requires a simple protein precipitation procedure as sample preparation, was performed to compare venous and arterial plasma kinetics after a single therapeutic dose of rifampicin (8.6 mg/kg i.v, infused over 30 min) in baboons (n=3). The method was linear from 0.1 to 40 μg mL(-1) and all validation parameters fulfilled the international requirements. In baboons, rifampicin concentration in arterial plasma was higher than in venous plasma. Arterial Cmax was 2.1±0.2 fold higher than venous Cmax. The area under the curve (AUC) from 0 to 120 min was ∼80% higher in arterial plasma, indicating a significant arteriovenous concentration gradient in early rifampicin pharmacokinetics. Arterial and venous plasma concentrations obtained 6h after rifampicin injection were not different. An important arteriovenous equilibration delay for rifampicin pharmacokinetics is reported. Determination in venous plasma concentrations may considerably underestimate rifampicin exposure to organs during the distribution phase. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. HPLC Determination of Taurine in Sports Drinks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Orth, Dale L.

    2001-06-01

    The amino acid taurine (2-aminoethanesulfonic acid) is present as a nutritional supplement in many sports drinks. An experiment, suitable for a junior-senior level instrumental analysis course, is described to measure the amount of taurine in these sports drinks. A pre-column derivatization with Sanger's reagent, 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene, is followed by an HPLC separation utilizing a gradient elution, and detection at 360 nm.

  19. Apolipoprotein distribution in human lipoproteins separated by polyacrylamide gradient gel electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    Vézina, C A; Milne, R W; Weech, P K; Marcel, Y L

    1988-05-01

    The heterogeneity of serum lipoproteins (excluding very low density (VLDL) and intermediate density (IDL) lipoproteins) and that of lipoproteins secreted by HepG2 cells has been studied by immunoblot analysis of the apolipoprotein composition of the particles separated by polyacrylamide gradient gel electrophoresis (GGE) under nondenaturing conditions. The reactions of antibodies to apoA-I, apoA-II, apoE, apoB, apoD, and apoA-IV have revealed discrete bands of particles which differ widely in size and apolipoprotein composition. GGE of native serum lipoproteins demonstrated that apoA-II is present in lipoproteins of limited size heterogeneity (apparent molecular mass 345,000 to 305,000) and that apoB is present in low density lipoproteins (LDL) and absent from all smaller or denser lipoproteins. In contrast, serum apoA-I, E, D, and A-IV are present in very heterogeneous particles. Serum apoA-I is present mainly in particles of 305 to 130 kDa where it is associated with apoA-II, and in decreasing order of immunoreactivity in particles of 130-90 kDa, 56 kDa, 815-345 kDa, and finally within the size range of LDL, all regions where there is little detectable apoA-II. Serum apoE is present in three defined fractions, one within the size range of LDL, one containing heterogeneous particles between 640 and 345 kDa, and one defined fraction at 96 kDa. Serum apoD is also present in three defined fractions, one comigrating with LDL, one containing heterogeneous particles between 390 and 150 kDa, and one band on the migration front. Most of serum apoA-IV is contained in a band comigrating with albumin. GGE of centrifugally prepared LDL shows the presence of apoB, apoE, and apoD, but not that of apoA-I. However, the particles containing apoA-I, which, in serum, migrated within the LDL size range and as bands of 815 to 345 kDa, were recovered upon centrifugation in the d greater than 1.21 g/ml fraction. GGE of high density lipoproteins (HDL) indicated that most of apoA-I, A

  20. Surface-enhanced Raman detection of RNA and DNA bases following flow-injection analysis or HPLC separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cotton, Therese M.; Sheng, Rong-Sheng; Ni, Fan

    1990-11-01

    The goal of this study is to develop Surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) detection methods for flow injection analysis (FIA) and high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Nucleic acid bases have been chosen for analysis because of their importance in life processes. The advantages to the use of SERS-based detection include its sensitivity, specificity and versatility. With the development of improved methodology, the detection limits should be comparable to UV spectroscopy. However, the specificity is considerably superior to that obtained with electronic spectroscopy in that the Raman spectrum provides a molecular fingerprint of the individual analytes. Raman spectroscopy is very versatile: aqueous samples, gases and solids can be analyzed with equal facility. The results presented here demonstrate that SERS can be used as a detection method for both FIA and HPLC detection. In the following experiments Ag sols have been used as the active substrate. The effect of various parameters such as temperature, pH, flow rate, and the nature of the interface between the HPLC system and the Raman spectrometer have been examined. One of the most significant findings is that the temperature of the Ag sol/HPLC effluent mixture has a dramatic effect on the SERS intensities. This effect is a result of increased colloid aggregation at higher temperatures. Aggregation is known to produce greater enhancement in SERS and proceeds much more rapidly at elevated temperatures. An increase in the temperature of the Ag sol enables SERS detection under flowing conditions and in real time. This is a substantial improvement over many of the previous attempts to interface SERS detection to FIA or HPLC. In most of the previous studies, it was necessary to stop the flow as the analyte eluted from the chromatogram and measure the SERS spectra under static conditions.

  1. Comparative studies on performance of CCC and preparative RP-HPLC in separation and purification of steroid saponins from Dioscorea zingiberensis C.H.Wright.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Xinxin; Liang, Jinru; Zhang, Yongmin; Liu, Jianli; Sun, Wenji; Ito, Yoichiro

    2015-03-01

    Steroid saponins from Dioscorea zingiberensis C.H.Wright were separated for the first time using two chromatographic methods for comparison: counter-current chromatography (CCC) coupled with evaporative light scattering detector (ELSD) and preparative reversed phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) with an ultraviolet detector. Ethyl acetate-n-butanol-methanol-water (4:1:2:4, v/v) was chosen as the two-phase solvent system for CCC, while the acetonitrile-water (25:75 for the first step and15:85 for the second step, v/v) was used as the mobile phase in the preparative RP-HPLC. The following five steroid saponins were purified by theses two chromatographic methods, in one-step operation by CCC and by two-step operation in preparative RP-HPLC: 1) 26-O-β-D- glucopyranosyl-(25R)-furost-5-en-3β, 22ζ, 26-triol-3-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)]-β-D-glucopyranoside (compound A), 2) 26-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(25R)-furost-5-en-3β, 22ζ, 4) 26-triol-3-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)]-β-D-glucopyranoside (compound B), 3) 26-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(25R)-furost-5-en-3β, 22ζ, 26-triol-3-O-[α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside (compound C), 4) 26-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(25R)-furost-5, 20(22)-diene-3β, 26-diol-3-O-{α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→4)-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→2)]}-β-D-glucopyranoside (compound D) and 5) 26-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-(25R)-furost-5, 20(22)-diene-3β, 26-diol-3-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)-α-L-rhamnopyranosy-(1→2)]-β-D-glucopyranoside (compound E). The purities of these five steroid saponins separated by both methods were over 95%, and structural identification of these compounds was performed by ESI-MS, and (13)C NMR. Comparison of these two established approaches revealed that CCC required a longer separation time but with less solvent consumption, whereas preparative RP-HPLC gave a shorter separation time

  2. A Computational Study on the Effects of Dynamic Roughness Application to Separated Transitional Flows Affected by Adverse Pressure Gradient

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campitelli, Gennaro

    The study of transitional flows is considered crucial for many practical engineering applications. In fact, a comprehensive understanding of the laminar-turbulent transition phenomenon often helps to improve the overall performance of apparatuses such as airfoils, wind turbines, hulls and turbomachinery blades. In addition to understanding and prediction of transitional flows, active research continues in the area of boundary layer control, which includes control of phenomena such as flow separation and transition. For instance, optimum geometrical shaping may be followed by the adoption on the wall-surface of riblets to adjust pressure gradient and reduce drag. Further "flow control" may also be acquired by introducing active devices able to modify the flow field in order to accomplish a desired aerodynamic task. Such flow manipulation is often achieved by using time-dependent forcing mechanisms which promote natural instabilities amplifying the control effectiveness. Localized energy inputs such as Lorentz-force actuator, piezoelectric flaps and synthetic jets all produce a consistent boundary layer mixing enhancement with lift increase and drag abatement. The current numerical study attempts to demonstrate the efficacy of dynamic roughness (DR) on altering separated-reattached transitional flows under adverse pressure gradient. It has already been proven how DR, acting on the boundary sublayer perturbation, is able to suppress (partially or completely) the typical leading edge separation for an airfoil at different angles of attack. This makes DR particularly suitable for separated flow control applications where the shear layer reattaches presenting the characteristic laminar separation bubble. A numerical sensitivity study has been conducted with an efficient orthogonal design taking into account four different control parameters on three levels (actuation frequency, humps height, rows displacement, synchronization) to provide an optimum DR setup which limits

  3. Enantiomeric separation of mineralocorticoid receptor (hMR) antagonists using the Chiralcel OJ-H HPLC column with novel polar cosolvent eluent systems.

    PubMed

    Sharp, V Scott; Kennedy, Joseph H; Belvo, Matthew D; Williams, Jeffrey D; Risley, Donald S; Seest, Eric P

    2006-06-01

    This study demonstrates the increased versatility of the Chiralcel OJ-H stationary phase when using various alcohol/acetonitrile mobile phases. This chiral stationary phase has traditionally been employed in the normal phase mode and more recently with neat alcohols as eluents. Selected isomeric human mineralocorticoid receptor (hMR) antagonist pharmaceutical candidates and synthetic intermediates were separated using the Chiralcel OJ-H HPLC column with novel polar cosolvent eluent systems. The capacity factors, resolution, and selectivity of the chiral separations were assessed while varying the alcohol/acetonitrile composition and alcohol identity. The mixed polar eluents provide separations that are nearly always superior to both the traditional hexane-rich and single-alcohol "polar organic" eluents for the compounds tested in this article.

  4. pi-Conjugated Gradient Copolymers Suppress Phase Separation and Improve Stability in Bulk Heterojunction Solar Cells

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-01-01

    discussion Polymer synthesis The gradient copolymers described herein were prepared using a living, chain-growth polymerization method known as catalyst...and C. S. Hsu, Adv. Funct. Mater., 2011, 21, 1723–1732; (d) V. A. Kostyanovsky, D. K. Susarova, A. S. Peregudov and P. A. Troshin, Thin Solid Films ...bromohexyl)thiophene (10 mol%) were synthesized by catalyst transfer polycondensation. Post- polymerization conversion of the side-chain bromides into azides

  5. A simplified squalene epoxidase assay based on an HPLC separation and time-dependent UV/visible determination of squalene.

    PubMed

    Grieveson, L A; Ono, T; Sakakibara, J; Derrick, J P; Dickinson, J M; McMahon, A; Higson, S P

    1997-10-01

    A novel and highly simplified enzyme assay for squalene epoxidase (EC 1.14.99.7) has been developed. The assay relies on the UV/visible determination of squalene at 195 nm, as it elutes from an octadecylsilane HPLC column. An acetonitrile/water (95.5/0.5, v/v) mixture was found to provide an ideal mobile phase, into which aqueous enzyme reaction mixture aliquots could be injected. Squalene, the natural substrate for squalene epoxidase, may be quantitatively determined within the concentration range 0-30 microM, with a calibration curve exhibiting an r2 (where r2 is the square of the Pearson correlation coefficient r) of 0.995. The HPLC retention time for squalene was significantly longer (> 15 min) than that for any other component required to prepare an enzyme assay reaction mixture, so facilitating its identification and quantification. In this way HPLC was used to follow enzymic squalene consumption within aliquots taken over a 30-min period. Previously reported squalene epoxidase assays rely on the radiolabeling and subsequent monitoring of squalene as it is metabolized by the enzyme. A highly simplified enzyme assay for squalene epoxidase is therefore reported.

  6. Research on high gradient magnetic separation of pneumatic conveyed powder products: Investigation from the viewpoint of interparticle interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Senkawa, Kohei; Nakai, Yuki; Mishima, Fumihito; Akiyama, Yoko; Nishijima, Shigehiro

    2013-01-01

    The separation and removal of the metallic debris originating from pipe of manufacturing line are required in the manufacturing process of the fine particle products. In this study, we develop a high gradient magnetic separation system (HGMS) under a dry process by using a superconducting magnet to remove ferromagnetic particles such as the material stainless steel (SUS). To avoid the obstruction of the separation part by aggregation of the processed material, we develop a magnetic separation system using a pneumatic conveying as a new transportation method of the particles. The magnetic separations were experimented under the same conditions on different days, but the results were different. The reason is considered to be the difference in adhesion force between the particles due to a change of humidity, we have measured the adhesion forces between the ferromagnetic particles and the paramagnetic medium particles using AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) while changing the humidity. As a result, the adhesion force between the particles increased with the increasing of humidity. Furthermore, we saw that the effect of relative humidity was larger in the adhesion force of alumina with larger cohesive property. Based on these results, an appropriate condition of the separation experiment was clarified. And a dehumidification mechanism was introduced.

  7. Measurement of the adhesion force between particles for high gradient magnetic separation of pneumatic conveyed powder products

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Senkawa, K.; Nakai, Y.; Mishima, F.; Akiyama, Y.; Nishijima, S.

    2011-11-01

    In the industrial plants such as foods, medicines or industrial materials, there are big amount of issues on contamination by metallic wear debris originated from pipes of manufacturing lines. In this study, we developed a high gradient magnetic separation system (HGMS) under the dry process by using superconducting magnet to remove the ferromagnetic particles. One of the major problems of dry HGMS systems is, however, the blockage of magnetic filter caused by particle coagulation or deposition. In order to actualize the magnetic separation without blockage, we introduced pneumatic conveyance system as a new method to feed the powder. It is important to increase the drag force acting on the sufficiently dispersed particles, which require strong magnetic fields. To generate the strong magnetic fields, HGMS technique was examined which consists of a magnetic filter and a superconducting solenoid magnet. As a result of the magnetic separation experiment, it was shown that the separation efficiency changes due to the difference of the cohesive property of the particles. On the basis of the result, the adhesion force which acts between the ferromagnetic particles and the medium particles used for the magnetic separation was measured by Atomic Force Microscope (AFM), and cohesion of particles was studied from the aspect of interparticle interaction. We assessed a suitable flow velocity for magnetic separation according to the cohesive property of each particle based on the result.

  8. Enantiomeric separation of tolperisone and eperisone by reversed-phase HPLC with cellulose tris(3-chloro-4-methylphenylcarbamate)-coated chiral column.

    PubMed

    Owada, Yuri; Takahashi, Mizuho; Iwasa, Sumiko; Ichiba, Hideaki; Sadamoto, Kiyomi; Fukushima, Takeshi

    2014-01-01

    Enantiomeric separations of centrally acting muscle relaxants, that is, tolperisone (TOL) and eperisone (EP), that are marketed as racemates were investigated by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a polysaccharide-based chiral column. Both TOL and EP are basic drugs because they contain a tertiary amino group and have similar chemical structures with the exception of the p-methylphenyl and p-ethylphenyl groups in TOL and EP, respectively. A reversed-phase chiral column, that is, a Chiralcel OZ-RH column, which bears cellulose tris(3-chloro-4-methylphenylcarbamate) as the chiral moiety, was effective for the enantiomeric separation of TOL and EP enantiomers. The separation factor and resolution values obtained for TOL were 1.22 and 1.66, respectively, and those for EP were 1.21 and 2.24, respectively, using a 20 mm ammonium acetate in H2 O (pH 8.0 and 7.0, respectively)-CH3 CN (70:30) mobile phase. Using the proposed HPLC conditions, it was found that (R)-TOL eluted faster than (S)-TOL, as revealed by the optical rotation and circular dichroism spectroscopy. In contrast, EP was easily racemized under the experimental conditions, and hence, the elution order was not determined.

  9. Effect of stationary phase structure on retention and selectivity tuning in the high-throughput separation of tocopherol isomers by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Buszewski, Boguslaw; Krupczynska, Katarzyna; Bazylak, Grzegorz

    2004-06-01

    Four stationary phases containing different groups such as: C18, C30, alkylamide, and cholesterolic, were presented for simultaneous HPLC analysis of structural isomers of tocopherol. Especially, the influence of stationary phase structure and properties on tuning of the highly selective HPLC separation of beta- and gamma-tocopherol pair demonstrating, respectively, para- and ortho- arrangement of methyl substituents on the 6-chromanol ring, has been elucidated. It was pointed out that selectivity of each stationary phase has been a result of modulation in the mass transfer and set of unspecific interactions in the tertiary system comprising analyte <==> stationary phase <==> mobile phase. Differences in observed retention and specific selectivity of tocopherols together with the stationary phase structure investigations indicated that a spatial organization changing of chemically bonded ligands as predominantly a solvation consequence. Additional molecular modeling studies preliminary explained some of these complicated supramolecular phenomena which caused that cholesterolic stationary phase offered beneficial performance in screening of tocopherols by HPLC and biomimetic studies of not completely recognized interactions of tocopherol isomers and biological membranes.

  10. Active control of Boundary Layer Separation & Flow Distortion in Adverse Pressure Gradient Flows via Supersonic Microjets

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Alvi, Farrukh S.; Gorton, Susan (Technical Monitor)

    2005-01-01

    Inlets to aircraft propulsion systems must supply flow to the compressor with minimal pressure loss, flow distortion or unsteadiness. Flow separation in internal flows such as inlets and ducts in aircraft propulsion systems and external flows such as over aircraft wings, is undesirable as it reduces the overall system performance. The aim of this research has been to understand the nature of separation and more importantly, to explore techniques to actively control this flow separation. In particular, the use of supersonic microjets as a means of controlling boundary layer separation was explored. The geometry used for the early part of this study was a simple diverging Stratford ramp, equipped with arrays of supersonic microjets. Initial results, based on the mean surface pressure distribution, surface flow visualization and Planar Laser Scattering (PLS) indicated a reverse flow region. We implemented supersonic microjets to control this separation and flow visualization results appeared to suggest that microjets have a favorable effect, at least to a certain extent. However, the details of the separated flow field were difficult to determine based on surface pressure distribution, surface flow patterns and PLS alone. It was also difficult to clearly determine the exact influence of the supersonic microjets on this flow. In the latter part of this study, the properties of this flow-field and the effect of supersonic microjets on its behavior were investigated in further detail using 2-component (planar) Particle Image Velocimetry (PIV). The results clearly show that the activation of microjets eliminated flow separation and resulted in a significant increase in the momentum of the fluid near the ramp surface. Also notable is the fact that the gain in momentum due to the elimination of flow separation is at least an order of magnitude larger (two orders of magnitude larger in most cases) than the momentum injected by the microjets and is accomplished with very

  11. Development of a membrane-less dynamic field gradient focusing device for the separation of low-molecular-weight molecules

    PubMed Central

    Burke, Jeffrey M.; Smith, Colin D.; Ivory, Cornelius F.

    2010-01-01

    Dynamic field gradient focusing uses an electric field gradient generated by controlling the voltage profile of an electrode array to separate and concentrate charged analytes according to their individual electrophoretic mobilities. This study describes a new instrument in which the electrodes have been placed within the separation channel. The major challenge faced with this device is that when applied voltages to the electrodes are larger than the redox potential of water, electrolysis will occur, producing hydrogen ions (H+) plus oxygen gas on the anodes and hydroxide (OH−) plus hydrogen gas on the cathodes. The resulting gas bubbles and pH excursions can cause problems with system performance and reproducibility. An on-column, degassing system that can remove gas bubbles “on-the-fly” is described. In addition, the use of a high capacity, low-conductivity buffer to address the problem of the pH shift that occurs due to the production of H+ on the anodes is illustrated. Finally, the successful separation of three, low-molecular-weight dyes (amaranth, bromophenol blue and methyl red) is described. PMID:20191553

  12. Development of a membrane-less dynamic field gradient focusing device for the separation of low-molecular-weight molecules.

    PubMed

    Burke, Jeffrey M; Smith, Colin D; Ivory, Cornelius F

    2010-03-01

    Dynamic field gradient focusing uses an electric field gradient generated by controlling the voltage profile of an electrode array to separate and concentrate charged analytes according to their individual electrophoretic mobilities. This study describes a new instrument in which the electrodes have been placed within the separation channel. The major challenge faced with this device is that when applied voltages to the electrodes are larger than the redox potential of water, electrolysis will occur, producing hydrogen ions (H+) plus oxygen gas on the anodes and hydroxide (OH(-)) plus hydrogen gas on the cathodes. The resulting gas bubbles and pH excursions can cause problems with system performance and reproducibility. An on-column, degassing system that can remove gas bubbles "on-the-fly" is described. In addition, the use of a high capacity, low-conductivity buffer to address the problem of the pH shift that occurs due to the production of H+ on the anodes is illustrated. Finally, the successful separation of three, low-molecular-weight dyes (amaranth, bromophenol blue and methyl red) is described.

  13. Development and validation of a gradient HPLC method for the determination of clindamycin and related compounds in a novel tablet formulation.

    PubMed

    Platzer, Daniel J; White, Brent A

    2006-04-11

    A gradient reversed-phase HPLC method was developed and validated for potency, content uniformity, and impurity determinations for a novel tablet formulation containing clindamycin. The assay utilized UV detection at 214 nm and a Waters Xterra RP18 column (4.6 mm x 100 mm, 3.5 microm). The mobile phases were comprised of pH 10.5, 10 mM carbonate buffer and acetonitrile. Validation experiments were performed to demonstrate specificity, linearity, accuracy (i.e., average recovery from the formulation), precision (i.e., repeatability), limit of quantitation (LOQ), and robustness (i.e., sample solution stability and buffer pH effects on specificity). The assay was shown to be specific for clindamycin, several impurities, and triethyl citrate, a retained excipient that was present in the dosage form. The assay was proved linear (concentration versus peak area) for clindamycin and several select impurities over the ranges of 70-130% and 0.1-5%, respectively. UV relative response factors were determined for the impurities from the linearity data. The accuracy of clindamycin at the targeted assay concentration was 99.2% (n = 3; precision = 0.12%, R.S.D.); accuracy for lincomycin, a structurally related impurity, was 97.4% (n = 3; precision = 3.5%, R.S.D.) at 0.1% of the targeted assay concentration. By demonstrating an acceptable degree of precision for lincomycin at this level, the LOQ was shown to be no higher than 0.1%. The chromatography was virtually unaffected over a mobile phase buffer pH range spanning 0.4 pH units. Sample solutions were stable for 72 h under ambient conditions.

  14. Concentration influences on recovery in a high gradient magnetic separation axial filter

    SciTech Connect

    Murariu, V.; Rezlescu, N.; Rotariu, O.; Badescu, V.

    1998-05-01

    The buildup differential equations for the case of a single wire in high gradient magnetic filtration (HGMF)-axial configuration taking into account the suspension concentration are solved. A new equation for the deposit contour surface at different moments and for different suspension concentrations are obtained. The existence of a particulate suspension concentration, for which the radial extension velocity of deposit is maximum, is evidenced. The recovery for an ordered ferromagnetic matrix is calculated. The influence of the solid particle concentration from suspension on the filtration efficiency is presented.

  15. Behavior Learning Based on a Policy Gradient Method: Separation of Environmental Dynamics and State-Values in Policies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ishihara, Seiji; Igarashi, Harukazu

    Policy gradient methods are useful approaches to reinforcement learning. Applying the method to behavior learning, we can deal with each decision problem in different time-steps as a problem of minimizing an objective function. In this paper, we give the objective function consists of two types of parameters, which represent state-values and environmental dynamics. In order to separate the learning of the state-value from that of the environmental dynamics, we also give respective learning rules for each type of parameters. Furthermore, we show that the same set of state-values can be reused under different environmental dynamics.

  16. Investigation of the process of diamagnetic particle separation in a high-gradient ordered-structure magnetic field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kashevskii, B. É.; Kashevskii, S. É.; Prokhorov, I. V.; Zholud', A. M.

    2011-05-01

    On the basis of the model of a flow-type magnetic filter with a transversely magnetized ordered system of long ferromagnetic rods of rectangular cross section, the process of high-gradient magnetic separation of microscopic diamagnetic particles (potato starch granules of sizes 8-30 μm) from a liquid suspension has been investigated. The registered laws of change in the concentration and size distribution of particles at the suspension outlet from the filter agree with the theoretical conclusions obtained from the analysis of the magnetic field structure and thecharacter of the particle motion in the filter volume.

  17. Binary electroosmotic-pump nanoflow gradient generator for miniaturized high-performance liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Lei; Lu, Joann Juan; Gu, Congying; Liu, Shaorong

    2014-12-16

    High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) plays an important role in biotechnology, and a majority of chromatographic separations use gradient elution. While gradient generators can be built in different formats, binary pumps or quaternary pumps are most frequently used for gradient generator constructions. We have recently developed a high-pressure electroosmotic pump (EOP); the pump can be manufactured at a cost of a few hundred dollars. However, it is challenging to use this pump to deliver a gradient eluent directly. In this study, we first improve the monolith preparation by applying a pressure to the monomer solution during polymerization. We assemble a binary EOP gradient generator and discuss the relationship between the gradient profile and voltage applied to the EOP. We demonstrate the feasibility of the binary EOP gradient generator for generating a smooth and reproducible nanoflow gradient. After integration of the gradient generator into a miniaturized HPLC system, we use the HPLC system for separating peptide mixtures from trypsin-digested proteins. The performance comparison between the above miniaturized HPLC system and an Agilent 1200 HPLC system exhibits comparable efficiencies, resolutions, and peak capacities.

  18. Separation of human eosinophils in density gradients of polyvinylpyrrolidone-coated silica gel (Percoll).

    PubMed Central

    Gärtner, I

    1980-01-01

    A method for isolation of eosinophils from human peripheral blood using isosmolar solutions of polyvinylpyrrolidone-coated silica gel (Percoll) is described. The purity ranged from 86 to 99% eosinophils in the final preparation and the recovery was 38-56%. The separation technique did not affect the viability or the metabolic capacities of the cells. PMID:6252099

  19. Rapid separation of desloratadine and related compounds in solid pharmaceutical formulation using gradient ion-pair chromatography.

    PubMed

    Zheng, Jinjian; Rustum, Abu M

    2010-01-05

    We reported the development of an ion-pair chromatographic method to separate desloratadine and all known related compounds in Clarinex Tablets, which use desloratadine as active pharmaceutical ingredient (API). For the first time, baseline separation for desloratadine and all known related compounds was achieved by utilizing a YMC-Pack Pro C(18) column (150 mm x 4.6 mm I.D., 3 microm particle size, 120A pore size) and a gradient elution method. The mobile phase A contains 3 mM sodium dodecylsulfate (SDS), 15 mM sodium citrate buffer at pH 6.2, and 40 mM sodium sulfate, while the mobile phase B is acetonitrile. Chromsword, an artificial intelligence method development tool, was used to optimize several key chromatographic parameters simultaneously including buffer pH/solvent strength, and temperature/gradient profile. The resolution of desloratadine and desloratadine 3,4-dehydropiperidine derivative, one of the critical pairs was improved by adding 40 mM sodium sulfate. Ultraviolet detection at 267 nm was used to achieve the detection for desloratadine and all compounds. This method has been successfully validated according to ICH guidelines in terms of linearity, accuracy, quantitation limit/detection limit, precision, specificity and robustness. It could be used as a stability indicating method for desloratadine drug substances or drug products that use desloratadine as active pharmaceutical ingredient.

  20. Separation of short-chain branched polyolefins by high-temperature gradient adsorption liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Macko, Tibor; Brüll, Robert; Alamo, Rufina G; Stadler, Florian J; Losio, Simone

    2011-02-01

    A new separation principle was recently introduced into the analytical characterization of polyolefins by researchers from the German Institute for Polymers in Darmstadt. It was demonstrated that polyolefins can be selectively separated via high-performance liquid chromatography on the basis of their adsorption/desorption behaviours at temperatures as high as 160 °C. A Hypercarb® column packed with porous graphite gave the best results. The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of 1-decanol and 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene. In this work, the same chromatographic system is applied to the separation of ethylene/alkene and ethylene/norbornene copolymers. It was found that the elution volumes of the samples correlate linearly with the average chemical composition of samples. The elution volume is indirectly proportional to the concentration of branches in the ethylene/alkene copolymer. Branching shortens the length of continuous methylene sequences of the polymer backbone, thus decreasing the probability of orientation of a methylene sequence in a flat conformation on the graphite surface, which enables the most intensive van der Waals interactions between the methylene backbone and the carbon surface. An opposite trend in the elution order has been found for ethylene/norbornene copolymers. The elution volume of the ethylene/norbornene copolymers increased with the concentration of norbornene. It indicates pronounced attractive interactions between graphite and the cyclic comonomer.

  1. Two-step separation of human peripheral blood monocytes on discontinuous density gradients of colloidal silica-polyvinylpyrrolidinone.

    PubMed

    Nathanson, S D; Zamfirescu, P L; Drew, S I; Wilbur, S

    1977-01-01

    Normal human peripheral blood monocytes were purified by a two-step separation. The first step, the standard Ficoll--Hypaque (F--H) buoyant density centrifugation, yielded mainly mononuclear cells, of which 24 +/- 9% were monocytes. Isopycnic centrifugation on discontinuous gradients of colloidal silica polyvinylpyrrolidinone (CS-PVP) further separated these mononuclear cells. The density interface between 1.070 and 1.060 g/ml yielded 82 +/- 7% monocytes, 5 +/- 4% granulocytes and 13 +/- 8% lymphocytes. Sixty-six percent of the monocytes obtained after F--H separation were recovered in this layer. The monocytes were intact and viable and retained their ability to phagocytose and kill Candida pseudotropicalis and to spread on glass coverslips. Motility (both random and towards a chemoattractant) was retained but was quantitatively less than after F--H separation alone. The relative purity of the monocyte population allowed assessment of major histocompatibility surface antigens by serotyping. This confirmed the presence of HLA and Ia-like antigens on monocytes.

  2. Very high pressure liquid chromatography using fully porous particles: quantitative analysis of fast gradient separations without post-run times.

    PubMed

    Stankovich, Joseph J; Gritti, Fabrice; Stevenson, Paul G; Beaver, Lois Ann; Guiochon, Georges

    2014-01-10

    Using a column packed with fully porous particles, four methods for controlling the flow rates at which gradient elution runs are conducted in very high pressure liquid chromatography (VHPLC) were tested to determine whether reproducible thermal conditions could be achieved, such that subsequent analyses would proceed at nearly the same initial temperature. In VHPLC high flow rates are achieved, producing fast analyses but requiring high inlet pressures. The combination of high flow rates and high inlet pressures generates local heat, leading to temperature changes in the column. Usually in this case a post-run time is input into the analytical method to allow the return of the column temperature to its initial state. An alternative strategy involves operating the column without a post-run equilibration period and maintaining constant temperature variations for subsequent analysis after conducting one or a few separations to bring the column to a reproducible starting temperature. A liquid chromatography instrument equipped with a pressure controller was used to perform constant pressure and constant flow rate VHPLC separations. Six replicate gradient separations of a nine component mixture consisting of acetophenone, propiophenone, butyrophenone, valerophenone, hexanophenone, heptanophenone, octanophenone, benzophenone, and acetanilide dissolved in water/acetonitrile (65:35, v/v) were performed under various experimental conditions: constant flow rate, two sets of constant pressure, and constant pressure operation with a programmed flow rate. The relative standard deviations of the response factors for all the analytes are lower than 5% across the methods. Programming the flow rate to maintain a fairly constant pressure instead of using instrument controlled constant pressure improves the reproducibility of the retention times by a factor of 5, when plotting the chromatograms in time.

  3. A sensitive emulsification liquid phase microextraction coupled with on-line phase separation followed by HPLC for trace determination of sulfonamides in water samples.

    PubMed

    Ebrahimpour, Behnam; Yamini, Yadollah; Rezazadeh, Maryam

    2015-01-01

    For the first time, ion-pair based emulsification liquid phase microextraction coupled with a novel approach for phase separation followed by high performace liquid chromatgraphy (HPLC) was utilized for trace determination of sulfonamides in water samples. After the formation of ion-pair complex with a cationic surfactant, sulfonamides were extracted into the drops of dispersed organic extracting solvent. Then, the cloudy solution was passed through an in-line filter located in a suitable holder and was separated based on emulsion filtration. By changing the HPLC valve position, the filter was laid in the mobile phase path, and the extraction phase was eluted by the mobile phase and introduced into the separation column for analysis. The effects of important parameters, such as type of extraction solvent, type of ion-pair agent and its concentration, pH of sample solution, ionic strength, and volume of extraction phase, on the extraction efficiency, were investigated and optimized. Under optimal conditions, the linear range, limits of detection, and precision (relative standard deviations) were 0.3-100, 0.1-0.3 μg L(-1), and 4.7-5.8%, respectively. Preconcentration factors (PFs) for the compounds studied were obtained in the range of 268-664. These PFs correspond to extraction recoveries in the range of 41-97%. The sample throughput of the method was 3 samples per hour, regarding 20 min analysis time for a single procedure. Finally, the method was successfully applied to determine the selected sulfonamides in some water samples.

  4. [HPLC fingerprint of Phlomis younghusbandii].

    PubMed

    Gao, Yong-li; Lin, Rui-chao; Wang, Gang-li; Zhao, Hao-ru; Gao, Yuan; Bianba, Ci-ren

    2007-08-01

    To establish the characteristic fingerpint from Phlomis younghustbandii. The different collecting time and county samples of Phlomis younghusbandii were determined by HPLC. The HPLC-FPC of Phlomis younghusbandii was set up by establishing 14 common peaks. Accuracy, stability and repeatability of the method were good. The peaks in the spectrum were all separated perfectly, which met the regulation of HPLC-FPC.

  5. Comparative HPLC methods for β-blockers separation using different types of chiral stationary phases in normal phase and polar organic phase elution modes. Analysis of propranolol enantiomers in natural waters.

    PubMed

    Morante-Zarcero, Sonia; Sierra, Isabel

    2012-03-25

    The enantioselectivities of β-blockers (propranolol, metoprolol, atenolol and pindolol) on four different types of chiral stationary phases (CSPs): Chiralpak AD-H, Lux Cellulose-1, Chirobiotic T and Sumichiral OA-4900 were compared using polar organic (PO) elution mode and normal phase (NP) elution mode. Method optimizations were demonstrated by modifying parameters such as organic modifier composition (ethanol, 2-propanol and acetonitrile) and basic mobile phase additives (triethylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, and buthylamine). In normal phase elution mode with Lux Cellulose-1, the four pairs of enantiomers can be separated in the same run in gradient elution mode. Additionally, a simple chiral HPLC-DAD method using a newly commercialized polysaccharide-based CSP by Phenomenex (Lux Cellulose-1) in NP elution mode for enantioselective determination of propranolol in water samples by highly selective molecularly imprinted polymers extraction was validated. The optimized conditions were a mobile phase composed by n-hexane/ethanol/DEA (70/30/0.3, v/v/v) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL min(-1) and 25 °C. The method is selective, precise and accurate and was found to be linear in the range of 0.125-50 μg mL(-1) (R(2)>0.999) with a method detection limit (MLD) of 0.4 μg mL(-1) for both enantiomers. Recoveries achieved with both enantiomers ranged from 97 to 109%.

  6. HPLC Separation of Vitamin E and Its Oxidation Products and Effects of Oxidized Tocotrienols on the Viability of MCF-7 Breast Cancer Cells in Vitro.

    PubMed

    Drotleff, Astrid M; Büsing, Anne; Willenberg, Ina; Empl, Michael T; Steinberg, Pablo; Ternes, Waldemar

    2015-10-14

    Tocotrienols, a vitamin E subgroup, exert potent anticancer effects, but easily degrade due to oxidation. Eight vitamin E reference compounds, α-, β-, γ-, or δ-tocopherols or -tocotrienols, were thermally oxidized in n-hexane. The corresponding predominantly dimeric oxidation products were separated from the parent compounds by diol-modified normal-phase HPLC-UV and characterized by mass spectroscopy. The composition of test compounds, that is, α-tocotrienol, γ-tocotrienol, or palm tocotrienol-rich fraction (TRF), before and after thermal oxidation was determined by HPLC-DAD, and MCF-7 cells were treated with both nonoxidized and oxidized test compounds for 72 h. Whereas all nonoxidized test compounds (0-100 μM) led to dose-dependent decreases in cell viability, equimolar oxidized α-tocotrienol had a weaker effect, and oxidized TRF had no such effect. However, the IC50 value of oxidized γ-tocotrienol was lower (85 μM) than that of nonoxidized γ-tocotrienol (134 μM), thereby suggesting that γ-tocotrienol oxidation products are able to reduce tumor cell viability in vitro.

  7. Separation and concentration of murine hematopoietic stem cells (CFUS) using a combination of density gradient sedimentation and counterflow centrifugal elutriation.

    PubMed

    Inoue, T; Carsten, A L; Cronkite, E P; Kelley, J E

    1981-07-01

    To obtain concentrated suspensions of pluripotent hematopoietic stem cells *CFUS) from murine bone marrow, density gradient centrifugal sedimentation (DGCS) was combined with counterflow centrifugal elutriation (CE). This combination provided a 7.6 fold enrichment of the CFUS concentration. For DGCS, Percoll a suspension of silica particles coated with polyvinylpyrrolidone was used. For fractionation by the CE an elutriator rotor (JE-6, Beckman) was used for further concentration of the cells harvested from the DGCS. Bone marrow erythropoiesis was suppressed by transfusion plethora initiated 5-6 days before the bone marrow was harvested. These two physical separation procedures combined with transfusion plethora to suppress erythropoiesis are effective in producing an enriched fraction of CFUS without change in distribution of the histologic type of colonies.

  8. A green route towards highly photoluminescent and cytocompatible carbon dot synthesis and its separation using sucrose density gradient centrifugation.

    PubMed

    Oza, Goldie; Oza, Kusum; Pandey, Sunil; Shinde, Sachin; Mewada, Ashmi; Thakur, Mukeshchand; Sharon, Maheshwar; Sharon, Madhuri

    2015-01-01

    An efficient, fast and green method for synthesis of Carbon dots (C-dots) using natural precursor Citrus limone under ultrasonic condition is demonstrated. Such as-synthesized C-dots were further purified using Sucrose density gradient centrifugation method (SDGC) which resulted in the separation of water-soluble, photo luminescent, monodispersed, highly photostable and chemically stable C-dot fractions (F1 and F2). They possess very small size (5-20 nm) as evidenced by High angle annular dark field-Scanning Transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) and very strong luminescence as shown by fluorescence spectroscopic studies. Cytocompatibility and bio imaging properties of both the fractions (F1 and F2) were then studied on Hep-2 cells. Quantum yield of F1 and F2 fraction was found to be 12.1 and 15 %, respectively.

  9. Motility, acrosome integrity, membrane integrity and oocyte cleavage rate of sperm separated by swim-up or Percoll gradient method from frozen-thawed buffalo semen.

    PubMed

    Mehmood, A; Anwar, M; Naqvi, S M Saqlan

    2009-04-01

    Frozen-thawed semen of five buffalo bulls was used to compare efficacy of swim-up and Percoll gradient methods for separating viable spermatozoa. Sperm separated by the two methods were also tested to differentiate buffalo bulls on the basis of in vitro fertilization (IVF) rates. Recovery of motile sperm (%), increase in membrane integrity (%) and acrosome integrity (%) were compared after two sperm separation methods in experiment I, and in vitro fertilization rate (cleavage rate and cleavage index) was compared in experiment II. Swim-up separated sperm showed a higher motility (P<0.05), while percent recovery of motile sperm was higher with Percoll separation (P<0.05). Membrane integrity (%) of sperm separated with swim-up was significantly higher (P<0.05) as compared to sperm separated with Percoll gradient. Swim-up separated sperm gave a higher cleavage rate and cleavage index (P<0.001). Sperm separated by swim-up showed significant difference among the bulls in cleavage rate and cleavage index (P<0.05), while the Percoll gradient method did not. It has been concluded that separation of sperm from frozen-thawed buffalo semen by swim-up method can be more expedient for IVF in buffalo.

  10. Determination of lycopene in food by on-line SFE coupled to HPLC using a single monolithic column for trapping and separation.

    PubMed

    Pól, Jaroslav; Hyötylänen, Tuulia; Ranta-Aho, Outi; Riekkola, Marja-Liisa

    2004-10-15

    A method that would eliminate the degradation of lycopene during analysis was developed. Supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) with carbon dioxide as the extraction medium was connected on-line to high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) where a single monolithic column was used for trapping and the subsequent separation of analytes. The method was linear over the studied range (0.1-2.5 microg), and it was repeatable (R.S.D. 3.9%), sensitive (LOD = 0.5 ng) and fast (35 min). Lycopene was determined in tomatoes, fruit and several food products. Because of the on-line construction, lycopene was not in contact with air or light during the whole procedure and the amount analysed should therefore correspond to the real amount in the sample.

  11. HPLC separation and determination of 12 cholesterol oxidation products in fish: comparative study of RI, UV, and APCI-MS detectors.

    PubMed

    Saldanha, Tatiana; Sawaya, Alexandra Christine Helena Frankland; Eberlin, Marcos Nogueira; Bragagnolo, Neura

    2006-06-14

    A simple, fast, and sensitive method for the extraction through direct saponification, separation, quantification, and identification of 12 cholesterol oxidation products (COPs) and cholesterol in a single isocratic, normal-phase, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) was developed. Three detectors were compared for determination of COPs and cholesterol in fish samples: refractive index (RI), ultraviolet (UV), and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry (APCI-MS). The results did not show significant differences (p > 0.05) between the concentration of the cholesterol oxides and cholesterol obtained with these detectors. The present study demonstrated the presence of 19-hydroxycholesterol, 22"R"-hydroxycholesterol, 22"S"-hydroxycholesterol, 24"S"-hydroxycholesterol, and 25"R"-hydroxycholesterol for the first time in fish samples.

  12. Identification of candidate amino acids involved in the formation of pink-red pigments in onion (Allium cepa L.) juice and separation by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Lee, Eun Jin; Yoo, Kil Sun; Patil, Bhimanagouda S

    2010-10-01

    The formation of pink-red pigments ("pinking") by various amino acids was investigated by reacting amino acids with compounds present in onion juice. The unknown pink-red pigments were generated and separated using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and a diode array detector (DAD) in the range of 200 to 700 nm. To generate pink-red pigments, we developed several reaction systems using garlic alliinase, purified 1-propenyl-L-cysteine sulfoxide (1-PeCSO), onion thiosulfinate, natural onion juice, and 21 free amino acids. The compound 1-PeCSO was a key compound associated with pinking in the presence of both the alliinase and amino acids. Numerous naturally occurring pink-red pigments were detected and separated from pink onion juice using the HPLC-DAD system at 515 nm. Most free amino acids, with the exceptions of histidine, serine, and cysteine, formed various pink-red pigments when reacted with onion thiosulfinate. This observation indicated that onion pinking is caused not by a single pigment, but by many. Furthermore, more than one color compound could be produced from a single amino acid; this explains, in part, why there were many pink-red compound peaks in the chromatogram of discolored natural onion juice. We presumed that the complexity of the pink-red pigments was due to the involvement of more than 21 natural amino acids as well as several derivatives of the color products produced from each amino acid. We observed that the pinking process in onion juice is very similar to that of the greening process in crushed garlic, emphasizing that both thiosulfinate from flavor precursors and free amino acids are absolutely required for the discoloration.

  13. Separation and quantitative determination of cinacalcet metabolites in urine sample using RP-HPLC after derivation with a fluorescent labeling reagent.

    PubMed

    Farnoudian-Habibi, Amir; Jaymand, Mehdi

    2016-08-01

    In this investigation, a novel strategy for separation and quantitative determination of four metabolites of cinacalcet (M2a-Glu, M2b-Glu, M7-Gly, and M8-Gly) in human urine is suggested. The analytical assay is based on a pre-column derivation procedure of cinacalcet metabolites with 1-pyrenyldiazomethane (PDAM) as a fluorescent labeling reagent, and subsequently separation and quantitative determination with reverse-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) coupled with a fluorescence detector. Metabolites were separated on a Microsorb-MV 100-5 C18 chromatography column (250×4.6mm, 5μm) using acetate buffer (pH 3.5):methanol (30:70 v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0mLmin(-1). The method was fully validated in terms of linearity (r(2)>0.996; 1-10ngmL(-1)), precision (both intra-day and inter-day; RSD<6.2%), accuracy (92-110%), specificity, robustness (0.15%

  14. Enantiomeric separation of D,L-tryptophan and D,L-kynurenine by HPLC using pre-column fluorescence derivatization with R(-)-DBD-PyNCS.

    PubMed

    Iizuka, Hideaki; Hirasa, Yasushi; Kubo, Kazumi; Ishii, Kana; Toyo'oka, Toshimasa; Fukushima, Takeshi

    2011-07-01

    The enantiomeric separation of D,L-tryptophan (Trp) and D,L-kynurenine (KYN) was investigated by high-performance liquid chromatography using pre-column fluorescence derivatization with a chiral fluorescent labeling reagent, R(-)-4-(3-isothiocyanatopyrrolidin-1-yl)-7- (N,N-dimethylaminosulfonyl)-2,1,3-benzoxadiazole [R(-)-DBD-PyNCS]. Using an octadecylsilica column, namely, an Inertsil ODS-3 column (250 x 2.0 mm; i.d., 3 μm), four fluorescence peaks of D- and L-Trp as well as D- and L-KYN derivatized with R(-)-DBD-PyNCS were clearly observed, and their chemical structures were confirmed by HPLC-time-of-flight-mass spectrometry. Simultaneous separation was achieved under the mobile phase condition of 1.5% acetic acid in H₂O-CH₃CN (60:40), and the separation factors of D,L-Trp and D,L-KYN derivatized with R(-)-DBD-PyNCS were 1.22 and 1.19, respectively. Fluorescence detection was carried out by setting the emission wavelength at 565 nm, and the excitation wavelength at 440 nm, and the detection limits were approximately 0.3-0.5 pmol (signal-to-noise ratio of 3).

  15. Planar Mn4O cluster homochiral metal-organic framework for HPLC separation of pharmaceutically important (±)-ibuprofen racemate.

    PubMed

    Hailili, Reshalaiti; Wang, Li; Qv, Junzhang; Yao, Ruxin; Zhang, Xian-Ming; Liu, Huwei

    2015-04-20

    A planar tetracoordinated oxygen containing a homochiral metal-organic framework (MOF) has been synthesized and characterized that can be used as a new chiral stationary phase in high-performance liquid chromatography to efficiently separate racemates such as pharmaceutically important (±)-ibuprofen and (±)-1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol.

  16. Separation and HPLC-MS identification of phenolic antioxidants from agricultural residues: almond hulls and grape pomace.

    PubMed

    Rubilar, Mónica; Pinelo, Manuel; Shene, Carolina; Sineiro, Jorge; Nuñez, María José

    2007-12-12

    Almond hulls and grape pomace are residues abundantly generated by agricultural industries, which could be processed to obtain bioactive products. To this purpose, crude ethanol extracts from both agricultural byproducts were attained and subsequently fractionated in order to obtain an organic/water fraction (FOW). Extracts and fractions were analyzed for antioxidant power and their phenolic components tentatively identified by HPLC-MS. Chromatographic peaks of almond hull extracts showed the occurrence of hydroxybenzoic and cinnamic acid derivatives, with minor presence of flavan-3-ols (ECG, EGCG), whereas the FOW fraction offered the additional presence of epicatechin (EC) and glycosylated flavonols. In the composition for extracts of white and red grape pomace several of these compounds were also detected but basically consisted of glycosylated flavonols (quercetin, kaempferol). As a difference between both grape pomaces, myricetin glycosyde was found in that from the red variety, whereas flavan-3-ols (EC, afzelechin) were only identified in white pomace. When their FOW fractions were analyzed, gallic acid and some hydroxybenzoic acids were additionally detected. Antioxidant activity was assessed by DPPH and TBARS assays. Almond hulls showed inhibition percentages lower than 50% in both assays, while the inhibition percentage ranged from 80% to 90% in pomace extracts. Red grape pomace extract was the most efficient antioxidant, with an EC50 value of 0.91 g/L for TBARS and 0.20 g/L for DPPH. Even appearing as two quite different vegetal matrixes, the composition of phenolics in grape pomace and almond hulls is quite similar, the main difference being the major occurrence of flavonols in grape pomace. This fact could presumably explain the lower antiradical activity of hull extracts.

  17. Controllable Assembly and Separation of Colloidal Nanoparticles through a One-Tube Synthesis Based on Density Gradient Centrifugation.

    PubMed

    Qi, Xiaohan; Li, Minglin; Kuang, Yun; Wang, Cheng; Cai, Zhao; Zhang, Jin; You, Shusen; Yin, Meizhen; Wan, Pengbo; Luo, Liang; Sun, Xiaoming

    2015-05-04

    Self-assembly of gold nanoparticles into one-dimensional (1D) nanostructures with finite primary units was achieved by introducing a thin salt (NaCl) solution layer into density gradient before centrifugation. The electrostatic interactions between Au nanoparticles would be affected and cause 1D assembly upon passing through the salt layer. A negatively charged polymer such as poly(acrylic acid) was used as an encapsulation/stabilization layer to help the formation of 1D Au assemblies, which were subsequently sorted according to unit numbers at succeeding separation zones. A centrifugal field was introduced as the external field to overcome the random Brownian motion of NPs and benefit the assembly effect. Such a facile "one-tube synthesis" approach couples assembly and separation in one centrifuge tube by centrifuging once. The method can be tuned by changing the concentration of interference salt layer, encapsulation layer, and centrifugation rate. Furthermore, positively charged fluorescent polymers such as perylenediimide-poly(N,N-diethylaminoethyl methacrylate) could encapsulate the assemblies to give tunable fluorescence properties.

  18. Multiphase Transport in Porous Media: Gas-Liquid Separation Using Capillary Pressure Gradients International Space Station (ISS) Flight Experiment Development

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wheeler, Richard R., Jr.; Holtsnider, John T.; Dahl, Roger W.; Deeks, Dalton; Javanovic, Goran N.; Parker, James M.; Ehlert, Jim

    2013-01-01

    Advances in the understanding of multiphase flow characteristics under variable gravity conditions will ultimately lead to improved and as of yet unknown process designs for advanced space missions. Such novel processes will be of paramount importance to the success of future manned space exploration as we venture into our solar system and beyond. In addition, because of the ubiquitous nature and vital importance of biological and environmental processes involving airwater mixtures, knowledge gained about fundamental interactions and the governing properties of these mixtures will clearly benefit the quality of life here on our home planet. The techniques addressed in the current research involving multiphase transport in porous media and gas-liquid phase separation using capillary pressure gradients are also a logical candidate for a future International Space Station (ISS) flight experiment. Importantly, the novel and potentially very accurate Lattice-Boltzmann (LB) modeling of multiphase transport in porous media developed in this work offers significantly improved predictions of real world fluid physics phenomena, thereby promoting advanced process designs for both space and terrestrial applications.This 3-year research effort has culminated in the design and testing of a zero-g demonstration prototype. Both the hydrophilic (glass) and hydrophobic (Teflon) media Capillary Pressure Gradient (CPG) cartridges prepared during the second years work were evaluated. Results obtained from ground testing at 1-g were compared to those obtained at reduced gravities spanning Martian (13-g), Lunar (16-g) and zero-g. These comparisons clearly demonstrate the relative strength of the CPG phenomena and the efficacy of its application to meet NASAs unique gas-liquid separation (GLS) requirements in non-terrestrial environments.LB modeling software, developed concurrently with the zero-g test effort, was shown to accurately reproduce observed CPG driven gas-liquid separation

  19. Long-Gradient Separations Coupled with Selected Reaction Monitoring for Highly Sensitive, Large Scale Targeted Protein Quantification in a Single Analysis

    SciTech Connect

    Shi, Tujin; Fillmore, Thomas L.; Gao, Yuqian; Zhao, Rui; He, Jintang; Schepmoes, Athena A.; Nicora, Carrie D.; Wu, Chaochao; Chambers, Justin L.; Moore, Ronald J.; Kagan, Jacob; Srivastava, Sudhir; Liu, Alvin Y.; Rodland, Karin D.; Liu, Tao; Camp, David G.; Smith, Richard D.; Qian, Weijun

    2013-10-01

    Long-gradient separations coupled to tandem MS were recently demonstrated to provide a deep proteome coverage for global proteomics; however, such long-gradient separations have not been explored for targeted proteomics. Herein, we investigate the potential performance of the long-gradient separations coupled with selected reaction monitoring (LG-SRM) for targeted protein quantification. Direct comparison of LG-SRM (5 h gradient) and conventional LC-SRM (45 min gradient) showed that the long-gradient separations significantly reduced background interference levels and provided an 8- to 100-fold improvement in LOQ for target proteins in human female serum. Based on at least one surrogate peptide per protein, an LOQ of 10 ng/mL was achieved for the two spiked proteins in non-depleted human serum. The LG-SRM detection of seven out of eight endogenous plasma proteins expressed at ng/mL or sub-ng/mL levels in clinical patient sera was also demonstrated. A correlation coefficient of >0.99 was observed for the results of LG-SRM and ELISA measurements for prostate-specific antigen (PSA) in selected patient sera. Further enhancement of LG-SRM sensitivity was achieved by applying front-end IgY14 immunoaffinity depletion. Besides improved sensitivity, LG-SRM offers at least 3 times higher multiplexing capacity than conventional LC-SRM due to ~3-fold increase in average peak widths for a 300-min gradient compared to a 45-min gradient. Therefore, LG-SRM holds great potential for bridging the gap between global and targeted proteomics due to its advantages in both sensitivity and multiplexing capacity.

  20. Very high pressure liquid chromatography using core-shell particles: quantitative analysis of fast gradient separations without post-run times.

    PubMed

    Stankovich, Joseph J; Gritti, Fabrice; Stevenson, Paul G; Beaver, Lois A; Guiochon, Georges

    2014-01-17

    Five methods for controlling the mobile phase flow rate for gradient elution analyses using very high pressure liquid chromatography (VHPLC) were tested to determine thermal stability of the column during rapid gradient separations. To obtain rapid separations, instruments are operated at high flow rates and high inlet pressure leading to uneven thermal effects across columns and additional time needed to restore thermal equilibrium between successive analyses. The purpose of this study is to investigate means to minimize thermal instability and obtain reliable results by measuring the reproducibility of the results of six replicate gradient separations of a nine component RPLC standard mixture under various experimental conditions with no post-run times. Gradient separations under different conditions were performed: constant flow rates, two sets of constant pressure operation, programmed flow constant pressure operation, and conditions which theoretically should yield a constant net heat loss at the column's wall. The results show that using constant flow rates, programmed flow constant pressures, and constant heat loss at the column's wall all provide reproducible separations. However, performing separations using a high constant pressure with programmed flow reduces the analysis time by 16% compared to constant flow rate methods. For the constant flow rate, programmed flow constant pressure, and constant wall heat experiments no equilibration time (post-run time) was required to obtain highly reproducible data.

  1. Density gradient centrifugation: Application to the separation of macerals of type I, II, and III sedimentary organic matter

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Stankiewicz, B.A.; Kruge, M.A.; Crelling, J.C.; Salmon, G.L.

    1994-01-01

    Samples of organic matter from nine well-known geological units (Green River Fm., Tasmanian Tasmanite, Lower Toarcian Sh. of the Paris Basin, Duwi Fm., New Albany Sh., Monterey Fm., Herrin No. 6 coal, Eocene coal, and Miocene lignite from Kalimantan) were processed by density gradient centrifugation (DGC) to isolate the constituent macerals. Optimal separation, as well as the liberation of microcrystalline pyrite from the organic matter, was obtained by particle size minimization prior to DGC by treatment with liquid N2 and micronization in a fluid energy mill. The resulting small particle size limits the use of optical microscopy, thus microfluorimetry and analytical pyrolysis were also employed to assess the quality and purity of the fractions. Each of the samples exhibits one dominant DGC peak (corresponding to alginite in the Green River Fm., amorphinite in the Lower Toarcian Sh., vitrinite in the Herrin No. 6, etc.) which shifts from 1.05 g mL-1 for the Type I kerogens to between 1.18 and 1.23 g mL-1 for Type II and II-S. The characteristic densities for Type III organic matter are greater still, being 1.27 g mL-1 for the hydrogen-rich Eocene coal, 1.29 g mL-1 for the Carboniferous coal and 1.43 g mL-1 for the oxygen-rich Miocene lignite. Among Type II kerogens, the DGC profile represents a compositional continuum from undegraded alginite through (bacterial) degraded amorphinite; therefore chemical and optical properties change gradually with increasing density. The separation of useful quantities of macerals that occur in only minor amounts is difficult. Such separations require large amounts of starting material and require multiple processing steps. Complete maceral separation for some samples using present methods seems remote. Samples containing macerals with significant density differences due to heteroatom diversity (e.g., preferential sulfur or oxygen concentration in the one maceral), on the other hand, may be successfully separated (e.g., coals and

  2. Isolation and characterization of mesenchymal stem cells from the fat layer on the density gradient separated bone marrow.

    PubMed

    Insausti, Carmen L; Blanquer, Miguel Blanquer; Olmo, Luis Meseguer; López-Martínez, María C; Ruiz, Xavier Férez; Lozano, Francisco J Rodríguez; Perianes, Valentín Cabañas; Funes, Consuelo; Nicolás, Francisco J; Majado, María J; Jiménez, José M Moraleda

    2012-01-20

    The density gradient centrifugation method was originally designed for the isolation of mononuclear peripheral blood cells and rapidly adapted to fractionate bone marrow (BM) cells. This method involves the use of gradient density solutions with low viscosity and low osmotic pressure that allows erythrocytes and more mature cells gravitate to the bottom at a density fraction superior to 1.080 g/dL; mononuclear cells (MNCs) held in the plasma-solution to interphase at a density between 1.053 and 1.073 g/dL; plasma, dilution medium and anticoagulant to occupy a density less than 1.050 g/dL and the fat cells to float due to their very low density. BM-mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) are usually obtained after the separation and cultures of BM-MNCs from the plasma-solution interphase, which is traditionally considered the only source of progenitor cells (hematopoietic and nonhematopoietic). In this study evidences that MSCs could be isolated from the very low-density cells of the fat layer are presented. In addition, we demonstrated that the MSCs obtained from these cells have similar immunophenotypic characteristics, and similar proliferative and differentiation potential to those obtained from the MNCs at plasma-solution interphase. The method represents a simple and cost effective way to increase the MSCs yield from each BM donor, without the need to look for other sources, additional manipulation of cells, and risks of contamination or disturbances of the potential of differentiation. These cells might serve as a complementary source of MSCs to facilitate preclinical and clinical application in tissue engineering and cell therapy.

  3. Surfactant gradient methods using mixed systems of cethyltrimethylammonium chloride and nonionic surfactants possessing polyoxyethylene chains for electrokinetic separation of benzoate anions as model analytes.

    PubMed

    Esaka, Yukihiro; Sawamura, Mika; Murakami, Hiroya; Uno, Bunji

    2006-12-01

    Surfactant gradient methods for electrokinetic separation of 10 benzoates as model organic anions were investigated using mixed micellar solutions of cetyltrimethylammonium chloride (CTAC) and nonionic surfactants possessing polyoxyethylene chains, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (Tween 20) or polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (Brij 35). Electroosmotic flow (EOF) was eliminated virtually by a coating of the inner wall of the capillaries, and then the benzoates were detected fundamentally in the order of their hydrophobicity. In a pure CTAC system, the synergistic influences of attractive electrostatic and hydrophobic interactions gave rise to quite large retention factors of many of the benzoate anions, resulting in their coelution. Addition of an adequate amount of Tween 20 to the pure CTAC system decreased the electrostatic interaction significantly to give remarkably improved separation of the analytes, but long analysis time was required. A surfactant gradient method would be useful to decrease analysis time and to improve separation simultaneously. Under slight EOF, the micelles in the inlet reservoir can pass through and, thus, interact with all of the analytes before they were detected. In the present system, surfactant gradient separations could be performed simply by changing compositions of the surfactant solutions in the inlet reservoir during a single run. Additionally, we carried out continuous gradient separation using a simple device. Brij 35 gave an effect parallel to that by Tween 20 in migration behavior of the analytes. A practically negligible change in the level of the baseline was observed in a stepwise gradient elution with the CTAC/Brij 35 system because of the small absorbance at the detection wavelength, while that with the CTAC/Tween 20 was considerable. All the benzoates were separated completely within reasonable analysis times using both stepwise and continuous gradient programs for the concentrations of Tween 20 or Brij 35 in the

  4. [Simultaneous separation and detection of principal component isomer and related substances of raw material drug of ammonium glycyrrhizinate by RP-HPLC and structure confirmation].

    PubMed

    Zhao, Yan-Yan; Liu, Li-Yan; Han, Yuan-Yuan; Li, Yue-Qiu; Wang, Yan; Shi, Min-Jian

    2013-08-01

    A simple, fast and sensitive analytical method for the simultaneous separation and detection of 18alpha-glycyrrhizinic acid, 18beta-glycyrrhizinic acid, related substance A and related substance B by RP-HPLC and drug quality standard was established. The structures of principal component isomer and related substances of raw material drug of ammonium glycyrrhizinate have been confirmed. Reference European Pharmacopoeia EP7.0 version, British Pharmacopoeia 2012 version, National Drug Standards of China (WS 1-XG-2002), domestic and international interrelated literature were referred to select the composition of mobile phase. The experimental parameters including salt concentration, pH, addition quantities of organic solvent, column temperature and flow rate were optimized. Finally, the assay was conducted on a Durashell-C18 column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) with 0.01 mol x mL(-1) ammonium perchlorate (add ammonia to adjust the pH value to 8.2) -methanol (48 : 52) as mobile phase at the flow rate of 0.8 mL x min(-1), and the detection wavelength was set at 254 nm. The column temperature was 50 degrees C and the injection volume was 10 microL. The MS, NMR, UV and RP-HPLC were used to confirm the structures of principal component isomer and related substances of raw material drug of ammonium glycyrrhizinate. Under the optimized separation conditions, the calibration curves of 18 alpha-glycyrrhizinic acid, 18beta-glycyrrhizinic acid, related substance A and related substance B showed good linearity within the concentration of 0.50-100 microg x mL(-1) (r = 0.999 9). The detection limits for 18alpha-glycyrrhizinic acid, 18beta-glycyrrhizinic acid, related substance A and related substance B were 0.15, 0.10, 0.10, 0.15 microg x mL(-1) respectively. The method is sensitive, reproducible and the results are accurate and reliable. It can be used for chiral resolution of 18alpha-glycyrrhizinic acid, 18Pbeta-glycyrrhizinic acid, and detection content of principal component and

  5. Enantioselective separation and determination of adrafinil and modafinil on Chiralcel OJ-H column in rat serum and urine using solid-phase extraction followed by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Rao, R Nageswara; Shinde, Dhananjay D

    2009-08-01

    A simple and rapid normal-phase HPLC method for enantiospecific separation of a psychostimulant, adrafinil (ADL), and its metabolite modafinil (MDL) in rat serum and urine was developed. The separation was accomplished on a normal-phase polysaccharide stationary phase Chiralcel OJ-H using n-hexane-ethanol (62:38 v/v) as a mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Detection was carried out at 225 nm using a photo diode array (PDA) detector. The elution order of the enantiomers was determined by a polarimeter connected in series with the PDA. ADL and its metabolite were recovered from rat serum and urine by solid phase extraction using Oasis HLB cartridges and the mean recoveries were >or=80%. The enantiomers were eluted within 15 min without any interference from endogenous substances. The calibration curves were linear (r(2) > 0.998) in the concentration range of 1.20-500 microg/mL for ADL and MDL. The assay was specific, accurate, precise and reproducible (intra- and inter-day precisions RSDs <7.2%). ADL in rat serum was stable over three freeze-thaw cycles at ambient temperature for 4 h. The method was successfully applied to pharmacokinetic studies of adrafinil after an oral administration to rats.

  6. Differentiation of volatile aromatic isomers and structural elucidation of volatile compounds in essential oils by combination of HPLC separation and crystalline sponge method.

    PubMed

    Gu, Xiao-Fei; Zhao, Yue; Li, Kan; Su, Meng-Xiang; Yan, Fang; Li, Bo; Du, Ying-Xiang; Di, Bin

    2016-11-25

    Structure elucidation of volatile aromatic isomers at trace level has long been considered as an elusive task, due to their structural similarities and similar polarities, even with the aid of many spectroscopic techniques such as mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. Single-crystal X-ray diffraction (SCD) is recognized as one of the most powerful structural elucidation techniques. The recently developed crystalline sponge method overcomes the intrinsic limitation of SCD that the target molecules must be single crystals, being able to analyze non-crystalline and trace-amount compounds without any special treatment. In order to investigate whether the crystalline sponge method could be used for the structure elucidation of closely related isomers or other volatile and even oily compounds in complex mixtures at trace level, we combined HPLC separation with the crystalline sponge method for X-ray crystallographic analysis. In this paper, two pairs of volatile aromatic isomers including cis/trans isomers of asarone and positional isomers of carvacrol and thymol, as well as the main volatile component in essential oil extracted from Acorus Tatarinowii, were first isolated by HPLC and encapsulated into the crystalline sponge then elucidated by X-ray crystallographic analysis. Direct observation of these volatile compounds by X-ray crystallography was achieved using only microgram quantities without crystallization or derivatization. Unambiguous identification of these compounds was realized without reference standards. This strategy offers a promising platform capable of providing high-confidence detailed structural information of closely related isomers as well as other volatile and even oily compounds in complex mixtures in microgram quantities. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Rapid separation and determination of process-related substances of paracetamol using reversed-phase HPLC with photo diode array as a detector.

    PubMed

    Rao, R Nageswara; Narasaraju, A

    2006-02-01

    A simple and rapid gradient reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic method for simultaneous separation and determination of paracetamol and its related compounds in bulk drugs and pharmaceutical formulations has been developed. As many as nine process impurities and one degradation product of paracetamol have been separated on a Symmetry C18 column (4.6 x 250 mm i.d., particle size 5 microm) with gradient elution using 0.01 M potassium dihydrogen phosphate buffer (pH 3.0) and acetonitrile as mobile phase and photo diode array detection at 215 nm. The chromatographic behavior of all the compounds was examined under variable compositions of different solvents, temperatures, buffer concentrations and pH values. The correlation coefficients for calibration curves for paracetamol as well as impurities were in the range of 0.9951 - 0.9994. The proposed RP-LC method was successfully applied to the analysis of commercial formulations; the recoveries of paracetamol were in the range of 99-101%. The method could be of use not only for rapid and routine evaluation of the quality of paracetamol in bulk drug manufacturing units but also for detection of its impurities in pharmaceutical formulations.

  8. Application of step-wise gradient high-performance counter-current chromatography for rapid preparative separation and purification of diterpene components from Pseudolarix kaempferi Gordon.

    PubMed

    He, Shichao; Li, Shucai; Yang, Jianhong; Ye, Haoyu; Zhong, Shijie; Song, Hang; Zhang, Yongkui; Peng, Cheng; Peng, Aihua; Chen, Lijuan

    2012-04-27

    In general, simultaneously separation and purification of components with a broad polarity range from traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) is a challenge by an ordinary high-speed counter-current chromatography (HSCCC) method. In this paper, we describes a rapid and efficient separation method of combining three-step gradient elution and two-step flow-rate gradient elution using high-performance counter-current chromatography (HPCCC) to separate 8 diterpene compounds simultaneously within 80 min in a single run from the alcohol extract of Pseudolarix kaempferi Gordon. This separation process produced 166 mg pseudolaric acid B O-β-d-glucopyranoside (PABGly), 152 mg pseudolaric acid C (PAC), 8 mg deacetylpseudolaric acid A (deacetylPAA), 5 mg pseudolaric acid A O-β-d-glucopyranoside (PAAGly), 484 mg pseudolaric acid B (PAB), 33 mg pseudolaric acid B methyl ester (PAB methyl ester), 10mg pseudolaric acid A (PAA) and 18 mg pseudolaric acid H (PAH) from 1.0 g crude sample with purities of 98.6%, 99.6%, 92.3%, 92.2%, 99.2%, 99.4%, 98.3%, 91.0%, respectively. Our study indicates that the suitable combination of step-wise gradient elution and flow-rate gradient elution using HPCCC is an effective strategy to separate complex components from natural products. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. HPLC method to characterize cyanogen bromide collagen fractions containing pyridinoline groups.

    PubMed

    Bruno, R; Mazza, R; Calafiori, A R; Covello, C; Falbo, L; Martino, G; Marotta, M

    1997-01-01

    The HPLC method here described allows to separate CNBr collagen peptides within 2.5 h by reversed phase and gradient elution. The method is useful to determine both peptide bond and pyridinoline groups by absorbance spectophotometry. The fractions can be recovered and then submitted to other characterization techniques.

  10. Synergistic effects on enantioselectivity of zwitterionic chiral stationary phases for separations of chiral acids, bases, and amino acids by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Hoffmann, Christian V; Pell, Reinhard; Lämmerhofer, Michael; Lindner, Wolfgang

    2008-11-15

    In an attempt to overcome the limited applicability scope of earlier proposed Cinchona alkaloid-based chiral weak anion exchangers (WAX) and recently reported aminosulfonic acid-based chiral strong cation exchangers (SCX), which are conceptionally restricted to oppositely charged solutes, their individual chiral selector (SO) subunits have been fused in a combinatorial synthesis approach into single, now zwitterionic, chiral SO motifs. The corresponding zwitterionic ion-exchange-type chiral stationary phases (CSPs) in fact combined the applicability spectra of the parent chiral ion exchangers allowing for enantioseparations of chiral acids and amine-type solutes in liquid chromatography using polar organic mode with largely rivaling separation factors as compared to the parent WAX and SCX CSPs. Furthermore, the application spectrum could be remarkably expanded to various zwitterionic analytes such as alpha- and beta-amino acids and peptides. A set of structurally related yet different CSPs consisting of either a quinine or quinidine alkaloid moiety as anion-exchange subunit and various chiral or achiral amino acids as cation-exchange subunits enabled us to derive structure-enantioselectivity relationships, which clearly provided strong unequivocal evidence for synergistic effects of the two oppositely charged ion-exchange subunits being involved in molecular recognition of zwitterionic analytes by zwitterionic SOs driven by double ionic coordination.

  11. Application of a polarity parameter model to the separation of fat-soluble vitamins by reversed-phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Herrero-Martínez, José Manuel; Izquierdo, Pere; Sales, Joaquim; Rosés, Martí; Bosch, Elisabeth

    2008-10-01

    The retention behavior of a series of fat-soluble vitamins has been established on the basis of a polarity retention model: log k = (log k)(0) + p (P(m) (N) - P(s) (N)), with p being the polarity of the solute, P(m) (N) the mobile phase polarity, and (log k)(0) and P(m) (N) two parameters for the characterization of the stationary phase. To estimate the p-values of solutes, two approaches have been considered. The first one is based on the application of a QSPR model, derived from the molecular structure of solutes and their log P(o/w), while in the second one, the p-values are obtained from several experimental measurements. The quality of prediction of both approaches has also been evaluated, with the second one giving more accurate results for the most lipophilic vitamins. This model allows establishing the best conditions to separate and determine simultaneously some fat-soluble vitamins in dairy foods.

  12. Separation of human thymocytes at different stages of maturation by centrifugation on a discontinuous gradient of colloidal silica gel.

    PubMed

    Goust, J M; Perry, L R

    1981-06-01

    Separation of human intrathymic cells on a discontinuous gradient of colloidal silica gel (Percoll) yielded four layers. The first (density 1.054 +/- 0.002 g/ml) contained stromal cells and a few thymocytes positive for terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase (Tdt), most of which were bound to large Tdt-negative non-T cells. The second layer (1.069+/- 0.003 g/ml) contained large Tdt-negative thymocytes. The third and forth layers (1.075 +/-0.004 and 1.085 +/- 0.003 g/ml, respectively) contained smaller T cells, more than 95% of which were Tdt-positive. Functional studies revealed that cells from the first layer had a high level of spontaneous [3H]thymidine uptake but did not respond to lectins; the second layer responded to PHA, ConA, and allogeneic stimuli; and the third and fourth layers did not respond to lectin stimulation. Addition of cells from the first layer to the other layers at a 1 : 10 ratio significantly increased the mitogenic responses of the cells from the second layer, but not of those from the third or fourth layer. These results suggest that, as in mice and rats, low-density intrathymic thymocytes in humans represent more mature T cells, the percentage of which increases with age.

  13. HPLC chromatofocusing of human immunoglobulins.

    PubMed

    Waldrep, J C; Schulte, J R

    1989-03-31

    A method is described for fractionation and analysis of IgA, IgM, and IgG and antibodies in human serum and/or plasma using a combination of HPLC chromatofocusing and immunoassay. A pH 9.0-3.2 gradient is utilized to separate the major proteins in the complex biological samples and monoclonal antibody based ELISAs used to determine the isotype profiles. Antigen-specific ELISAs are subsequently utilized to determine the distribution of antibody species within the chromatofocused specimens. This method is versatile since multiple simultaneous assays can easily be run on each fraction generating extensive qualitative information regarding immunoglobulin classes, subclasses, and antibodies and their distribution profiles. Such spectra will prove useful for experimental kinetic analysis of the humoral immune status of humans and experimental animals.

  14. Selective separation and determination of glucocorticoids in cosmetics using dual-template magnetic molecularly imprinted polymers and HPLC.

    PubMed

    Liu, Min; Li, Xiaoyan; Li, Junjie; Wu, Zongyuan; Wang, Fang; Liu, Li; Tan, Xuecai; Lei, Fuhou

    2017-10-15

    Molecularly imprinting polymers (MIPs) are typically prepared using a single template molecule, which allows selective separation and enrichment of only one target analyte. It is not suitable for determination of complex real samples containing multiple analytes. In order to expand the practical application of imprinted polymers, novel dual-template magnetic molecularly imprinted polymers (MMIPs) were synthesized by surface polymerization using hydrocortisone and dexamethasone as the dual-template molecules in this study. The dual-template MMIPs were prepared by copolymerization on the surface of Fe3O4@ SiO2-NH2, the template molecules, the functional monomer acrylamide (AM), the cross-linking agent ethylene glycol dimethacrylate (EGDMA), and the initiator 2,2-azobisisobutyronitrile. The morphology, magnetic properties and adsorption characteristics of the obtained dual-template MMIPs were studied by field emission scanning electron microscopy, dynamic light scattering, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, thermal gravimetric analysis, and vibrating sample magnetometry, and re-binding experiments. The results indicated that dual-template MMIPs had uniform particle size, strong magnetic properties, high thermal stability, and good mass transfer rate. To investigate the selectivity of dual-template MMIPs, the template molecules were mixed along with their structural analogs. The dual-template MMIPs revealed a significantly higher adsorption amount for the template molecule than its structure analog. The dual-template MMIPs can be used for the enrichment and determination of hydrocortisone and dexamethasone in cosmetic products with the recoveries of spiked cosmetic samples ranging from 86.8-107.5% and 91.2-104.3%, respectively. The relative standard deviation (RSD) for hydrocortisone was <2.89%, and RSD for dexamethasone was <2.62%. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  15. On-chip temperature gradient interaction chromatography.

    PubMed

    Shih, Chi-Yuan; Chen, Yang; Xie, Jun; He, Qing; Tai, Yu-Chong

    2006-04-14

    This paper reports the first integrated microelectromechanical system (MEMS) HPLC chip that consists of a parylene high-pressure LC column, an electrochemical sensor, a resistive heater and a thermal-isolation structure for on-chip temperature gradient interaction chromatography application. The separation column was 8 mm long, 100 microm wide, 25 microm high and was packed with 5 microm sized, C18-coated beads using conventional slurry-packing technique. A novel parylene-enhanced, air-gap thermal isolation technology was used to reduce heater power consumption by 58% and to reduce temperature rise in the off-column area by 67%. The fabricated chip consumed 400 mW when operated at 100 degrees C. To test the chromatography performance of the fabricated system, a mixture of derivatized amino acids was chosen for separation. A temporal temperature gradient scanning from 25 to 65 degrees C with a ramping rate of 3.6 degrees C/min was applied to the column during separation. Successful chromatographic separation of derivatized amino acids was carried out using our chip. Compared with conventional temperature gradient HPLC system which incorporates "macro oven" to generate temporal temperature gradient on the column, our chip's thermal performance, i.e., power consumption and thermal response, is greatly improved without sacrificing chromatography quality.

  16. Preparation of a novel porous poly (trimethylol propane triacrylate-co-ethylene dimethacrylate) monolithic column for highly efficient HPLC separations of small molecules.

    PubMed

    Bai, Xiaomei; Liu, Haiyan; Wei, Dan; Yang, Gengliang

    2014-02-01

    A novel poly (trimethylol propane triacrylate-co-ethylene dimethacrylate) [poly (TMPTA-co-EDMA)] monolith was prepared by in situ free-radical polymerization in a 50 mm × 4.6mm i.d. stainless steel column and was investigated for high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The porous structure of monolith was optimized by changing the conditions of polymerization. The chemical group of the monolithic column was confirmed by a Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR) method and the morphology of column structure was characterized by scanning electron microscopy (SEM). The mechanical strength and permeability were also studied. Finally, a series of low-molecular-weight organic compounds were utilized to evaluate the retention behaviors of the monolithic column. The result demonstrated that the prepared column exhibited an RP-chromatographic behavior and good separation performance. The method reproducibility was obtained by evaluating the run-to-run and column-to-column with relative standard deviations (RSDs) less than 0.7% (n=6) and 2.9% (n=6), respectively, which indicated that prepared monolithic columns had good reproducibility and stability. © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  17. Simulation of the chromatographic separation process in HPLC employing suspended-state NMR spectroscopy - comparison of interaction behavior for monomeric and hydride-modified C18 stationary phases.

    PubMed

    Yeman, Helen; Nicholson, Tim; Matyska, Maria T; Pesek, Joseph J; Albert, Klaus

    2013-01-01

    The interactions of different analytes with monomeric and hydride-modified stationary phases have been investigated employing suspended-state NMR spectroscopy. The suspended-state high-resolution/magic-angle-spinning (1)H-NMR spectrum of an analyte in the presence of C(18) SP material shows a splitting into two sets of signals for the analyte molecule. One state reflects a closer interaction between analyte and C(18) -modified surface that results in an upfield shift and broader signal half-widths. This phenomenon suggests that the analyte exists in two environments. We report a systematic approach upon the investigation on the interaction in the interface of analyte, mobile phase, and modified silica through synthesis of differently modified silica with a gradual increase in surface coverage. The determination of the signal half-widths and chemical shifts revealed a relationship between the modification technique of the C(18) SPs and the chromatographic and NMR spectroscopic behavior. Increasing ligand density results in higher shielding of the NMR signals for the analyte in the "adsorbed" state. The measurement of spin-lattice relaxation times T(1) of the analyte molecule correlate NMR parameter together with separation behavior in HPLC. Furthermore, suspended-state and solid-state NMR measurements revealed different alkyl chain mobilities for the monomeric and hydride-modified SPs. © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  18. Molecularly imprinted SPE coupled with HPLC for the selective separation and enrichment of alkyl imidazolium ionic liquids in environmental water samples.

    PubMed

    Xia, Gao; Jing, Fan; Guifen, Zhu; Xiaolong, Wang; Jianji, Wang

    2013-10-01

    A novel 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride ionic liquid surface imprinted solid-phase sorbent was synthesized. The as-prepared material was characterized by SEM, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller surface area analysis and Fourier Transform IR measurements. Then its adsorption properties for alkyl imidazolium ionic liquids, including adsorption capacities, adsorption kinetics, and properties of selective separation and enrichment were studied in detail. It was shown that the ionic liquid surface imprinted polymer exhibited high selective recognition characteristics for the imidazolium chloride ionic liquids with short alkyl chains (C(n)mimCl, n = 2, 4, 6, 8) and the adsorption equilibrium was achieved within 25 min. Various parameters were optimized for the 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride ionic liquid surface imprinted polymer SPE column, such as flow rate, eluent solvent, selectivity, and reusability of the column. Then, the SPE column coupled with HPLC was used for the determination of alkyl imidazolium ionic liquids. Experimental results showed that the existence of their structural analogs and common concomitants in environmental matrices did not affect the enrichment of 1-butyl-3-methyl imidazolium chloride ionic liquid. The average recoveries of 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloride ionic liquid in spiked water samples were in the range of 92.0-102.0% with the RSD lower than 5.8%.

  19. Enantioselective preparative HPLC separation of the HBCD-Stereoisomers from the technical product and their absolute structure elucidation using X-ray crystallography.

    PubMed

    Koeppen, Robert; Becker, Roland; Emmerling, Franziska; Jung, Christian; Nehls, Irene

    2007-03-01

    1,2,5,6,9,10-Hexabromocyclododecane (HBCD) is a widely used flame retardant, which tends to persist in the environment and accumulates in biota. The six stereoisomers (three racemates named alpha-, beta-, and gamma-HBCD) of the technical mixture were isolated with high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Direct separations were performed on a chiral stationary phase containing permethylated beta-cyclodextrin (NUCLEODEX beta-PM column) and the pure enantiomers of alpha-, beta-, and gamma-HBCD were physically characterized for the first time. The absolute configurations of all six isomers were determined by anomalous dispersion using single crystal X-ray crystallography. Optical rotations alphaD in tetrahydrofuran were +4.2/-4.0 (alpha-HBCD), +26.1/-27.5 (beta-HBCD), and +68.0/-66.3 (gamma-HBCD). The sense of rotation could be correlated with the absolute configurations of alpha-, beta-, and gamma-HBCD enantiomers and their order of elution on a chiral permethylated beta-cyclodextrin-bonded stationary phase. The diastereomersalpha-, beta-, and gamma-HBCD displayed distinctly different melting points as well as (1)H-, (13)C NMR, and IR spectra.

  20. Microphase Separation and Shear Alignment of Gradient Copolymers: Melt Rheology and Small-Angle X-Ray Scattering Analysis

    SciTech Connect

    Mok, Michelle M.; Pujari, Saswati; Burghardt, Wesley R.; Dettmer, Christine M.; Nguyen, SonBinh T.; Ellison, Christopher J.; Torkelson, John M.

    2008-10-24

    The degree of microphase or nanophase segregation in gradient copolymers with compositions varying across the whole copolymer backbone is studied via low-amplitude oscillatory shear (LAOS) measurements and small-angle X-ray scattering (SAXS). Studies are done as a function of comonomer segregation strength, molecular weight (MW), gradient architecture and temperature. Controlled radical polymerization is used to synthesize strongly segregating styrene/4-acetoxystyrene (S/AS) and the more weakly segregating S/n-butyl acrylate (S/nBA) gradient copolymers. Results are compared to those from S/AS and S/nBA random and block copolymers. The higher MW S/AS gradient copolymer exhibits LAOS behavior similar to the highly microphase segregated S/AS block copolymer, while the lower MW S/AS gradient copolymer exhibits complex, nonterminal behavior indicative of a lower degree of microphase segregation. The S/nBA gradient copolymers demonstrate more liquidlike behavior, with the lower MW sample exhibiting near-Newtonian behavior, indicative of a weakly segregating structure, while the higher MW, steeper gradient sample shows behavior ranging from solidlike to more liquidlike with increasing temperature. With the exception of the lower MW S/nBA case, the gradient copolymers exhibit temperature-dependent LAOS behavior over a wide temperature range, reflecting their temperature-dependent nanodomain composition amplitudes. The S/AS samples have SAXS results consistent with the degree of microphase segregation observed via rheology. Shear alignment studies are done on the higher MW S/AS gradient copolymer, which is the most highly microphase segregated gradient copolymer. Rheology and SAXS provide evidence of shear alignment, despite the gradual variation in composition profile across the nanodomains of such gradient copolymers. A short review of the nomenclature and behavior of linear copolymer architectures is also provided.

  1. Application of an efficient strategy based on liquid-liquid extraction, high-speed counter-current chromatography, and preparative HPLC for the rapid enrichment, separation, and purification of four anthraquinones from Rheum tanguticum.

    PubMed

    Chen, Tao; Liu, Yongling; Zou, Denglang; Chen, Chen; You, Jinmao; Zhou, Guoying; Sun, Jing; Li, Yulin

    2014-01-01

    This study presents an efficient strategy based on liquid-liquid extraction, high-speed counter-current chromatography, and preparative HPLC for the rapid enrichment, separation, and purification of four anthraquinones from Rheum tanguticum. A new solvent system composed of petroleum ether/ethyl acetate/water (4:2:1, v/v/v) was developed for the liquid-liquid extraction of the crude extract from R. tanguticum. As a result, emodin, aloe-emodin, physcion, and chrysophanol were greatly enriched in the organic layer. In addition, an efficient method was successfully established to separate and purify the above anthraquinones by high-speed counter-current chromatography and preparative HPLC. This study supplies a new alternative method for the rapid enrichment, separation, and purification of emodin, aloe-emodin, physcione, and chrysophanol.

  2. Separation and identification of an oligomeric light stabilizer Chimassorb 944 by gradient elution chromatography coupled with matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Kong, Xiu; Diao, Xingli; Wan, Qian-Hong

    2014-10-17

    A non-aqueous reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method has been developed to separate a light stabilizer Chimassorb 944 into individual oligomers, which are further identified using pre-column fluorescent derivatization and matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS). Consistent with previous studies, we find that the Chimassorb 944 product is a complex mixture consisting of a homologous series with the amine end groups and the number of repeat units (n) span from 1 to 26. In addition to the dominant linear species, cyclic oligomers are present at relatively high levels in the low-mass range. Their concentration decreases rapidly with the length of the oligomer backbone and becomes undetectable when n>7. Moreover, comparison of the HPLC and MALDI-MS molar mass distributions of Chimassorb 944 shows that the HPLC analysis produces greater molar mass averages and thus offers an effective means for accurate measure of the relative abundances of the oligomers.

  3. Implementation of gradients of organic solvent in micellar liquid chromatography using DryLab(®): separation of basic compounds in urine samples.

    PubMed

    Rodenas-Montano, J; Ortiz-Bolsico, C; Ruiz-Angel, M J; García-Alvarez-Coque, M C

    2014-05-30

    In micellar liquid chromatography (MLC), chromatographic peaks are more evenly distributed compared to conventional reversed-phase liquid chromatography (RPLC). This is the reason that most procedures are implemented using isocratic elution. However, gradient elution may be still useful in MLC to analyse mixtures of compounds within a wide range of polarities, decreasing the analysis time. Also, it benefits the determination of moderately to low polar compounds in physiological fluids performing direct injection: an initial micellar eluent with a low organic solvent content, or a pure micellar (without surfactant) solution, will provide better protection of the column against the proteins in the physiological fluid, and once the proteins are swept away, the elution strength can be increased using a positive linear gradient of organic solvent to reduce the analysis time. This work aims to encourage analysts to implement gradients of organic solvent in MLC, which is rather simple and allows rapid analytical procedures without pre-treatment or the need of re-equilibration. The implementation of gradient elution is illustrated through the separation of eight basic compounds (β-blockers) in urine samples directly injected into the chromatograph, the most hydrophobic showing large retention in both conventional RPLC and MLC. The use of the DryLab(®) software to optimise gradients of organic solvent with eluents containing a fixed amount of surfactant above the critical micellar concentration is shown to provide satisfactory predictions, and can facilitate greatly the implementation of gradient protocols.

  4. Potassium tartrate-glycerol as a density gradient substrate for separation of small, round viruses from human feces.

    PubMed Central

    Ashley, C R; Caul, E O

    1982-01-01

    Cesium chloride density gradients are frequently used for virus concentration or purification in the preparation of human feces for examination by electron microscopy, Disruption of some of the fecal viruses occurs if they are pelleted from the density gradient in an additional concentration step. This report highlights an important limitation imposed by the use of cesium chloride as a density gradient substrate in attempting to recover small, round, virus-like particles from feces and suggests an alternative substrate which preserves virus morphology without the use of additional protective agents. Images PMID:6288767

  5. Identification and quantification of coumarins in Peucedanum ostruthium (L.) Koch by HPLC-DAD and HPLC-DAD-MS.

    PubMed

    Vogl, Sylvia; Zehl, Martin; Picker, Paolo; Urban, Ernst; Wawrosch, Christoph; Reznicek, Gottfried; Saukel, Johannes; Kopp, Brigitte

    2011-05-11

    The rhizomes of Peucedanum ostruthium (L.) Koch (masterwort) are traditionally used in the alpine region as ingredient of liqueurs and bitters, and as a herbal drug. A sensitive and specific high-performance liquid chromatography-diode-array detection-mass spectrometry (HPLC-DAD-MS) method has been developed for the simultaneous identification and quantification of its main coumarins, oxypeucedanin hydrate, oxypeucedanin, ostruthol, imperatorin, osthole, isoimperatorin, and ostruthin. Fast HPLC separation could be achieved on an Acclaim C18 column (150 mm × 2.1 mm i.d., 3 μm) using a mobile phase gradient of acetonitrile-water modified with 0.01% acetic acid. The quantification by HPLC-DAD was performed with imperatorin as external standard and validated to demonstrate selectivity, linearity, precision, and accuracy. The content of the main coumarins was quantitated in various batches of commercial and field-collected rhizomes of Peucedanum ostruthium, as well as in beverages prepared thereof.

  6. High-performance chromatofocusing using linear and concave pH gradients formed with simple buffer mixtures. II. Separation of proteins.

    PubMed

    Kang, X; Bates, R C; Frey, D D

    2000-08-18

    The separation of proteins using high-performance chromatofocusing with linear or concave pH gradients formed using simple mixtures of buffering species in the elution buffer is investigated experimentally. The separation achieved is comparable to that using polyampholyte elution buffers with these types of systems. More specifically, protein band widths at one half of the band height in the range between 0.1 and 0.025 pH units were observed, and good resolution was achieved of protein variants differing by a single amino acid residue in separation times of 30 min or less. An especially useful elution buffer is investigated that contains only four buffering species and that produces a linear pH gradient in the range between pH 9.5 and 6.0 when used together with a particular high-performance column packing made specifically for chromatofocusing. This elution buffer and column packing combination is evaluated by using it for the chromatofocusing of equine myoglobin and human hemoglobin variants. Additional applications are described in which a polyethyleneimine derivatized silica column packing and a pH gradient that is concave in shape are used for the separation of proteins in an E. coli cell lysate.

  7. Separation and identification of DMPO adducts of oxygen-centered radicals formed from organic hydroperoxides by HPLC-ESR, ESI-MS and MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Guo, Qiong; Qian, Steven Y; Mason, Ronald P

    2003-08-01

    Many electron spin resonance (ESR) spectra of 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyrroline N-oxide (DMPO) radical adducts from the reaction of organic hydroperoxides with heme proteins or Fe(2+) were assigned to the adducts of DMPO with peroxyl, alkoxyl, and alkyl radicals. In particular, the controversial assignment of DMPO/peroxyl radical adducts was based on the close similarity of their ESR spectra to that of the DMPO/superoxide radical adduct in conjunction with their insensitivity to superoxide dismutase, which distinguishes the peroxyl adducts from the DMPO/superoxide adduct. Although recent reports assigned the spectra suggested to be DMPO/peroxyl radical adducts to the DMPO/methoxyl adduct based on independent synthesis of the adduct and/or (17)O-labeling, (17)O-labeling is extremely expensive, and both of these assignments were still based on hyperfine coupling constants, which have not been confirmed by independent techniques. In this study, we have used online high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC or LC)/ESR, electrospray ionization-mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS) to separate and directly characterize DMPO oxygen-centered radical adducts formed from the reaction of Fe(2+) with t-butyl or cumene hydroperoxide. In each reaction system, two DMPO oxygen-centered radical adducts were separated and detected by online LC/ESR. The first DMPO radical adduct from both systems showed identical chromatographic retention times (t(R) = 9.6 min) and hyperfine coupling constants (a(N) = 14.51 G, a(H)(beta) = 10.71 G, and a(H)(gamma) = 1.32 G). The ESI-MS and MS/MS spectra demonstrated that this radical was the DMPO/methoxyl radical adduct, not the peroxyl radical adduct as was thought at one time, although its ESR spectrum is nearly identical to that of the DMPO/superoxide radical adduct. Similarly, based on their MS/MS spectra, we verified that the second adducts (a(N) = 14.86 G and a(H)(beta) = 16.06 G in the reaction system containing t

  8. A rapid technique for lymphocyte preparation prior to two-color immunofluorescence analysis of lymphocyte subsets using flow cytometry. Comparison with density gradient separation.

    PubMed

    Mansour, I; Bourin, P; Rouger, P; Doinel, C

    1990-02-20

    A technique is described for lymphocyte preparation which permits analyses by two-color immunofluorescence and flow cytometry. It consists, briefly, of the lysis of red blood cells and washing of white blood cells prior to labeling. We tested this technique with a large panel of monoclonal antibodies in mono- and dual immunofluorescence. By comparing these results to those obtained after density gradient separation, we found the following statistically significant differences: the count of the phenotype B1+ was higher after whole blood lysis preparation than after density gradient separation; whereas, the corresponding counts of OKT4+ and Leu-4-Leu-7+ phenotypes were lower. No difference was detected with OKT8+, Leu-4+, OKT8+Leu-4+, OKT8+Leu-4-, OKT8-Leu-4+, OKT8+Leu-7+, Leu-4+Leu-7+, Leu-4-Leu-11c+, OKT8+Leu-11c+ and OKT8+Leu-15+ phenotypes. We have studied the reproducibility of both methods and the correlation between them. The disparity of the lymphocyte subset count between these two methods, though statistically significant, was relatively weak and seems to be due to the density gradient separation. Since the preparation of lymphocytes using the density gradient method is time consuming, we propose whole blood lysis as an alternative lymphocyte separation method when assessing immune status in human disease by flow cytometry. It offers the following advantages: (i) it does not require additional steps, (ii) it permits two-color immunofluorescence through the labeling of white blood cells after washing, (iii) it is reliable, (iv) it is reproducible, and (v) it is helpful in studies of lymphopenia since it offers the possibility of lymphocyte enrichment.

  9. Gradient HPLC of samples extracted from the green microalga Botryococcus braunii using highly efficient columns packed with 2.6 μm Kinetex-C₁₈ core-shell particles.

    PubMed

    Gritti, Fabrice; Perdu, Marie-Agnès; Guiochon, Georges

    2012-03-16

    The analysis of the nonpolar extract of the cells of colonies of the green colonial microalgae Botryococcus braunii was performed by gradient HPLC. The growth of B. braunii was stressed by reducing its nitrogen nutrients by 90%, in order to enhance the production of nonpolar compounds. Highly efficient 4.6mm × 100mm columns packed with 2.6 μm Kinetex-C(18) core-shell particles (Phenomenex, Torrance, CA, USA) were used. The gradient mobile phase was a mixture of acetonitrile and water (70-97%, v/v). Its initial and final compositions during the gradient elution were chosen so that the retention factors of the last eluted compound at the inlet and outlet of the column were 15 and 1, respectively. The highest peak capacity was obtained by optimizing several experimental parameters, including the injected sample volume, the flow rate, and the column length. The highest resolution was obtained by connecting one 4.6 mm × 150 mm and three 4.6mm × 100mm columns (total length 45 cm). The optimum flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, which provided the minimum plate height for the most retained compounds, the optimum inlet pressure was 930 bar and the injected volume 2 μL. The analysis time was then 14 min for a peak capacity of 121. The trends observed for the variation of the experimental peak capacity with the flow rate and the column length are in excellent agreement with theoretical predictions. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Multiple, simultaneous, independent gradients for a versatile multidimensional liquid chromatography. Part II: Application 2: Computer controlled pH gradients in the presence of urea provide improved separation of proteins: Stability influenced anion and cation exchange chromatography.

    PubMed

    Hirsh, Allen G; Tsonev, Latchezar I

    2017-04-28

    This paper details the use of a method of creating controlled pH gradients (pISep) to improve the separation of protein isoforms on ion exchange (IEX) stationary phases in the presence of various isocratic levels of urea. The pISep technology enables the development of computer controlled pH gradients on both cationic (CEX) and anionic (AEX) IEX stationary phases over the very wide pH range from 2 to 12. In pISep, titration curves generated by proportional mixing of the acidic and basic pISep working buffers alone, or in the presence of non-buffering solutes such as the neutral salt NaCl (0-1M), polar organics such as urea (0-8M) or acetonitrile (0-80 Vol%), can be fitted with high fidelity using high order polynomials which, in turn allows construction of a mathematical manifold %A (% acidic pISep buffer) vs. pH vs. [non-buffering solute], permitting precise computer control of pH and the non-buffering solute concentration allowing formation of dual uncoupled liquid chromatographic (LC) gradients of arbitrary shape (Hirsh and Tsonev, 2012 [1]). The separation of protein isoforms examined in this paper by use of such pH gradients in the presence of urea demonstrates the fractionation power of a true single step two dimensional liquid chromatography which we denote as Stability-Influenced Ion Exchange Chromatography (SIIEX). We present evidence that SIIEX is capable of increasing the resolution of protein isoforms difficult to separate by ordinary pH gradient IEX, and potentially simplifying the development of laboratory and production purification strategies involving on-column simultaneous pH and urea unfolding or refolding of targeted proteins. We model some of the physics implied by the dynamics of the observed protein fractionations as a function of both urea concentration and pH assuming that urea-induced native state unfolding competes with native state electrostatic interaction binding to an IEX stationary phase. Implications for in vivo protein

  11. Retinoid quantification by HPLC/MS(n)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McCaffery, Peter; Evans, James; Koul, Omanand; Volpert, Amy; Reid, Kevin; Ullman, M. David

    2002-01-01

    Retinoic acid (RA) mediates most of the biological effects of vitamin A that are essential for vertebrate survival. It acts through binding to receptors that belong to the nuclear receptor transcription factor superfamily (Mangelsdorf et al. 1994). It is also a highly potent vertebrate teratogen. To determine the function and effects of endogenous and exogenous RA, it is important to have a highly specific, sensitive, accurate, and precise analytical procedure. Current analyses of RA and other retinoids are labor intensive, of poor sensitivity, have limited specificity, or require compatibility with RA reporter cell lines (Chen et al. 1995. BIOCHEM: Pharmacol. 50: 1257-1264; Creech Kraft et al. 1994. BIOCHEM: J. 301: 111-119; Lanvers et al. 1996. J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Appl. 685: 233-240; Maden et al. 1998. DEVELOPMENT: 125: 4133-4144; Wagner et al. 1992. DEVELOPMENT: 116: 55-66). This paper describes an HPLC/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry product ion scan (HPLC/MS(n)) procedure for the analysis of retinoids that employs atmospheric pressure chemical ionization MS. The retinoids are separated by normal-phase column chromatography with a linear hexane-isopropanol-dioxane gradient. Each retinoid is detected by a unique series of MS(n) functions set at optimal collision-induced dissociation energy (30% to 32%) for all MS(n) steps. The scan events are divided into three segments, based on HPLC elution order, to maximize the mass spectrometer duty cycle. The all-trans, 9-cis, and 13-cis RA isomers are separated, if desired, by an isocratic hexane-dioxane-isopropanol mobile phase. This paper describes an HPLC/MS(n) procedure possessing high sensitivity and specificity for retinoids.

  12. Retinoid quantification by HPLC/MS(n)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    McCaffery, Peter; Evans, James; Koul, Omanand; Volpert, Amy; Reid, Kevin; Ullman, M. David

    2002-01-01

    Retinoic acid (RA) mediates most of the biological effects of vitamin A that are essential for vertebrate survival. It acts through binding to receptors that belong to the nuclear receptor transcription factor superfamily (Mangelsdorf et al. 1994). It is also a highly potent vertebrate teratogen. To determine the function and effects of endogenous and exogenous RA, it is important to have a highly specific, sensitive, accurate, and precise analytical procedure. Current analyses of RA and other retinoids are labor intensive, of poor sensitivity, have limited specificity, or require compatibility with RA reporter cell lines (Chen et al. 1995. BIOCHEM: Pharmacol. 50: 1257-1264; Creech Kraft et al. 1994. BIOCHEM: J. 301: 111-119; Lanvers et al. 1996. J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Appl. 685: 233-240; Maden et al. 1998. DEVELOPMENT: 125: 4133-4144; Wagner et al. 1992. DEVELOPMENT: 116: 55-66). This paper describes an HPLC/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry product ion scan (HPLC/MS(n)) procedure for the analysis of retinoids that employs atmospheric pressure chemical ionization MS. The retinoids are separated by normal-phase column chromatography with a linear hexane-isopropanol-dioxane gradient. Each retinoid is detected by a unique series of MS(n) functions set at optimal collision-induced dissociation energy (30% to 32%) for all MS(n) steps. The scan events are divided into three segments, based on HPLC elution order, to maximize the mass spectrometer duty cycle. The all-trans, 9-cis, and 13-cis RA isomers are separated, if desired, by an isocratic hexane-dioxane-isopropanol mobile phase. This paper describes an HPLC/MS(n) procedure possessing high sensitivity and specificity for retinoids.

  13. [Contribution to the mobile phase selection for HPLC separation in order to make the identification and quantitative determination using the UV-VIS detector].

    PubMed

    Negru, J; Spac, A F; Dorneanu, V

    2011-01-01

    The aim of this study is to elaborate a HPLC with UV detection method for the analysis of some AINS, method which can be transferred in a system with mass spectrometry detection. More AINS drugs (diclofenac sodium, ibuprophen, ketoprofen, meloxicame, piroxicame, tenoxicame, nimesulide, phenylbutazone and indomethacin) were studied by UV spectrophotometry and by HPLC. The UV spectra of the studied AINS were recorded in pure solvents or in a mixture of solvents in order to establish the absorbance that will be used for HPLC detection in UV. To establish the optimum chromatographic parameters, the influence of the flow and of the composition of the mobile phase (both of the aqueous and organic phases) were studied too. The proposed procedure is easy and relatively with low cost regarding the MS detection.

  14. Separation of statistical poly[(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)-co-(vinyl acetate)]s by reversed-phase gradient liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Cheng, Guanglou; Cullen, Jim; Wu, Chi-san

    2011-01-14

    Although size exclusion chromatography (SEC) has been used successfully to determine the molecular weight distribution (MWD) of statistical poly[(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)-co-(vinyl acetate)]s [PVPVAs], SEC cannot separate the copolymers according to their chemical composition. In this article, the separation of commercial PVPVAs with varying chemical compositions is reported, by aqueous reversed-phase gradient liquid chromatography (RPLC) using polystyrene-divinylbenzene-based wide pore columns. RPLC-SEC cross-fractionation indicates the presence of molar mass dependant effects during RPLC separation due to broad MWD for the copolymer studied; therefore the width of the RPLC peak could not be associated entirely with chemical composition distribution of the copolymer. Coupling of RPLC with online FTIR spectroscopy reveals the increase of VA content with increasing THF gradient, an indication of interaction mechanism between VA repeating units and the stationary phase for water soluble PVPVAs. Separation of water insoluble PVPVAs and PVAs by the RPLC are possibly based on both interaction and precipitation/redissolution mechanisms.

  15. Validation of a pH gradient-based ion-exchange chromatography method for high-resolution monoclonal antibody charge variant separations.

    PubMed

    Rea, Jennifer C; Moreno, G Tony; Lou, Yun; Farnan, Dell

    2011-01-25

    Ion-exchange chromatography is widely used for profiling the charge heterogeneity of proteins, including monoclonal antibodies. Despite good resolving power and robustness, ionic strength-based ion-exchange separations are product-specific and time-consuming to develop. We have previously reported a novel pH-based separation of proteins by cation exchange chromatography that was multi-product, high-resolution, and robust against variations in sample matrix salt concentration and pH. In this study, a pH gradient-based separation method using cation exchange chromatography was evaluated in a mock validation. This method was shown to be robust for monoclonal antibodies and suitable for its intended purpose of charge heterogeneity analysis. Simple mixtures of defined buffer components were used to generate the pH gradients that separated closely related antibody species. Validation characteristics, such as precision and linearity, were evaluated. Robustness to changes in protein load, buffer pH and column oven temperature was demonstrated. The stability-indicating capability of this method was determined using thermally stressed antibody samples. In addition, intermediate precision was demonstrated using multiple instruments, multiple analysts, multiple column lots, and different column manufacturers. Finally, the precision for this method was compared to conventional ion-exchange chromatography and imaged capillary isoelectric focusing. These results demonstrate the superior precision and robustness of this multi-product method, which can be used for the high-throughput evaluation of in-process and final product samples.

  16. Spectroscopic characterization and quantitative determination of atorvastatin calcium impurities by novel HPLC method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gupta, Lokesh Kumar

    2012-11-01

    Seven process related impurities were identified by LC-MS in the atorvastatin calcium drug substance. These impurities were identified by LC-MS. The structure of impurities was confirmed by modern spectroscopic techniques like 1H NMR and IR and physicochemical studies conducted by using synthesized authentic reference compounds. The synthesized reference samples of the impurity compounds were used for the quantitative HPLC determination. These impurities were detected by newly developed gradient, reverse phase high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method. The system suitability of HPLC analysis established the validity of the separation. The analytical method was validated according to International Conference of Harmonization (ICH) with respect to specificity, precision, accuracy, linearity, robustness and stability of analytical solutions to demonstrate the power of newly developed HPLC method.

  17. Spectroscopic characterization and quantitative determination of atorvastatin calcium impurities by novel HPLC method.

    PubMed

    Gupta, Lokesh Kumar

    2012-11-01

    Seven process related impurities were identified by LC-MS in the atorvastatin calcium drug substance. These impurities were identified by LC-MS. The structure of impurities was confirmed by modern spectroscopic techniques like (1)H NMR and IR and physicochemical studies conducted by using synthesized authentic reference compounds. The synthesized reference samples of the impurity compounds were used for the quantitative HPLC determination. These impurities were detected by newly developed gradient, reverse phase high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method. The system suitability of HPLC analysis established the validity of the separation. The analytical method was validated according to International Conference of Harmonization (ICH) with respect to specificity, precision, accuracy, linearity, robustness and stability of analytical solutions to demonstrate the power of newly developed HPLC method.

  18. Application of linear pH gradients for the modeling of ion exchange chromatography: Separation of monoclonal antibody monomer from aggregates.

    PubMed

    Kluters, Simon; Wittkopp, Felix; Jöhnck, Matthias; Frech, Christian

    2016-02-01

    The mobile phase pH is a key parameter of every ion exchange chromatography process. However, mechanistic insights into the pH influence on the ion exchange chromatography equilibrium are rare. This work describes a mechanistic model capturing salt and pH influence in ion exchange chromatography. The pH dependence of the characteristic protein charge and the equilibrium constant is introduced to the steric mass action model based on a protein net charge model considering the number of amino acids interacting with the stationary phase. This allows the description of the adsorption equilibrium of the chromatographed proteins as a function of pH. The model parameters were determined for a monoclonal antibody monomer, dimer, and a higher aggregated species based on a manageable set of pH gradient experiments. Without further modification of the model parameters the transfer to salt gradient elution at fixed pH is demonstrated. A lumped rate model was used to predict the separation of the monoclonal antibody monomer/aggregate mixture in pH gradient elution and for a pH step elution procedure-also at increased protein loadings up to 48 g/L packed resin. The presented model combines both salt and pH influence and may be useful for the development and deeper understanding of an ion exchange chromatography separation.

  19. Parameters affecting the separation of intact proteins in gradient-elution reversed-phase chromatography using poly(styrene-co-divinylbenzene) monolithic capillary columns.

    PubMed

    Detobel, Frederik; Broeckhoven, Ken; Wellens, Joke; Wouters, Bert; Swart, Remco; Ursem, Mario; Desmet, Gert; Eeltink, Sebastiaan

    2010-04-30

    An experimental study was performed to investigate the effects of column parameters and gradient conditions on the separation of intact proteins using styrene-based monolithic columns. The effect of flow rate on peak width was investigated at constant gradient steepness by normalizing the gradient time for the column hold-up time. When operating the column at a temperature of 60 degrees C a small C-term effect was observed in a flow rate range of 1-4 microL/min. However, the C-term effect on peak width is not as strong as the decrease in peak width due to increasing flow rate. The peak capacity increased according to the square root of the column length. Decreasing the macropore size of the polymer monolith while maintaining the column length constant, resulted in an increase in peak capacity. A trade-off between peak capacity and total analysis time was made for 50, 100, and 250 mm long monolithic columns and a microparticulate column packed with 5 microm porous silica particles while operating at a flow rate of 2 microL/min. The peak capacity per unit time of the 50mm long monolithic column with small pore size was superior when the total analysis time is below 120 min, yielding a maximum peak capacity of 380. For more demanding separations the 250 mm long monolith provided the highest peak capacity in the shortest possible time frame.

  20. Monolithic polymer layer with gradient of hydrophobicity for separation of peptides using two-dimensional thin layer chromatography and MALDI-TOF-MS detection.

    PubMed

    Urbanova, Iva; Svec, Frantisek

    2011-08-01

    Superhydrophobic monolithic porous polymer layers supported onto glass plates with a gradient of hydrophobicity have been prepared and used for 2-D thin layer chromatography of peptides. The 50 μm-thin poly(glycidyl methacrylate-co-ethylene dimethacrylate) layers prepared using UV-initiated polymerization in a simple mold were first hydrolyzed using dilute sulfuric acid and then hydrophilized via two-step grafting of poly(ethylene glycol) methacrylate to obtain superhydrophilic plates. The hydrophobicity was then formed by photografting of lauryl methacrylate. The exposure to UV light that initiates photografting was spatially controlled using moving shutter that enabled forming of the diagonal gradient of hydrophobicity. This new concept enables the solutes to encounter the gradient for each of the two sequential developments. Practical application of our novel plates was demonstrated with a rapid 2-D separation of a mixture of model peptides gly-tyr, val-tyr-val, leucine enkephalin, and oxytocin in dual reversed-phase mode using different mobile phases in each direction. Detection of fluorescent-labeled peptides was achieved through UV light visualization while separation of native leucine enkephalin and oxytocin was monitored directly using MALDI mass spectrometry.

  1. Rapid Determination of Amino Acids in Beer, Red Wine, and Donkey-Hide Gelatin by Gradient Elution of HPLC: From Micellar Liquid Chromatography to High Submicellar Liquid Chromatography.

    PubMed

    Xie, Yunfei; Luo, Tian; Yang, Jing; Dong, Yuming

    2017-07-31

    Amino acids (AAs) in beer, red wine, and donkey-hide gelatin were rapidly determined by gradient LC elution from micellar LC to high submicellar LC. Mobile phase A was a 0.075 M sodium dodecyl sulfate solution containing 20 mM ammonium acetate with a pH value adjusted to 3.5 with acetic acid solution, and mobile phase B was acetonitrile. Optimized chromatographic conditions were as follows: mobile phase B increased from 25 to 60% (v/v) in 30 min and the use of a Venusil XBP C18 column (5 µm, 250 × 4.6 mm) as the stationary phase, with a column temperature of 35°C, flow rate of 1.2 mL/min, and detection wavelength of 266 nm. The results indicated good linearity (r² ≥ 0.9924). The intraday precision of the retention time was RSD ≤ 1.1%, whereas interday was RSD ≤ 3.2%; intraday precision of the peak area was RSD ≤ 3.3%, whereas interday was RSD ≤ 4.9%. The range of recovery was 94.6-102.4%. The RSDs of the retention time for the AAs for the different samples were 0.04-0.31%.

  2. Simulation of elution profiles in liquid chromatography - II: Investigation of injection volume overload under gradient elution conditions applied to second dimension separations in two-dimensional liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Stoll, Dwight R; Sajulga, Ray W; Voigt, Bryan N; Larson, Eli J; Jeong, Lena N; Rutan, Sarah C

    2017-07-12

    An important research direction in the continued development of two-dimensional liquid chromatography (2D-LC) is to improve the detection sensitivity of the method. This is especially important in applications where injection of large volumes of effluent from the first dimension ((1)D) column into the second dimension ((2)D) column leads to severe (2)D peak broadening and peak shape distortion. For example, this is common when coupling two reversed-phase columns and the organic solvent content of the (1)D mobile phase overwhelms the (2)D column with each injection of (1)D effluent, leading to low resolution in the second dimension. In a previous study we validated a simulation approach based on the Craig distribution model and adapted from the work of Czok and Guiochon [1] that enabled accurate simulation of simple isocratic and gradient separations with very small injection volumes, and isocratic separations with mismatched injection and mobile phase solvents [2]. In the present study we have extended this simulation approach to simulate separations relevant to 2D-LC. Specifically, we have focused on simulating (2)D separations where gradient elution conditions are used, there is mismatch between the sample solvent and the starting point in the gradient elution program, injection volumes approach or even exceed the dead volume of the (2)D column, and the extent of sample loop filling is varied. To validate this simulation we have compared results from simulations and experiments for 101 different conditions, including variation in injection volume (0.4-80μL), loop filling level (25-100%), and degree of mismatch between sample organic solvent and the starting point in the gradient elution program (-20 to +20% ACN). We find that that the simulation is accurate enough (median errors in retention time and peak width of -1.0 and -4.9%, without corrections for extra-column dispersion) to be useful in guiding optimization of 2D-LC separations. However, this requires

  3. Efficient application of monolithic silica column to determination of illicit heroin street sample by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Macchia, Marco; Bertini, Simone; Mori, Claudio; Orlando, Caterina; Papi, Chiara; Placanica, Giorgio

    2004-03-01

    In this paper, an HPLC method is proposed for a routine, rapid and simple analysis of heroin samples confiscated from the illicit market, based on a new type of packing for HPLC columns (monolithic silica). Acetonitrile and pH 3.5 phosphate buffer solution were used under both isocratic and gradient conditions. Under our analytical conditions, all the components of a typical mixture of an illicit heroin sample proved to be fully separated into well-resolved peaks in 7 min. Analytical linearity and accuracy of the method were also studied for all analytes using tetracaine hydrochloride as the internal standard.

  4. Separating natural from anthropogenic causes of impairment in Zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha) populations living across a pollution gradient.

    PubMed

    Faria, Melissa; Ochoa, Victoria; Blázquez, Mercedes; Juan, Maria Fernandes San; Lazzara, Raimondo; Lacorte, Silvia; Soares, Amadeu M V M; Barata, Carlos

    2014-07-01

    The relationship between the reproductive stage, the total lipid content and eight broadly used biochemical stress responses were used to assess seasonal and pollutant effects across eleven different zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha) populations from the Ebro and Mijares river basin, Spain. Biochemical markers included superoxide dismutase (SOD), catalase (CAT), glutathione (GSH), glutathione S transferase (GST), multixenobiotic transporter activity (MXR), lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), lipid peroxidation (LPO) and single strand DNA breaks. Principal component analyses of zebra mussel responses across an annual cycle, showed a marked gonad stage component in total lipid content and biochemical responses. The same response pattern was observed across the populations sampled along a broad geographical and pollution gradient. Population differences on the gonad developmental stage were highly correlated with most of the measured responses and unrelated with the pollution gradient. Conversely, bioaccumulation of organic and inorganic contaminant residues was more related to pollution sources than with the reproductive cycle. These results indicate that the reproductive cycle is the major factor affecting the temporal and spatial variation of the studied markers in D. polymorpha.

  5. Separation of cordycepin from Cordyceps militaris fermentation supernatant using preparative HPLC and evaluation of its antibacterial activity as an NAD(+)-dependent DNA ligase inhibitor.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Xiaofeng; Cai, Guoqiang; He, Yi; Tong, Guotong

    2016-09-01

    Cordycepin exhibits various bio-activities, including anticancer, antibacterial, antiviral and immune regulation activities, and is a significant focus of research. However, the preparation of high-purity cordycepin remains challenging. Also, the molecular target with which cordycepin interacts to cause an antibacterial effect remains unknown. In the present study, cordycepin was prepared by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (prep-HPLC) and the purity obtained was 99.6%, indicating that this technique may be useful for the large-scale isolation of cordycepin in the future. The results of computational molecular docking analysis indicated that the interaction energy between cordycepin and NAD+-dependent DNA ligase (LigA) was lower than that between cordycepin and other common antibacterial targets. The highly pure cordycepin obtained by prep-HPLC demonstrated inhibitory activity against LigA from various bacteria in vitro. In conclusion, cordycepin may be useful as a broad-spectrum antibiotic targeting LigA in various bacteria.

  6. A Centrifugal Microfluidic Platform That Separates Whole Blood Samples into Multiple Removable Fractions Due to Several Discrete but Continuous Density Gradient Sections

    SciTech Connect

    Moen, Scott T.; Hatcher, Christopher L.; Singh, Anup K.

    2016-04-07

    We present a miniaturized centrifugal platform that uses density centrifugation for separation and analysis of biological components in small volume samples (~5 μL). We demonstrate the ability to enrich leukocytes for on-disk visualization via microscopy, as well as recovery of viable cells from each of the gradient partitions. In addition, we simplified the traditional Modified Wright-Giemsa staining by decreasing the time, volume, and expertise involved in the procedure. From a whole blood sample, we were able to extract 95.15% of leukocytes while excluding 99.8% of red blood cells. Ultimately, this platform has great potential in both medical diagnostics and research applications as it offers a simpler, automated, and inexpensive method for biological sample separation, analysis, and downstream culturing.

  7. A Centrifugal Microfluidic Platform That Separates Whole Blood Samples into Multiple Removable Fractions Due to Several Discrete but Continuous Density Gradient Sections

    PubMed Central

    Moen, Scott T.; Hatcher, Christopher L.; Singh, Anup K.

    2016-01-01

    We present a miniaturized centrifugal platform that uses density centrifugation for separation and analysis of biological components in small volume samples (~5 μL). We demonstrate the ability to enrich leukocytes for on-disk visualization via microscopy, as well as recovery of viable cells from each of the gradient partitions. In addition, we simplified the traditional Modified Wright-Giemsa staining by decreasing the time, volume, and expertise involved in the procedure. From a whole blood sample, we were able to extract 95.15% of leukocytes while excluding 99.8% of red blood cells. This platform has great potential in both medical diagnostics and research applications as it offers a simpler, automated, and inexpensive method for biological sample separation, analysis, and downstream culturing. PMID:27054764

  8. A Centrifugal Microfluidic Platform That Separates Whole Blood Samples into Multiple Removable Fractions Due to Several Discrete but Continuous Density Gradient Sections

    DOE PAGES

    Moen, Scott T.; Hatcher, Christopher L.; Singh, Anup K.

    2016-04-07

    We present a miniaturized centrifugal platform that uses density centrifugation for separation and analysis of biological components in small volume samples (~5 μL). We demonstrate the ability to enrich leukocytes for on-disk visualization via microscopy, as well as recovery of viable cells from each of the gradient partitions. In addition, we simplified the traditional Modified Wright-Giemsa staining by decreasing the time, volume, and expertise involved in the procedure. From a whole blood sample, we were able to extract 95.15% of leukocytes while excluding 99.8% of red blood cells. Furthermore, this platform has great potential in both medical diagnostics and researchmore » applications as it offers a simpler, automated, and inexpensive method for biological sample separation, analysis, and downstream culturing.« less

  9. Preparation of a novel ionic hybrid stationary phase by non-covalent functionalization of single-walled carbon nanotubes with amino-derivatized silica gel for fast HPLC separation of aromatic compounds.

    PubMed

    Aral, Hayriye; Çelik, K Serdar; Aral, Tarık; Topal, Giray

    2016-03-01

    Single-walled carbon nanotubes (SWCNTs) were immobilized on spherical silica gel with a 4-μm average particle size and a 60-Å average pore size. The amino-derivatized silica gel was non-covalently coated with carboxylated SWCNTs to preserve the structure of the nanotubes and their physico-chemical properties. The novel ionic hybrid stationary phase was characterized by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), infra-red (IR) spectroscopy and elemental analysis, and then, it was used to fill an empty 150×4.6mm(2) high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) column. Chromatographic parameters, such as the theoretical plate number, retention factor and peak asymmetry factor, and analytical parameters, such as the limit of detection (LOD), limit of quantification (LOQ), linear range, calibration equation, and R(2) value, and quantitative analysis parameters were calculated for all of the analytes. Using different mobile phases, five different classes of aromatic hydrocarbons were separated in a very short analysis time of 4-8min. Furthermore, a high theoretical plate number (up to 25000) and an excellent peak asymmetry factor (1.0) were obtained. The results showed that the surface of the SWNTs had very strong interactions with aromatic groups, therefore providing high selectivity for the separation of different classes of aromatic compounds. This study indicates that SWCNTs enable the extension of the application range of the newly prepared stationary phases for the fast separation of aromatic compounds by HPLC. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Separation of single-walled carbon nanotubes by gel-based chromatography using surfactant step-gradient techniques and development of new instrumentation for studying SWCNT reaction processes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Breindel, Leonard M.

    Single-walled carbon nanotube (SWCNT) synthesis methods such as CoMoCATTM, HiPcoTM, pulsed laser vaporization (PLV), and catalytic chemical vapor deposition (CCVD) produce several different distributions of (n,m) SWCNT structures, where ( n,m) defines the nanotube diameter and chiral wrapping angle. Post-synthesis processing such as functionalization and/or separations must therefore be employed to yield high purity electronic or single (n,m) samples. Through the use of a surfactant gradient across a gel-based chromatographic column, separations of single (n,m) species can be achieved. Anionic surfactants such as SDS, SDBS, and AOT display different separation effectiveness for single (n,m) species. Results of near-infrared optical absorption for separated SWCNT surfactant suspensions will be discussed, leading to a broader understanding of the important factors necessary for the gel chromatography separation technique. In particular, the effects of SWCNT/surfactant micelle structure are found to be key to achieving fast, simple SWCNT electronic type separations. Additionally, development of new instrumentation for the near-infrared spectrofluorimetric analysis (NIR-SFA) of SWCNTs is useful to the advancement of fundamental SWCNT research and applications. NIR-SFA, for instance, allows for the (n,m) structures of a sample to be identified and monitored during the progress of a chemical reaction or separation experiment. Seeking to achieve the time resolutions necessary for such experiments, the design and optimizations of a system utilizing single-wavelength excitation by diode lasers coupled with a fast NIR detection system are presented.

  11. Analysis of actinomycete communities by specific amplification of genes encoding 16S rRNA and gel-electrophoretic separation in denaturing gradients.

    PubMed Central

    Heuer, H; Krsek, M; Baker, P; Smalla, K; Wellington, E M

    1997-01-01

    A group-specific primer, F243 (positions 226 to 243, Escherichia coli numbering), was developed by comparison of sequences of genes encoding 16S rRNA (16S rDNA) for the detection of actinomycetes in the environment with PCR and temperature or denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (TGGE or DGGE, respectively). The specificity of the forward primer in combination with different reverse ones was tested with genomic DNA from a variety of bacterial strains. Most actinomycetes investigated could be separated by TGGE and DGGE, with both techniques giving similar results. Two strategies were employed to study natural microbial communities. First, we used the selective amplification of actinomycete sequences (E. coli positions 226 to 528) for direct analysis of the products in denaturing gradients. Second, a nested PCR providing actinomycete-specific fragments (E. coli positions 226 to 1401) was used which served as template for a PCR when conserved primers were used. The products (E. coli positions 968 to 1401) of this indirect approach were then separated by use of gradient gels. Both approaches allowed detection of actinomycete communities in soil. The second strategy allowed the estimation of the relative abundance of actinomycetes within the bacterial community. Mixtures of PCR-derived 16S rDNA fragments were used as model communities consisting of five actinomycetes and five other bacterial species. Actinomycete products were obtained over a 100-fold dilution range of the actinomycete DNA in the model community by specific PCR; detection of the diluted actinomycete DNA was not possible when conserved primers were used. The methods tested for detection were applied to monitor actinomycete community changes in potato rhizosphere and to investigate actinomycete diversity in different soils. PMID:9251210

  12. A high gradient and strength bioseparator with nano-sized immunomagnetic particles for specific separation and efficient concentration of E. coli O157:H7

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Jianhan; Li, Min; Li, Yanbin; Chen, Qi

    2015-03-01

    Sample pretreatment is a key to rapid screening of pathogens for prevention and control of foodborne diseases. Magnetic immunoseparation is a specific method based on antibody-antigen reaction to capture the target bacteria and concentrate them in a smaller-volume buffer. The use of nano-sized magnetic particles could improve the separation efficiency of bacteria but require much higher gradient and strength magnetic field. In this study, a strong magnetic bioseparator with a mean field strength of 1.35 T and a mean gradient of 90 T/m was developed with the use of the 30 nm and 180 nm magnetic particles to specifically separate and efficiently concentrate foodborne bacterial pathogens using Escherichia coli O157:H7 as a model bacterium. The polyclonal antibodies against E. coli were evaluated using Dot ELISA analysis for their good affinity with the target bacteria and then used to modify the surface of the magnetic nanoparticles by 1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC·HCl) method and streptavidin-biotin binding. The magnetic particle concentrations were optimized to be 40 μg/ml and 100 μg/ml for the 30 nm and 180 nm particles, respectively, the immunoreaction time was optimized to be 45 min for both sizes of particles, and the separation times were optimized to be 60 min and 2 min for the 30 nm and 180 nm particles, respectively. The total magnetic separation time was 2 h and 1 h for the 30 nm and 180 nm particles, respectively. The experimental results demonstrated that the bioseparator with the use of either 30 nm or 180 nm immunomagnetic particles could achieve a separation efficiency of >90% for E. coli O157:H7 at the concentrations ranging from 102 to 105 cfu/ml. No obvious interferences from non-target foodborne pathogens, such as SalmonellaTyphimurium and Listeria innocua, were found. For overall consideration of the consuming time, the cost, and the separation efficiency, the 180 nm magnetic particles are practical for rapid

  13. [RP-HPLC characteristics of dragon's blood].

    PubMed

    Gao, Xiu-Li; Jiang, Qian; Wang, Peng-Jiao; Zhang, Min

    2007-10-01

    To study the fingerprint of dragon's blood resina draconis by high performance liquid chromatography. The samples are extracted with methanol and separated on a Eclipse XDB-C18 column (4.6 mm x 150 mm, 5 microm) with the mobile phase of acetonitrile-H2O in gradient mode, and the flow rate was 1.0 mL x min(-1), the detection wavelength was 275 nm and the temperature of column was 40 degrees C. Loureirin B was used as the reference compound. HPLC fingerprint of dragon's blood was established and the similarity of the fingerprint was compared. The method is simple, accurate, and can be used to control the quality of dragon's blood.

  14. Gradient chromatofocusing high-performance liquid chromatography. I. Practical aspects.

    PubMed

    Liu, Y; Anderson, D J

    1997-02-21

    In this work, a versatile method for generating linear pH gradients using weak anion-exchange HPLC has been developed, which is termed gradient chromatofocusing high-performance liquid chromatography. This method utilizes a linear external pH gradient generated in the mobile phase entering the column (inlet pH gradient), superimposed on an internally-generated pH gradient within the column (column pH gradient), which results from the buffering action of the ion exchanger on the mobile phase and vice versa. The method shows significant advantages over conventional chromatofocusing, including: decreased expense due to the use of common buffer components, ease of adjusting the slope of the pH gradient produced at the outlet of the column (outlet pH gradient) through the manipulation of the inlet pH gradient and the ability of using high concentration buffers in the mobile phase. Chromatography of fibrinogen degradation products was done using gradient chromatofocusing. Bandwidths comparable to conventional chromatofocusing were obtained in the separation of fibrinogen degradation products.

  15. Enantiomeric separations of illicit drugs and controlled substances using cyclofructan-based (LARIHC) and cyclobond I 2000 RSP HPLC chiral stationary phases.

    PubMed

    Padivitage, Nilusha L T; Dodbiba, Edra; Breitbach, Zachary S; Armstrong, Daniel W

    2014-06-01

    Recently a novel class of chiral stationary phases (CSPs) based on cyclofructan (CF) has been developed. Cyclofructans are cyclic oligosaccharides that possess a crown ether core and pendent fructofuranose moieties. Herein, we evaluate the applicability of these novel CSPs for the enantiomeric separation of chiral illicit drugs and controlled substances directly without any derivatization. A set of 20 racemic compounds were used to evaluate these columns including 8 primary amines, 5 secondary amines, and 7 tertiary amines. Of the new cyclofructan-based LARIHC columns, 14 enantiomeric separations were obtained including 7 baseline and 7 partial separations. The LARIHC CF6-P column proved to be the most useful in separating illicit drugs and controlled substances accounting for 11 of the 14 optimized separations. The polar organic mode containing small amounts of methanol in acetonitrile was the most useful solvent system for the LARIHC CF6-P CSP. Furthermore, the LARIHC CF7-DMP CSP proved to be valuable for the separation of the tested chiral drugs resulting in four of the optimized enantiomeric separations, whereas the CF6-RN did not yield any optimum separations. The broad selectivity of the LARIHC CF7-DMP CSP is evident as it separated primary, secondary and tertiary amine containing chiral drugs. The compounds that were partially or un-separated using the cyclofructan based columns were screened with a Cyclobond I 2000 RSP column. This CSP provided three baseline and six partial separations. Copyright © 2013 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  16. Enantiomeric Separations of Illicit Drugs and Controlled Substances Using Cyclofructan Based (LARIHC) and Cyclobond I 2000 RSP HPLC Chiral Stationary Phases

    PubMed Central

    Padivitage, Nilusha L.T.; Dodbiba, Edra; Breitbach, Zachary S.; Armstrong, Daniel W.

    2013-01-01

    Recently a novel class of chiral stationary phases (CSPs) based on cyclofructan (CF) has been developed. Cyclofructans are cyclic oligosaccharides that possess a crown ether core and pendent fructofuranose moieties. Herein, we evaluate the applicability of these novel CSPs for the enantiomeric separation of chiral illicit drugs and controlled substances directly without any derivatization. A set of 20 racemic compounds were used to evaluate these columns including 8 primary amines, 5 secondary amines, and 7 tertiary amines. Of the new cyclofructan based LARIHC columns, 14 enantiomeric separations were obtained including seven baseline and seven partial separations. The LARIHC CF6-P column proved to be the most useful in separating illicit drugs and controlled substances accounting for 11 of the 14 optimized separations. The polar organic mode containing small amounts of methanol in acetonitrile was the most useful solvent system for the LARIHC CF6-P CSP. Furthermore, the LARIHC CF7-DMP CSP proved to be valuable for the separation of the tested chiral drugs resulting in four of the optimized enantiomeric separations, whereas the CF6-RN did not yield any optimum separations. The broad selectivity of the LARIHC CF7-DMP CSP is evident as it separated primary, secondary and tertiary amine containing chiral drugs. The compounds that were partially or un-separated using the cyclofructan based columns were screened with a Cyclobond I 2000 RSP column. This CSP provided three baseline and six partial separations. PMID:24115758

  17. Separation of cordycepin from Cordyceps militaris fermentation supernatant using preparative HPLC and evaluation of its antibacterial activity as an NAD+-dependent DNA ligase inhibitor

    PubMed Central

    Zhou, Xiaofeng; Cai, Guoqiang; He, Yi; Tong, Guotong

    2016-01-01

    Cordycepin exhibits various bio-activities, including anticancer, antibacterial, antiviral and immune regulation activities, and is a significant focus of research. However, the preparation of high-purity cordycepin remains challenging. Also, the molecular target with which cordycepin interacts to cause an antibacterial effect remains unknown. In the present study, cordycepin was prepared by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (prep-HPLC) and the purity obtained was 99.6%, indicating that this technique may be useful for the large-scale isolation of cordycepin in the future. The results of computational molecular docking analysis indicated that the interaction energy between cordycepin and NAD+-dependent DNA ligase (LigA) was lower than that between cordycepin and other common antibacterial targets. The highly pure cordycepin obtained by prep-HPLC demonstrated inhibitory activity against LigA from various bacteria in vitro. In conclusion, cordycepin may be useful as a broad-spectrum antibiotic targeting LigA in various bacteria. PMID:27588098

  18. A protocol for exosome isolation and characterization: evaluation of ultracentrifugation, density-gradient separation, and immunoaffinity capture methods.

    PubMed

    Greening, David W; Xu, Rong; Ji, Hong; Tauro, Bow J; Simpson, Richard J

    2015-01-01

    Exosomes are 40-150 nm extracellular vesicles that are released from a multitude of cell types, and perform diverse cellular functions including intercellular communication, antigen presentation, and transfer of tumorigenic proteins, mRNA and miRNA. Exosomes are important regulators of the cellular niche, and their altered characteristics in many diseases, such as cancer, suggest their importance for diagnostic and therapeutic applications, and as drug delivery vehicles. Exosomes have been purified from biological fluids and in vitro cell cultures using a variety of strategies and techniques. In this chapter, we reveal the protocol and key insights into the isolation, purification and characterization of exosomes, distinct from shed microvesicles and apoptotic blebs. Using the colorectal cancer cell line LIM1863 as a cell model, a comprehensive evaluation of exosome isolation methods including ultracentrifugation (UC-Exos), OptiPrep™ density-based separation (DG-Exos), and immunoaffinity capture using anti-EpCAM-coated magnetic beads (IAC-Exos) were examined. All exosome isolation methodologies contained 40-150 nm vesicles based on electron microscopy, and positive for exosome markers (Alix, TSG101, HSP70) based on immunoblotting. This protocol employed a proteomic profiling approach to characterize the protein composition of exosomes, and label-free spectral counting to evaluate the effectiveness of each method in exosome isolation. Based on the number of MS/MS spectra identified for exosome markers and proteins associated with their biogenesis, trafficking, and release, IAC-Exos was shown to be the most effective method to isolate exosomes. However, the use of density-based separation (DG-Exos) provides significant advantages for exosome isolation when the use of immunoaffinity capture is limited (due to antibody availability and suitability of exosome markers).

  19. New solvent systems for gradient counter-current chromatography in separation of betanin and its derivatives from processed Beta vulgaris L. juice.

    PubMed

    Spórna-Kucab, Aneta; Garrard, Ian; Ignatova, Svetlana; Wybraniec, Sławomir

    2015-02-06

    Betalains, natural plant pigments, are beneficial compounds due to their antioxidant and possible chemoprotective properties. A mixture of betalains: betanin/isobetanin, decarboxybetanins and neobetanin from processed red beet roots (Beta vulgaris L.) juice was separated in food-grade, gradient solvent systems using high-performance counter-current chromatography (HPCCC). The decarboxylated and dehydrogenated betanins were obtained by thermal degradation of betanin/isobetanin from processed B. vulgaris L. juice under mild conditions. Two solvent systems (differing in their composition by phosphoric acid and ethanol volume gradient) consisting of BuOH-EtOH-NaClsolution-H2O-H3PO4 (v/v/v/v/v, 1300:200-1000:1300:700:2.5-10) in the 'tail-to-head' mode were run. The flow rate of the mobile phase (organic phase) was 1.0 or 2.0 ml/min and the column rotation speed was 1,600 rpm (20°C). The retention of the solvent system stationary phase (aqueous phase) was ca. 80%. The system with the acid and ethanol volume gradient consisting of BuOH-EtOH-NaClsolution-H2O-H3PO4 (v/v/v/v/v, 1300:200-240:1300:700:2.5-4.5) pumped at 2.0 ml/min was the most effective for a separation of betanin/isobetanin, 17-decarboxy-betanin/-isobetanin, 2-decarboxy-betanin/-isobetanin, 2,17-bidecarboxy-betanin/-isobetanin pairs as well as neobetanin. The pigments were detected by LC-DAD and LC-MS. The results are crucial in the application of completely food-grade solvent systems in separation of food-grade compounds as well, and the systems can possibly be extended to other ionizable and polar compounds with potential health benefits. In particular, the method is applicable for the isolation and purification of betalains present in such rich sources as B. vulgaris L. roots as well as cacti fruits and Amaranthaceae flowering plants due to modification possibilities of the solvent systems polarity.

  20. The role of cell size in density gradient electrophoretic separation of mouse leukemia cells according to position in the cell cycle

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Plank, L. D.; Kunze, M. E.; Todd, P. W.

    1985-01-01

    Cultured mouse leukemia cells line L5178Y were subjected to upward electrophoresis in a density gradient and the slower migrating cell populations were enriched in G2 cells. It is indicated that this cell line does not change electrophoretic mobility through the cell cycle. The possibility that increased sedimentation downward on the part of the larger G2 cells caused this separation was explored. Two different cell populations were investigated. The log phase population was found to migrate upward faster than the G2 population, and a similar difference between their velocities and calculated on the basis of a 1 um diameter difference between the two cell populations. The G2 and G1 enriched populations were isolated by Ficoll density gradient sedimentation. The bottom fraction was enriched in G2 cells and the top fraction was enriched with G1 cells, especially when compared with starting materials. The electrophoretic mobilities of these two cell populations did not differ significantly from one another. Cell diameter dependent migration curves were calculated and were found to be different. Families of migration curves that differ when cell size is considered as a parameter are predicted.

  1. Enrichment of the glycoalkaloids alpha-solanine and alpha-chaconine from potato juice by adsorptive bubble separation using a pH gradient.

    PubMed

    Backleh, Marlène; Ekici, Perihan; Leupold, Günther; Coelhan, Mehmet; Parlar, Harun

    2004-08-01

    For the first time, the solanidine alkaloids alpha-solanine and alpha-chaconine could be quantitatively enriched from potato juice by Adsorptive Bubble Separation (ABS) with a pH gradient. The enrichment into the foam was influenced by the pH value, bubble size, and gas flow rate. The efficiency was highest on using diluted samples with a concentration between 2 and 6 mg L(-1) of the alkaloids at pH 6.0. The experiments with a standard solution of each alkaloid confirmed that these substances can be quantitatively enriched into the 'spumat' without surface active potato proteins. The transfer into the foam fraction under these conditions was similar to that from the aqueous potato extract.

  2. Synthesis of. beta. -D-glucan in vitro: HPLC separation of oligosaccharides from enzymic digests of glucans synthesized by Golgi apparatus and UDP-glucose

    SciTech Connect

    Gibeaut, D.M.; Carpita, N.C. )

    1990-05-01

    Anion exchange HPLC (Dionex) resolves {beta}-D-glucose oligosaccharides which vary in (1{yields}3) and (1{yields}4) linkage structure. The products from incubation of UDPG and cellular membranes from maize enriched for Golgi apparatus, ER, and plasma membrane are digested with glucan hydrolases specific for either (1{yields}3) or (1{yields}4) linkages and one which requires a specific (1{yields}3){beta}-D-glc-(1{yields}4){beta}-D-glc sequence. Two oligomers released by the latter enzyme are diagnostic of cereal grass mixed-linkage {beta}-D-glucan and are used as standards to examine reaction conditions for synthesis of this polymer with radioactive substrates. Our preliminary data indicate that formation of specific sequences of {beta}-D-glucan is increased by high concentrations of UDPG. Other radioactive oligomers are present in greater quantity than those from authentic mixed-linkage glucan and their linkage structure is now under investigation.

  3. Determination of the major constituents in fruit of Arctium lappa L. by matrix solid-phase dispersion extraction coupled with HPLC separation and fluorescence detection.

    PubMed

    Liu, He; Zhang, Yupu; Sun, Yantao; Wang, Xue; Zhai, Yujuan; Sun, Ye; Sun, Shuo; Yu, Aimin; Zhang, Hanqi; Wang, Yinghua

    2010-10-15

    The arctiin and arctigenin in the fruit of Arctium lappa L. were extracted by matrix solid-phase dispersion (MSPD) and determined by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with fluorescence detection. The experimental conditions for the MSPD were optimized. Silica gel was selected as dispersion adsorbent and methanol as elution solvent. The calibration curve showed good relationship (r>0.9998) in the concentration range of 0.010-5.0μgmL(-1) for arctiin and 0.025-7.5μgmL(-1) for arctigenin. The recoveries were between 74.4% and 100%. The proposed method consumed less sample, time and solvent compared with conventional methods, including ultrasonic and Soxhlet extraction. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. [Determination of Nucleosides and HPLC Fingerprints of Cordyceps].

    PubMed

    Wang, Bing; Li, Ning; Dong, Ting-xia; Zhan, Hua-qiang

    2015-05-01

    To establish the HPLC fingerprints method of Cordyceps and to determine the contents of uridine, inosine, guanosine and adenosine. The HPLC separation was performed on a Grace Prevail C18 column( 150 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 μm) in a gradient elution mode with a mixture consisting of water and methanol at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min, the detection wavelength was set at 260 nm, the column temperature was 25 degrees C. The contents of four nucleosides were determined in Cordyceps from different habitats, and the HPLC fingerprint of Cordyceps was set up with 13 common peaks. Among of them, uridine, inosine, guanosine and adenosine were identified. The similarities of ten fingerprints were greater than 0.95 with good separation of each chromatographic peak, and met the requirement of the fingerprints. There were similar results in cluster analysis and principal component analysis of the major nucleosides and the fingerprints of 10 batches of Cordyceps. The results of sample classification in principal component analysis showed a good similarity with cluster analysis. This method showed the information of chemical composition in Cordyceps, with good repeatability and similarity between samples, indicating that the stable chemical distribution and proportion of the major nucleosides in the medical materials. Fingerprints, principal component analysis and cluster analysis, which are applied to identify the different sources of Cordyceps, provide an experimental basis for establishing the characteristics evaluation methodology of medicinal materials.

  5. Exploring the limit of accuracy for density functionals based on the generalized gradient approximation: Local, global hybrid, and range-separated hybrid functionals with and without dispersion corrections

    SciTech Connect

    Mardirossian, Narbe; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2014-05-14

    The limit of accuracy for semi-empirical generalized gradient approximation (GGA) density functionals is explored by parameterizing a variety of local, global hybrid, and range-separated hybrid functionals. The training methodology employed differs from conventional approaches in 2 main ways: (1) Instead of uniformly truncating the exchange, same-spin correlation, and opposite-spin correlation functional inhomogeneity correction factors, all possible fits up to fourth order are considered, and (2) Instead of selecting the optimal functionals based solely on their training set performance, the fits are validated on an independent test set and ranked based on their overall performance on the training and test sets. The 3 different methods of accounting for exchange are trained both with and without dispersion corrections (DFT-D2 and VV10), resulting in a total of 491 508 candidate functionals. For each of the 9 functional classes considered, the results illustrate the trade-off between improved training set performance and diminished transferability. Since all 491 508 functionals are uniformly trained and tested, this methodology allows the relative strengths of each type of functional to be consistently compared and contrasted. The range-separated hybrid GGA functional paired with the VV10 nonlocal correlation functional emerges as the most accurate form for the present training and test sets, which span thermochemical energy differences, reaction barriers, and intermolecular interactions involving lighter main group elements.

  6. Exploring the limit of accuracy for density functionals based on the generalized gradient approximation: Local, global hybrid, and range-separated hybrid functionals with and without dispersion corrections

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mardirossian, Narbe; Head-Gordon, Martin

    2014-05-01

    The limit of accuracy for semi-empirical generalized gradient approximation (GGA) density functionals is explored by parameterizing a variety of local, global hybrid, and range-separated hybrid functionals. The training methodology employed differs from conventional approaches in 2 main ways: (1) Instead of uniformly truncating the exchange, same-spin correlation, and opposite-spin correlation functional inhomogeneity correction factors, all possible fits up to fourth order are considered, and (2) Instead of selecting the optimal functionals based solely on their training set performance, the fits are validated on an independent test set and ranked based on their overall performance on the training and test sets. The 3 different methods of accounting for exchange are trained both with and without dispersion corrections (DFT-D2 and VV10), resulting in a total of 491 508 candidate functionals. For each of the 9 functional classes considered, the results illustrate the trade-off between improved training set performance and diminished transferability. Since all 491 508 functionals are uniformly trained and tested, this methodology allows the relative strengths of each type of functional to be consistently compared and contrasted. The range-separated hybrid GGA functional paired with the VV10 nonlocal correlation functional emerges as the most accurate form for the present training and test sets, which span thermochemical energy differences, reaction barriers, and intermolecular interactions involving lighter main group elements.

  7. Effect and mechanism of a High Gradient Magnetic Separation (HGMS) and Ultraviolet (UV) composite process on the inactivation of microbes in ballast water.

    PubMed

    Ren, Zhijun; Zhang, Lin; Shi, Yue; Leng, Xiaodong; Shao, Jingchao

    2016-07-15

    The patented technology of a High Gradient Magnetic Separation (HGMS)-Ultraviolet (UV) composite process was used to treat ballast water. Staphylococcus aureus (S. aureus) was selected as the reference bacteria. After treatment by the HGMS-UV process, the concentration of S. aureus on the log 10 scale was lower than 2 at different flow rates, S. aureus suffered the most serious damage, and K(+) leakage of the bacteria was 1.73mg/L higher than separate 60min UV irradiation (1.17mg/L) and HGMS (0.12mg/L) processes. These results demonstrated that the HGMS-UV composite process was an effective approach to treat ballast water. Further, the HGMS process had synergistic action on the subsequent UV irradiation process and accelerated cell membrane damage. Meanwhile, the results of superoxide dismutase (SOD) activities of bacteria and DNA band analyses indicated that the inactivation mechanisms were different for HGMS and UV irradiation. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. Monitoring gradient profile on-line in micro- and nano-high performance liquid chromatography using conductivity detection.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Min; Chen, Apeng; Lu, Joann J; Cao, Chengxi; Liu, Shaorong

    2016-08-19

    In micro- or nano-flow high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), flow-splitters and gradient elutions are commonly used for reverse phase HPLC separations. When a flow splitter was used at a high split-ratio (e.g., 1000:1 or higher), the actual gradient may deviate away from the programmed gradient. Sometimes, mobile phase concentrations can deviate by as much as 5%. In this work, we noticed that the conductivity (σ) of a gradient decreased with the increasing organic-solvent fraction (φ). Based on the relationship between σ and φ, a method was developed for monitoring gradient profile on-line to record any deviations in these HPLC systems. The conductivity could be measured by a traditional conductivity detector or a capacitively coupled contactless conductivity detector (C(4)D). The method was applied for assessing the performance of an electroosmotic pump (EOP) based nano-HPLC. We also observed that σ value of the gradient changed with system pressure; a=0.0175ΔP (R(2)=0.964), where a is the percentage of the conductivity increase and ΔP is the system pressure in bar. This effect was also investigated.

  9. Separation and pre-concentration of glucocorticoids in water samples by ionic liquid supported vortex-assisted synergic microextraction and HPLC determination.

    PubMed

    Qin, Hui; Li, Bi; Liu, Mou Sheng; Yang, Ya Ling

    2013-04-01

    We have developed a synergic microextraction procedure based on ionic liquid for the pre-concentration and determination of glucocorticoids in water samples. Using nonionic surfactant Triton X-100 (TX-100) as synergic reagent, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium hexa-fluorophosphate accomplished extraction rapidly without heating in water bath. One key property of ionic liquids that highlights their potential is their wide liquid temperature range. The improved extraction was named as ionic liquid supported vortex-assisted synergic microextraction. Compared with the traditional liquid-liquid extraction and cloud point extraction, ionic liquid supported vortex-assisted synergic microextraction was accomplished in 8 min with considerably high recovery. The proposed method greatly improved the sensitivity of HPLC for the determination of glucocorticoids. The results obtained indicated a good linearity with the correlation coefficient of 0.997 over the range of 0.6-300 ng/mL and high sensitivity with LODs of 4.11, 9.19, and 7.50 ng/mL for hydrocortisone butyrate, beclomethasone dipropionate, and nandrolone phenylpropionate, respectively. The RSD of the method was 1.57-1.81% (n = 6) with enrichment factor of 99.85, and good recovery (≥97.24%). The method was successfully applied to the determination of glucocorticoids in mineral water, water of Dianchi lake, and tap water samples.

  10. Simultaneous separation and identification of oligomeric procyanidins and anthocyanin-derived pigments in raw red wine by HPLC-UV-ESI-MSn.

    PubMed

    Pati, S; Losito, I; Gambacorta, G; La Notte, E; Palmisano, F; Zambonin, P G

    2006-07-01

    Samples of raw red wine (Primitivo di Manduria, Apulia, Southern Italy) were analysed without any pre-treatment (except 1:2 dilution with water) using HPLC with detection based on UV absorbance and Electrospray Ionisation Sequential Mass Spectrometry (ESI-MSn, with n = 1-3) in a series configuration. In particular, absorbance at 520 nm was monitored for UV detection in order to identify pigments responsible for wine colour. On the other hand, two subsequent stages of MS detection based on positive ions were adopted. The first consisted of an explorative MS acquisition, aimed at the individuation of the m/z ratios for positively charged compounds; the second was based on fragmentation of the detected ions within an ion trap analyser, followed by MS/MS and, if required, MS3 acquisitions. The synergy between UV detection and MSn analysis led to the identification of 41 pigments, which can be classified into five groups: grape anthocyanins, pyranoanthocyanins, vinyl-linked anthocyanin-flavanol pigments, ethyl-bridged anthocyanin-flavanol pigments and flavanol-anthocyanin compounds. Many isomeric and oligomeric structures were found within each group. A further class of compounds, not absorbing in the visible spectrum, could be also characterised by ESI-MSn and corresponded to B-type procyanidins, i.e. proanthocyanidins arising from C4-->C8/C4-->C6 couplings between catechin or epicatechin units. In particular, oligomeric structures (from dimers to pentamers), often present with several isomers, were identified and their fragmentation patterns clarified.

  11. Enantio- and chemo-selective HPLC separations by chiral-achiral tandem-columns approach: the combination of CHIROBIOTIC TAG and SCX columns for the analysis of propionyl carnitine and related impurities.

    PubMed

    D'Acquarica, Ilaria; Gasparrini, Francesco; Giannoli, Barbara; Badaloni, Elena; Galletti, Bruno; Giorgi, Fabrizio; Tinti, Maria Ornella; Vigevani, Aristide

    2004-12-24

    We describe a new tandem-columns chiral-achiral HPLC arrangement by using a chiral column (CHIROBIOTIC TAG) connected in series with an achiral column (Spherisorb S5 SCX), based on a strong cationic exchange mechanism; this approach is very useful for the analysis of chiral molecules, containing cationic groups in their structures. We used this special combination to develop an easy and convenient procedure for the enantio- and chemo-selective dosage of propionyl L-carnitine (1) and relative impurities (2-6), which allowed for the simultaneous separation and quantitation within 30 min. Under the best chromatographic conditions (acetonitrile-10 mM sodium dihydrogen phosphate 65:35, v/v (pHa 6.80) as the mobile phase and UV detection at 205 nm], all the individual peaks were well separated. The applicability of the method, fully validated, was demonstrated by the analysis of a pharmaceutical batch of propionyl L-carnitine, where we found the following contents: 98.5% for 1 (drug substance); 0.15% for 3; 0.1% for 5 and 0.2% for 6. The enantiomeric excess (e.e.%) measured for the drug substance was 98.9%. Finally, a single mixed-bed column, packed with a binary mixture of the chiral and achiral phases, in a 1:1 ratio, gave similar chromatographic results as the tandem-columns approach, and thus, offered an easy alternative solution to the separation of the considered mixture.

  12. SEPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF TETROL METABOLITES OF BENZO[A]PYRENE-DNA ADDUCTS USING HPLC AND SOLID-MATRIX ROOM TEMPERATURE LUMINESCENCE. (R824100)

    EPA Science Inventory

    Abstract

    Four tetrols of benzo[a]pyrene-DNA adducts were separated using reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Chromatographic fractions containing a given tetrol were readily characterized with solid-matrix room temperature luminescence techniques. So...

  13. SEPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF TETROL METABOLITES OF BENZO[A]PYRENE-DNA ADDUCTS USING HPLC AND SOLID-MATRIX ROOM TEMPERATURE LUMINESCENCE. (R824100)

    EPA Science Inventory

    Abstract

    Four tetrols of benzo[a]pyrene-DNA adducts were separated using reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Chromatographic fractions containing a given tetrol were readily characterized with solid-matrix room temperature luminescence techniques. So...

  14. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATORS

    DOEpatents

    Skarstrom, C.

    1959-03-10

    A centrifugal separator is described for separating gaseous mixtures where the temperature gradients both longitudinally and radially of the centrifuge may be controlled effectively to produce a maximum separation of the process gases flowing through. Tbe invention provides for the balancing of increases and decreases in temperature in various zones of the centrifuge chamber as the result of compression and expansions respectively, of process gases and may be employed effectively both to neutralize harmful temperature gradients and to utilize beneficial temperaturc gradients within the centrifuge.

  15. Gradient chromatofocusing high-performance liquid chromatography. II. Theoretical aspects.

    PubMed

    Liu, Y; Anderson, D J

    1997-02-21

    This article is Part II of a series describing a newly-developed gradient chromatofocusing high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) technique. Theoretical aspects of the technique are discussed. In gradient chromatofocusing, the column pH gradient with respect to column distance can be varied without necessarily affecting the outlet pH gradient with respect to time. Factors influencing the value of the slope of the column pH gradient are identified through derived equations and a computer simulation model. A newly-identified parameter is introduced, column travel time, which can be uniquely varied in gradient chromatofocusing. Experiments show increased conversion of fibrinogen to denatured forms with increased column travel time. Another unique aspect of gradient chromatofocusing is that the mobile phase buffer concentration can be manipulated without necessarily affecting the outlet pH gradient slope, giving the technique expanded versatility for optimizing the separation. In the present work, the pIapparent for fibrinogen is found to increase with increased mobile phase buffer concentration.

  16. Comprehensive off-line, two-dimensional liquid chromotography. Application to the separation of peptide digest

    SciTech Connect

    Marchetti, Nicola; Guiochon, Georges A

    2008-01-01

    The separation of the peptide digests of myoglobin and bovine serum albumin was performed with an off-line combination of two commercial, conventional HPLC columns. The first column was packed with a strong ion exchanger and eluted with a KCl gradient. The second column was packed with particles of C{sub 18}-bonded silica and eluted with an acetonitrile gradient. The conditional peak capacities of the 2D separations achieved exceed 7000 under the experimental conditions investigated. This performance is achieved at the cost of an analysis time of the order of 28 hours. Possible improvements to the separation method described here are discussed.

  17. A simple and high resolution ion-pair HPLC method for separation and simultaneous determination of nitrate and thiocyanate in different water samples.

    PubMed

    Soleimani, Majid; Yamini, Yadollah; Mohazab Rad, Farzane

    2012-10-01

    An ion-pair reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography method with isocratic elution and ultraviolet detection was developed and validated for the separation and simultaneous determination of nitrate and thiocyanate. The separation was performed on a C18 analytical column with mobile phase containing 0.08 mM hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide as an ion-pair reagent, 40 mM of acetate buffer and 30% methanol at pH 3.2. The detection was monitored at 206 nm. The response was linear from 1 to 10 mM for nitrate, with a detection limit of 0.05 mM, and 1 to 10 mM for thiocyanate, with a detection limit of 0.31 mM. Calibration curves were found to be linear in these concentration ranges with correlation coefficient better than 0.99.

  18. Simultaneous separation of polar and non-polar mixtures by capillary HPLC based on an ostadecylsilane and taurine derivatized silica continuously packed column.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yi; Zhang, Yan; Wang, Guan; Chen, Wujuan; He, Pingang; Wang, Qingjiang

    2016-12-01

    A capillary column was prepared by continuously packing ostadecylsilane (ODS) and taurine derivatized silica (TDS) in one column without interface. This continuously packing chromatography (CPC) column is easy to operate, has good stability and shows simultaneously separation of both polar and non-polar compounds. The simultaneous separation of a series of complex samples with highly hydrophobic components (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and PAHs) and highly hydrophilic components (biogenic amines, bases and nucleosides) using this CPC method was investigated. The relative parameters such as the volume fraction of acetonitrile and length of the ODS and the TDS phases were investigated and optimized. The experimental results show that this column combines the advantages of both ODS and TDS stationary phases, and exhibits a reversed phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) mode followed by a hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography (HILIC) mode when 80% of acetonitrile was used in the mobile phase. The satisfactory results indicate that the CPC method provides an easy way to simultaneously separate polar and non-polar compounds. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Purification of equine chorionic gonadotropin (eCG) using magnetic ion exchange adsorbents in combination with high-gradient magnetic separation.

    PubMed

    Müller, Christine; Heidenreich, Elena; Franzreb, Matthias; Frankenfeld, Katrin

    2015-01-01

    Current purification of the glycoprotein equine chorionic gonadotropin (eCG) from horse serum includes consecutive precipitation steps beginning with metaphosphoric acid pH fractionation, two ethanol precipitation steps, and dialysis followed by a numerous of fixed-bed chromatography steps up to the specific activity required. A promising procedure for a more economic purification procedure represents a simplified precipitation process requiring only onethird of the solvent, followed by the usage of magnetic ion exchange adsorbents employed together with a newly designed 'rotor-stator' type High Gradient Magnetic Fishing (HGMF) system for large-scale application, currently up to 100 g of magnetic adsorbents. Initially, the separation process design was optimized for binding and elution conditions for the target protein in mL scale. Subsequently, the magnetic filter for particle separation was characterized. Based on these results, a purification process for eCG was designed consisting of (i) pretreatment of the horse serum; (ii) binding of the target protein to magnetic ion exchange adsorbents in a batch reactor; (iii) recovery of loaded functionalized adsorbents from the pretreated solution using HGMF; (iv) washing of loaded adsorbents to remove unbound proteins; (v) elution of the target protein. Finally, the complete HGMF process was automated and conducted with either multiple single-cycles or multicycle operation of four sequential cycles, using batches of pretreated serum of up to 20 L. eCG purification with yields of approximately 53% from single HGMF cycles and up to 80% from multicycle experiments were reached, with purification and concentration factors of around 2,500 and 6.7, respectively.

  20. Is albumin gradient or fluid to serum albumin ratio better than the pleural fluid lactate dehydroginase in the diagnostic of separation of pleural effusion?

    PubMed Central

    Joseph, Jose; Badrinath, Padmanabhan; Basran, Gurnam S; Sahn, Steven A

    2002-01-01

    Background To determine the accuracy of serum-effusion albumin gradient (SEAG) and pleural fluid to serum albumin ratio (ALBR) in the diagnostic separation of pleural effusion into transudate and exudate and to compare SEAG and ALBR with pleural fluid LDH (FLDH) the most widely used test. Methods Data collected from 200 consecutive patients with a known cause of pleural effusion in a United Kingdom district general hospital. Results The median and inter quartile ranges (IQR) for SEAG 93.5 (33.8 to 122.5) g/dl, ALBR 0.49 (0.42 to 0.62) and FLDH 98.5 IU/L(76.8 to 127.5) in transudates were significantly lower than the corresponding values for exudates 308.5 (171 to 692), 0.77 (0.63 to 0.85), 344 (216 to 695) all p < 0.0001. The Area Under the Curve (AUC) with 95% confidence intervals (Cl) for SEAG, ALBR and FLDH were 0.81 (0.75 to 0.87), 0.79 (0.72 to 0.86) and 0.9 (0.87 to 0.96) respectively. The positive likelihood ratios with 95%CI for FLDH, SEAG, and ALBR were: 7.3(3.5–17), 6.3(3–15) 6.2(3–14) respectively. There was a significant negative correlation between SEAG and ALBR (r= -0.89, p < 0.0001). Conclusion The discriminative value for SEAG and ALBR appears to be similar in the diagnostic separation of transudates and exudates. FLDH is a superior test compared to SEAG and ALBR. PMID:11914151

  1. Development and application of HPLC-RI and HPLC-MS/MS based methods for quantification of residual deoxycholate levels in pneumococcal polysaccharides.

    PubMed

    Gairola, Sunil; Gautam, Manish; Patil, Dada; Manoj Kumar, Krishna; Shinde, Pravin; Jana, S K; Dhere, Rajeev; Jadhav, Suresh

    2016-11-01

    The analysis of residual sodium deoxycholate (DOC); a detergent of biological origin used in manufacturing of polysaccharide vaccines is challenging due to complex sample matrices and the lack of suitable methods. Here we report, rapid and sensitive high-performance liquid chromatography-refractive index (HPLC-RI) and tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS) methods for estimation of residual DOC in pneumococcal polysaccharides. For HPLC-RI method, separation was achieved using Luna C18 column and mobile phase compositions of acetonitrile: methanol: 20 mM sodium acetate (60:05:35% v/v). For HPLC-MS/MS method, separation was achieved using a Hypersil BDS C18 column with gradient elution of methanol and water (0.1% formic acid). MS/MS method showed linearity (r(2) = 0.997) over the range of 10-320 ng/mL with limits of detection (LOD) and lower limit of quantitation (LOQ) of 3 and 10 ng/mL respectively. Precision (% RSD) and accuracy (% recovery) for both methods were in the range of 0.74-8.29% and 82.33-117.86% respectively. Sample matrices interferences were addressed following novel sample clean-up method based on liquid-liquid extraction. Both methods enabled traceable quantitation of DOC in intermediate and purified pneumococcal polysaccharides of serotypes: 1, 5, 6A, 6B, 7F, 9V, 14, 19A, 19F and 23F.

  2. Two variables dominating the retention of intact proteins under gradient elution with simultaneous ultrafast high-resolution separation by hydrophobic interaction chromatography.

    PubMed

    Geng, Xindu; Jia, Xiaodan; Liu, Peng; Wang, Fei; Yang, Xiaoming

    2015-10-07

    The retention of intact proteins under gradient elution in hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) was found to be governed by two variables, the steady region (SR) and the migration region (MR). In the SR, the proteins are immobilized by the strong interactions with the stationary phase such that the retention time is independent of the column length. In the MR, the proteins also interact with the stationary phase, but they move normally, thus the retention time depends on their partition coefficients and the column length. The SR can be used as an operation space (OP) for high-throughput protein analysis by 1D-LC using short columns at high flow rates to maintain a high resolution. The OP can also be employed for all assisted operations in online 2D-LC. Based on the steady region/migration region optimization strategy developed in this study, five successive complete separations of seven intact proteins were performed in a HIC cake in less than 5 min, and a crude extract of ribonuclease A from bovine pancreas was purified using online 2D-LC to 95.8% purity with 93.2% mass recovery in 45 min. This approach can be used to expedite the purification of drug-target proteins and should therefore be of interest to the pharmaceutical industry.

  3. A simple, rapid method for HPLC analysis of lycopene isomers.

    PubMed

    Ishida, B K; Ma, J; Chan, B

    2001-01-01

    A rapid method for the extraction, separation and quantification of the geometric isomers of lycopene and beta-carotene from tomato fruit is described. Carotenoids in tomato were separated and eluted using a reversed-phase HPLC with a C30 column and a mobile phase consisting of methyl-t-butyl ether, methanol and ethyl acetate. The system provided sharp resolution of cis- and trans-isomers of lycopene within approximately 23 min in contrast to the longer and more complex gradient procedures required by previously described methods. Experiments indicate that the stability of extracts of fresh tomato may be improved if stored at -20 degrees C, and that the presence of the antioxidant BHA has no apparent effect on stability.

  4. SPE/RP-HPLC using C1 columns: an environmentally friendly alternative to conventional reverse-phase separations for quantitation of beta-carboline alkaloids in human serum samples.

    PubMed

    González-Ruiz, Víctor; Olives, Ana I; Martín, M Antonia

    2011-04-01

    The analysis of beta-carboline alkaloids presents a renewed interest due to their biological relevance and their increasing popularity as recreational drugs. In the present work, a novel chromatographic reverse-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) method with fluorimetric detection has been applied to the determination of beta-carbolines spiked in human serum samples. The chromatographic procedure involves the use of less retentive, unusual C1 columns combined with hydro-alcoholic mobile phases and the use of beta-cyclodextrin or (2-hydroxypropyl)-beta-cyclodextrin as mobile-phase additives. The effective combination of C1 columns and the modified mobile phases with cyclodextrins leads to a considerable reduction in the organic proportion in the mobile phase (up to 50%) with good resolution and efficiency. Besides, the presence of cyclodextrins allows the use of ethanol, a green solvent, as the organic component in the mobile phase. Traditional RP-HPLC thus becomes an attractive eco-separation technique using conventional stationary phases under simple and user-friendly experimental conditions. Solid-phase extraction was employed as sample clean-up protocol with attractive features, i.e., a low consumption of organic solvents, time and step economy and diminished need for sample handling. The analytical procedure was completely validated showing satisfactory figures of merit. Limits of detection of 10(-9)-10(-10) M can be achieved. The recoveries obtained for the total methodology (sample pre-treatment and chromatographic determination in the case of the mobile phases containing cyclodextrins) were very satisfactory (95-107%) as well as the intraday (2-3%) and interday precision values (3-7%). The use of 3-hydroxymethyl-beta-carboline as an internal standard allows the comparison of the goodness of response of the analytical methodology in the presence or absence of cyclodextrins.

  5. Development of micellar electro kinetic chromatography for the separation and quantitation of L-valine, L-leucine, L-isoleucin and L-phenylalanine in human plasma and comparison with HPLC.

    PubMed

    Darvish, M; Ebrahimi, S A; Ghadam, P

    2007-08-01

    Phenylketonuria (PKU) and Maple Syrup Urine Disease (MSUD) are two inborn metabolic diseases which are carried by autosomal recessive genes in man. These genetic errors result in accumulation of phenylalanine (in PKU) or valine, leucine and isoluecin (in MSUD). At high concentrations, amongst other problems, these amino acids cause mental retardation. However if detected early after birth, using special diets and other forms of therapy, mental abnormalities can be prevented. As a result in many countries screening of infants for MSUD and PKU, by measuring plasma amino acids has become a routine neonatal test. Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) assays have a number of advantages over the traditional chromatography techniques (such as GC or HPLC). These include low cost, high speed of analysis and high resolution. These characteristics, make CE an ideal method for the screening of inborn errors of metabolism. We developed a CE assay based on pre-column derivatisation of amino acids with phenylisothiocyanate. This conjugate has strong absorbance at 254 nm. CE was carried out using a Spectraphoresis 1000 instrument, fitted with 40 cm of a 25 microm capillary, at 17 degrees C. A running voltage of 18KV was used to separate the amino acid mixture in an electrophoretic buffer containing 45 mM imidazole, 6 mM borate and 208 mM SDS, fixed at pH 9 with 2-N-morpholino ethane sulfonic acid. The assay was calibrated using various concentrations of amino acid standards. LOD, LOQ, recovery, inter-day and intra-day variations of the assay were determined. Also, levels of the 4 amino acids in normal and abnormal plasma were determined and compared with HPLC.

  6. Analysis of munitions constituents in IMX formulations by HPLC and HPLC-MS.

    PubMed

    Russell, A L; Seiter, J M; Coleman, J G; Winstead, B; Bednar, A J

    2014-10-01

    The use of Insensitive Munitions eXplosives (IMX) is increasing as the Army seeks to replace certain conventional munitions constituents, such as 2,4,6-trinitrotolene (TNT), for improved safety. The IMX formulations are more stable and therefore less prone to accidental detonation while designed to match the performance of legacy materials. Two formulations, IMX 101 and 104 are being investigated as a replacement for TNT in artillery rounds and composition B Army mortars, respectively. The chemical formulations of IMX-101 and 104 are comprised of four constituents;2,4-dinitroanisole (DNAN), 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one (NTO), 1-nitroguanidine (NQ), and Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine (RDX) which are mixed in various ratios to achieve the desired performance. The current work details the analysis of the IMX constituents by single column HPLC-UV-ESI-MS. Detection limits determined are in agreement with similar HPLC analysis of compounds, ranging from 7 to 9μg/L. Gradient mobile phases are used to allow separation of the 4 target compounds in more complex mixture of other concomitant compounds. Mass spectra are used to confirm analyte identity with chromatographic retention time.

  7. Simultaneous separation/enrichment and detection of trace ciprofloxacin and lomefloxacin in food samples using thermosensitive smart polymers aqueous two-phase flotation system combined with HPLC.

    PubMed

    Lu, Yang; Chen, Bo; Yu, Miao; Han, Juan; Wang, Yun; Tan, Zhenjiang; Yan, Yongsheng

    2016-11-01

    Smart polymer aqueous two phase flotation system (SPATPF) is a new separation and enrichment technology that integrated the advantages of the three technologies, i.e., aqueous two phase system, smart polymer and flotation sublation. Ethylene oxide and propylene oxide copolymer (EOPO)-(NH4)2SO4 SPATPF is a pretreatment technique, and it is coupled with high-performance liquid chromatography to analyze the trace ciprofloxacin and lomefloxacin in real food samples. The optimized conditions of experiment were determined in the multi-factor experiment by using response surface methodology. The flotation efficiency of lomefloxacin and ciprofloxacin was 94.50% and 98.23% under the optimized conditions. The recycling experimentsshowed that the smart polymer EOPO could use repeatedly, which will reduce the cost in the future application.

  8. HPLC for Undergraduate Introductory Laboratories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    van Arman, Scott A.; Thomsen, Marcus W.

    1997-01-01

    Undergraduate laboratories continue increasing the use of instrumentation in teaching. One technique that is growing in popularity is HPLC. We have designed a set of simple HPLC separations as part of an introductory set of projects that serve as an introduction to chromatography early in the organic course. We have introduced quantitative analysis to the common separation of analgesics so that students may identify the composition of an unknown commercial tablet. Derived from this system is a Ån adaptation of the well known separation of nucleosides by reversed-phase HPLC such that students can quantitatively identify the components of an unknown "RNA digest." Students must determine retention times and an instrumental response factor for each component. For both separations all components elute in × 6 min. and baseline separation is excellent. From the retention times of standard individual component samples the identity of each component in the sample can be ascertained. From the instrumental response factors of standard individual component samples the percent composition of each component can be calculated.

  9. Quantification and comparison of extraction methods for alkaloids in Aegle marmelos leaves by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Karmase, Aniket; Prasanna, K; Rasabattula, Sruti; Bhutani, Kamlesh K

    2014-07-01

    The leaves of Aegle marmelos are reported to contain multi-bioactive classes of compounds including coumarins, furanocoumarins and alkaloids. HPLC analysis of the crude extract was challenging due to low concentrations of the compounds in the leaves. Five compounds visible in the HPLC chromatogram were separated and identified by HPLC and further elaborated for quantification as marker compounds of A. marmelos leaves using a C18 column with detection at 275 nm. A gradient mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile and water was used. The developed HPLC method showed good linearity (r2 > 0.994), high precision (RSD<5%), and good recovery (99.27-99.98%) of the compounds. The lowest detection limit was 5 ng and the method was found to be robust. All the validation parameters were within the permissible limits. Therefore, the developed method is accurate and reliable for the quality control of A. marmelos. This is the first report of extensive quantitative HPLC analysis of marker compounds in A. marmelos leaves and method validation.

  10. [Development of full-quantified HPLC fingerprint for quality evaluation of ophiopogonis radix of sichuan].

    PubMed

    Wang, Jin; Liu, Han-Qing; Liu, Lin; Tang, Hai-Tao; Zhang, Ping; Tang, Yun

    2013-05-01

    To establish HPLC fingerprint of Ophiopogonis Radix of Sichuan and simultaneously determine two homoisoflavonoids (methylophiopogonanones A and B). Full-quantified HPLC fingerprint was used to establish the HPLC fingerprint and determine the active ingredients of the daodi medicinal material Ophiopogonis Radix of Sichuan in Shengmai injection. Chromatographic condition was as follows: The analytical column was Waters symmetry shield RP 18 (4.6 mm x 250 mm, 5 microm) with a pre-column of symmetry shield RP 18. The mobile phase was acetonitrile-water (containing 0.1% phosphoric acid) with gradient elution. The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min, the detection wavelength was set at 280 nm and the column temperature was maintained at 30 degrees C. The HPLC fingerprint of Ophiopogonis Radix of Sichuan was established with good separation and repeatability. 24 common peaks were defined in the HPLC fingerprint. The similarity among batches was more than 0.98. Compared with standard reference substances, No. 14 peak was methylophiopogonanone A and No. 15 peak was methylophiopogonanone B. Similarity determine system was applied to evaluate them. This analytical method is highly sensitive with strong specificity, which can be used efficiently in the quality control of Ophiopogonis Radix of Sichuan in Shengmai injection.

  11. Additives for immobilized pH gradient two-dimensional separation of particulate material: comparison between commercial and new synthetic detergents.

    PubMed

    Gianazza, E; Rabilloud, T; Quaglia, L; Caccia, P; Astrua-Testori, S; Osio, L; Grazioli, G; Righetti, P G

    1987-09-01

    We describe the synthesis of two detergents, L and A15, whose performances as solubilizing agents and as additives in the first-dimension step of a two-dimensional separation are compared with those of some commercial compounds, i.e., Nonidet P-40, 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propanesulfonate(Chaps), and sulfobetaine, on three membrane protein preparations: rat RBC ghosts, beef kidney microvilli, and spinach thylakoids. L is 3-]3-dodecylamidoprophylcbdimethylammonio propane-1-sulfonate; owing to the substitution of a dodecylamido for the dodecyl residue of SB 3-12, the concentration of urea compatible with 2% detergent increases from 4.5 M for the parent molecule up to 7 M. With all three biological samples on which the panel of different detergents has been tested in parallel, L + urea scores as the most effective solubilization medium. On red blood cells a notable qualitative difference is observed with the selective extraction by L as well as by N-dodecyl-N,N-dimethylammonio-3-propanesulfonate of a major protein (pI = ca. 5.5, Mr = ca. 100,000). A15 is derived from a tertiary amine, with one alkylic substituent (either C11 or C13) and two poly(ethylene oxide) tails (totaling 15 ethoxy residues), which is reacted with propane sultone. Approximately 30% of the product corresponds to the N-adduct and is a truly zwitterionic detergent, while 60% is an O-derivative and still contains a titratable amino group (with a pK of 7.2). A15 can thus be used for isoelectric focusing on immobilized pH gradients, as in this work, but would not be compatible with carrier ampholyte isoelectric focusing.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS)

  12. Crater Detection Algorithms Based on Pixel-Difference, Separated-Pixel-Difference, Roberts, Prewitt, Sobel and Frei-Chen Gradient Edge Detectors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Novosel, H.; Salamuniccar, G.; Loncaric, S.

    2007-03-01

    Implementations of six different crater detection algorithms based on six different well-known gradient edge detectors are presented. They are analyzed and compared using free-response receiver operating characteristics.

  13. Quantification of appetite suppressing steroid glycosides from Hoodia gordonii in dried plant material, purified extracts and food products using HPLC-UV and HPLC-MS methods.

    PubMed

    Janssen, Hans-Gerd; Swindells, Chris; Gunning, Philip; Wang, Weijun; Grün, Christian; Mahabir, Krishna; Maharaj, Vinesh J; Apps, Peter J

    2008-06-09

    High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)-UV and HPLC-Mass Spectrometry (MS) methods were developed for the quantitative analysis of the family of Hoodia gordonii steroid glycosides with appetite suppressing properties in dried plant material, in purified and enriched extracts and in various prototype food-products fortified with H. gordonii extracts. For solid materials, e.g. dried plants or for non-fatty foods, extraction of the steroid glycosides is performed using methanol. For products where the steroid glycosides are present in an oil matrix, direct injection of the oil after dilution in tetrahydrofuran is applied. The HPLC separation is performed on an octyl-modified reversed-phase column in the gradient mode with UV detection at lambda = 220 nm. Quantification is performed against an external calibration line prepared using either one of the pure steroid glycosides or geranyl-tiglate. Short- and long-term repeatabilities of the methods are better than 3 and 6%, respectively. Recoveries are better than 85%, even in the analysis of the least abundant steroid glycosides in a complex yoghurt drink. Linearity is better than 3-4 orders of magnitude and the detection limits are below approximately 2 microg g(-1) for the individual steroid glycosides in dried plant material and food products. HPLC-MS is used to confirm that the steroid glycosides contain the characteristic steroid core, the carbohydrate chain and the tigloyl group.

  14. Microchip electrospray: improvements in spray and signal stability during gradient elution by an inverted postcolumn makeup flow.

    PubMed

    Jung, Stephanie; Effelsberg, Uwe; Tallarek, Ulrich

    2011-12-01

    Dynamic changes in mobile phase composition during high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) gradient elution coupled to mass spectrometry (MS) sensitively affect electrospray modes. We investigate the impact of the eluent composition on spray stability and MS response by infusion and injection experiments with a small tetrapeptide in water-acetonitrile mixtures. The employed HPLC/electrospray (ESI)-MS configuration uses a microchip equipped with an enrichment column, a separation column, and a makeup flow (MUF) channel. One nano pump is connected to the separation column, while a second one delivers solvent of exactly inverted composition to the MUF channel. Both solvent streams are united behind the separation column, before the ESI tip, such that the resulting electrosprayed solution always has identical composition during a gradient elution. Analyte peak parameters without and with MUF compensation are determined and discussed with respect to the electrospray mode and eluent composition. The postcolumn MUF significantly improves spray and signal stability over the entire solvent gradient, without compromising the performance of the HPLC separation column. It can also be conveniently implemented on microchip platforms.

  15. Analyses of procyanidins in foods using Diol phase HPLC

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Separation of procyanidins using silica-based HPLC suffered from poor resolution for higher oligomers and low sensitivity due to the fluorescence quenching effects of methylene chloride in the mobile phase. Optimization of a published Diol-phase HPLC method resulted in near baseline separation for p...

  16. HPLC for quality control of polyimides

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Young, P. R.; Sykes, G. F.

    1979-01-01

    High Pressure Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) as a quality control tool for polyimide resins and prepregs are presented. A data base to help establish accept/reject criteria for these materials was developed. This work is intended to supplement, not replace, standard quality control tests normally conducted on incoming resins and prepregs. To help achieve these objectives, the HPLC separation of LARC-160 polyimide precursor resin was characterized. Room temperature resin aging effects were studied. Graphite reinforced composites made from fresh and aged resin were fabricated and tested to determine if changes observed by HPLC were significant.

  17. HPLC for quality control of polyimides

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Young, P. R.; Sykes, G. F.

    1979-01-01

    High Pressure Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) as a quality control tool for polyimide resins and prepregs are presented. A data base to help establish accept/reject criteria for these materials was developed. This work is intended to supplement, not replace, standard quality control tests normally conducted on incoming resins and prepregs. To help achieve these objectives, the HPLC separation of LARC-160 polyimide precursor resin was characterized. Room temperature resin aging effects were studied. Graphite reinforced composites made from fresh and aged resin were fabricated and tested to determine if changes observed by HPLC were significant.

  18. [Determination of puerarin, daidzin and daidzein in root of Pueraria lobata of different origin by HPLC].

    PubMed

    Jin, Wen-shan; Tan, Yu-yuan; Chen, You-gen; Wang, Yan

    2003-01-01

    To develop an HPLC method to determine Puerarin, Daidzin and Daidzein in Pueraria lobata. The separation was performed in a SYMMETRY C18 column with a mobile phase of methanol-1% HAC solution (gradient elution), the The detection wavelength being 250 nm. The average recovery was respectively 101.7%, 100.7% and 101.7% (n = 3), RSD 0.43%, 0.82% and 1.50% (n = 3) for Puerarin, Daidzin and Daidzein. This method is suitable for the determination of Puerarin, Daidzin and Daidzein in Pueraria lobata and its preparation.

  19. Microfabricated refractive index gradient based detector for reversed-phase liquid chromatography with mobile phase gradient elution.

    PubMed

    McBrady, Adam D; Synovec, Robert E

    2006-02-10

    Typical refractive index (RI) detectors for liquid chromatography (LC) are not well suited to application with mobile phase gradient elution, due to the difficulty in correcting for the detected baseline shift during the gradient. We report a sensitive, highly reproducible, microfabricated refractive index gradient (micro-RIG) detector that performs well with mobile phase gradient elution LC. Since the micro-RIG signal remains on-scale throughout the mobile phase gradient, one can apply a baseline correction procedure. We demonstrate that by collecting two mobile phase gradient blanks and subtracting one of them from the other, a reproducible, flat baseline is achieved. Therefore, subtracting a blank from a separation provides a baseline corrected chromatogram with reasonably high signal-to-noise ratio for eluting analytes. The micro-RIG detector uses a collimated diode laser beam to optically probe a RIG formed perpendicular to the laminar flow direction within a microfabricated borosilicate glass chip. The chip-based design of the detector is suitable for either traditional bench-top or LC-on-a-chip technologies. We report reversed phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) separations of proteins and polymers, over mobile phase gradient conditions of 67% A:33% B to 3% A:97% B by volume, where A is 96% methanol:3.9% water:0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), and B is 3.9% methanol:96% water:0.1% TFA. The separations were performed on a Jupiter 5 mu C4 300 A 150 mm x 1.0 mm Phenomenex column at a flow rate of 20 microl/min. Viscosity changes during the mobile phase gradient separation are found to shift the on-chip merge position of the detected concentration gradient (i.e., RIG), in a reproducible fashion. However, this viscosity effect makes detection sensitivity vary throughout the mobile phase gradient, due to moving the optimized position of the probe beam in relation to the analyte concentration gradient being probed. None-the-less, consistent limits

  20. Development of an HPLC post-column antioxidant assay for Solidago canadensis radical scavengers.

    PubMed

    Marksa, Mindaugas; Radušienė, Jolita; Jakštas, Valdas; Ivanauskas, Liudas; Marksienė, Rūta

    2016-01-01

    The aim of this work was to modify and validate the post-column high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)-ABTS and DPPH methods for evaluating the antioxidant activity of the methanolic extracts of Solidago canadensis (Canadian goldenrod) leaves and flowers. Separation of the analytes was performed via the HPLC-PDA method on a YMC analytical column using a gradient elution program. Three compounds with antioxidant properties - chlorogenic acid, rutin and isoquercitrin - and two unidentified antioxidants were established. The research showed that the coil temperature regimes and loop length combinations influence the optimised post-column assay method for detecting the antioxidant activity of goldenrod radical scavengers. Investigations established that the temperature in the reaction coil was a substantial factor contributing to the signal strength of the analytes after reacting with the DPPH and ABTS radicals.

  1. Analysis of the monosaccharide composition of fucoidan by precolumn derivation HPLC

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Jingjing; Zhang, Quanbin; Wang, Jing; Shi, Xuelian; Zhang, Zhongshan

    2009-09-01

    We developed an HPLC method for analysis of the monosaccharide composition of fucoidans. The fucoidan was hydrolyzed into monosaccharides with 2 mol/L trifluoroacetic acid. Using ribose as the internal standard, the monosaccharide derivatives, obtained with 1-Phenyl-3-methyl-5-pyrazolone (PMP), were separated by reverse-phase HPLC using a gradient elution process, and monitored by ultraviolet detection at 245 nm. In the concentration range of 0.1-2.0 mmol/L, the peak area of each monosaccharide had a good linear relationship with its concentration ( r 2>0.998). The average recoveries of mannose, rhamnose, glucuronic acid, glucose, galactose, xylose, and fucose were 86.2%, 95.1%, 62.5%, 102.0%, 94.8%, 66.6%, and 105.1%, respectively. This method was accurate and had good reproducibility and could be used to determine the monosaccharide contents of fucoidans.

  2. Purification, separation and extraction of inner tubes from double-walled carbon nanotubes by tailoring density gradient ultracentrifugation using optical probes

    PubMed Central

    Rohringer, Philip; Shi, Lei; Liu, Xianjie; Yanagi, Kazuhiro; Pichler, Thomas

    2014-01-01

    We studied the effect of varying sonication and centrifugation parameters on double-walled carbon nanotubes (DWCNT) by measuring optical absorption and photoluminescence (PL) of the samples. We found that by using a low sonication intensity before applying density gradient ultracentrifugation (DGU), only inner tube species with a diameter ⩽0.8 nm can be identified in absorption measurements. This is in stark contrast to the result after sonicating at higher intensities, where also bigger inner tubes can be found. Furthermore, by comparing PL properties of samples centrifugated either with or without a gradient medium, we found that applying DGU greatly enhances the PL intensity, whereas centrifugation at even higher speeds but without a gradient medium results in lower intensities. This can be explained by extraction of inner tubes from their host outer tubes in a two-stage process: the different shearing forces from the sonication treatments result in some DWCNT to be opened, whereas others stay uncut. A subsequent application of DGU leads to the extraction of the inner tubes or not if the host nanotube stayed uncut or no gradient medium was used. This work shows a pathway to avoid this phenomenon to unravel the intrinsic PL from inner tubes of DWCNT. PMID:25843961

  3. Simultaneous analysis of 17 diuretics in dietary supplements by HPLC and LC-MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Woo, H; Kim, J W; Han, K M; Lee, J H; Hwang, I S; Lee, J H; Kim, J; Kweon, S J; Cho, S; Chae, K R; Han, S Y; Kim, J

    2013-01-01

    In order to test health foods for illegally added diuretics for weight loss, we developed simple, rapid, selective, and sensitive methods using HPLC and LC-MS/MS for the simultaneous analysis of 17 diuretics in dietary supplements. HPLC conditions were set with a Capcell-pak C18, using a mobile phase consisting of gradient conditions, UV detection at 254 nm and validated for linearity (r(2)> 0.999), precision (CV ≤ 3%), recoveries (90.4-102.8%) and reproducibility. Identification and quantification of 17 diuretics were accomplished by ion-spray LC-MS/MS using multiple reaction monitoring (MRM). The chromatographic separation was carried out under the reversed-phase mechanism on an HSS-T3 column. The LC-MS/MS method was validated for linearity (r(2)> 0.99) and precision (CV < 13%). Sixteen dietary supplements were tested with the developed methods. Diuretics were not detected in all samples. Extraction recovery was also investigated and the extraction recoveries in different formulations were from 88% to 110% and from 81% to 116% using HPLC and LC-MS/MS, respectively. There was no significant difference in recoveries in the type of dietary supplements. Based on this result, the developed methods to monitor illegal drug adulterations in dietary supplements using HPLC and LC-MS/MS are simple, fast and reliable. Therefore, it is applicable to routine drug-adulteration screening.

  4. Chromatographic Analysis of a Multicomponent Mixture of B1, B6, B12, Benfotiamine, and Diclofenac; Part I: HPLC and UPLC Methods for the Simultaneous Quantification of These Five Components in Tablets and Capsules.

    PubMed

    Fayed, Ahmed Salah; Hegazy, Maha Abdel-Monem; Wahab, Nada Sayed Abdel

    2016-11-01

    New, simple, highly sensitive, precise, and accurate gradient reversed-phase chromatographic methods were developed using HPLC and ultra-HPLC (UPLC) systems for the determination of five components, namely thiamine, pyridoxine, cyanocobalamin, benfotiamine, and diclofenac in tablets and capsules. The methods were compared for their efficiency in the separation and determination of these five compounds using two different C18 columns (250 × 4.6 mm, 5 μm; and 100 × 4.6 mm, 2.6 μm) for HPLC and UPLC, respectively. Chromatographic separation was performed with a mobile phase containing acetonitrile and 0.025 M phosphate buffer (pH 3.5), with a gradient program and a flow rate of 1.5 and 1.0 mL/min for both methods, respectively. The methods were validated according to International Conference on Harmonization guidelines. Linearity was achieved in the range of 5.00 to 150.00 μg/mL for each of the five compounds. Ruggedness and intermediate precision were confirmed by different analysts on different columns on different days. Moreover, the components were subjected to an accelerated stability study under acidic, alkaline, and oxidative stress conditions and no interfering peaks were observed. The five compounds were efficiently separated in <20 min by HPLC, whereas for UPLC, separation was achieved in <8 min, which dramatically decreased the consumption of organic solvents.

  5. Direct characterization of aqueous extract of Hibiscus sabdariffa using HPLC with diode array detection coupled to ESI and ion trap MS.

    PubMed

    Rodríguez-Medina, Inmaculada C; Beltrán-Debón, Raúl; Molina, Vicente Micol; Alonso-Villaverde, Carlos; Joven, Jorge; Menéndez, Javier A; Segura-Carretero, Antonio; Fernández-Gutiérrez, Alberto

    2009-10-01

    The phenolic fraction and other polar compounds of the Hibiscus sabdariffa were separated and identified by HPLC with diode array detection coupled to electrospray TOF and IT tandem MS (DAD-HPLC-ESI-TOF-MS and IT-MS). The H. sabdariffa aqueous extract was filtered and directly injected into the LC system. The analysis of the compounds was carried out by RP HPLC coupled to DAD and TOF-MS in order to obtain molecular formula and exact mass. Posterior analyses with IT-MS were performed and the fragmentation pattern and confirmation of the structures were achieved. The H. sabdariffa samples were successfully analyzed in positive and negative ionization modes with two optimized linear gradients. In positive mode, the two most representative anthocyanins and other compounds were identified whereas the phenolic fraction, hydroxycitric acid and its lactone were identified using the negative ionization mode.

  6. Fast separation of (poly)phenolic compounds from apples and pears by high-performance liquid chromatography with diode-array detection.

    PubMed

    Escarpa, A; González, M C

    1999-01-15

    Polyphenolic compounds in apples and pears were analysed by HPLC on C18-modified silica. Gradient elution with phosphoric acid-methanol mixtures and phosphoric acid-acetonitrile mixtures gave complete separation of all polyphenolics of interest. The use of methanol as modifier was preferred because it provides a more rapid separation (20 min). Diode-array detection was used for the provisional identification of polyphenolic compounds not available as standards.

  7. The detection of radical scavenging compounds in crude extract of borage (Borago officinalis L.) by using an on-line HPLC-DPPH method.

    PubMed

    Bandoniene, Donata; Murkovic, Michael

    2002-01-01

    The rapid evaluation of antioxidant activity of crude borage (Borago officinalis L.) extract was determined by using DPPH free radical method. This borage extract resulted in a rapid decrease of the absorbance and showed very high hydrogen-donating capacity towards the 2,2'-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl (DPPH) radical. A new HPLC-DPPH on-line method was applied for a screening of several radical scavenging components in this borage extract as well as for quantitative analysis. This on-line HPLC-DPPH method was developed using a methanolic solution of DPPH-stable radical. The HPLC-separated analytes reacted post-column with the DPPH solution in methanol. The induced bleaching was detected as a negative peak photometrically at 515 nm. The separation of antioxidative components was carried out by gradient HPLC with mobile-phase composition ranging from 2% to 80% acetonitrile with 2% acetic acid in water, UV detection was carried out at 280 nm. The HPLC analysis of borage extract revealed the presence of several radical scavenging components in the borage extract. The results obtained from the chromatograms suggest that some compounds present in the extract possess high radical quenching ability. The dominant antioxidative compound in the crude extract of borage leaves was identified as rosmarinic acid.

  8. Aqueous Reversed-Phase HPLC/FT-IR Using Diffuse Reflectance Detections

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kalasinsky, Victor F.; Pai, T. H.; Kenton, R. C.; Kalasinsky, Kathryn S.

    1989-12-01

    Solvent-elimination HPLC/FT-IR has become a viable combination of two important techniques, and we have been developing a system which is adaptable to both normal and reversed-phase liquid chromatography. The interface involves the deposition of HPLC eluites onto a KCI-laden train with subsequent analysis via diffuse reflectance spectroscopy, and with minor modifications, the system can be used with microbore and analytical columns. With aqueous solvents, the water is converted to methanol and acetone in a post-column reaction with 2,2-dimethoxypropane before the eluites are deposited. A number of different samples have been used to demonstrate the interface and its flexibility. Steroids, analgesics, and other pharmaceutical preparations have been separated with reverse-phase solvents and identified by their infrared spectra. For some of the compounds studied, different infrared spectra of a given compound have been found to exhibit intensity variations, which arise from different crystalline states. The differences can be concentration dependent and may be useful in obtaining semi-quantitative information from the infrared spectra. Applications involving both gradient elution and isocratic separations have been successful. The former provides the same advantages for HPLC/FT-IR as one finds in conventional HPLC. More recent work has been applied to the use of buffers such as those frequently used in bioanalytical separations. In trying to simplify the post-column reaction with water, we have immobilized dehydration reagents onto silica particles and packed these materials into a column which is inserted in-line after the analytical column. Of the reagents utilized to date, 3,3-dimethoxypropyltrimethoxysilane has been found to perform most efficiently. It has advantages over the simpler reagents because it can be regenerated in the reaction column. Results and the efficiency of the dehydration process and its relation to the type of reagent and its coverage will be

  9. Gradient chromatofocusing-mass spectrometry: a new technique in protein analysis.

    PubMed

    Shan, Lian; Hribar, James A; Zhou, Xiang; Anderson, David J

    2008-08-01

    A new analytical technique, gradient chromatofocusing-mass spectrometry (gCF-MS), was developed employing ion-exchange high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) interfaced to an electrospray-quadrupole mass spectrometer in the determination of proteins. There have been few reports, if any, of a HPLC-MS technique for proteins in which the ion-exchange column is directly interfaced to the mass spectrometer. The employment of a linear pH gradient elution scheme directly interfaced to mass spectrometry is also unique in the present work. The technique was demonstrated by the separation of six proteins (carbonic anhydrase II, enolase, beta-lactoglobulin A, lactoglobulin B, soybean trypsin inhibitor, and amyloglucosidase) employing a descending linear pH gradient from pH 9 to 2.6 on a 50 mm x 2.1 mm DEAE HPLC column using volatile buffer components. A signal enhancement solution consisting of 8% formic acid in acetonitrile was pumped post-column and was mixed 1:1 with column effluent and then directed on-line into the mass spectrometer. Molecular masses of the proteins were determined within +/-0.010% to 0.033% (+/-100 to 330 ppm) with peak height total ion current detection limits of 4 to 78 pmol of injected amounts (S/N = 3). This technique is applicable to the analysis of proteins and other charged molecules.

  10. Determination of CMPO using HPLC -UV

    SciTech Connect

    Gracy Elias; Gary S. Groenewold; Bruce J. Mincher; Stephen P. Mezyk

    2012-06-01

    Octyl(phenyl)-N,N-diisobutylcarbamoylmethylphosphine oxide (CMPO) is an extractant proposed for selective separation of radionuclide metals from used nuclear fuel solutions using solvent extraction. Radiolysis reactions can degrade CMPO and reduce separation performance and hence methods for measuring concentration of CMPO and identifying degradation products are needed. A novel high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method employing ultraviolet detection (UV) was developed to detect and quantitate CMPO in dodecane. Some radiolysis products in gamma and alpha irradiated CMPO solutions were identified using HPLC/electrospray ionization-mass spectrometry (ESI-MS). Validation data indicated that the HPLC-UV method for CMPO determination provided good linearity, sensitivity, procedure accuracy and system precision. CMPO-nitric acid complexes were also identified, that account for the apparent loss of CMPO in acidic environment, independent of irradiation.

  11. Evaluation of mobile phase gradient supercritical fluid chromatography for impurity profiling of pharmaceutical compounds.

    PubMed

    Alexander, A J; Hooker, T F; Tomasella, F P

    2012-11-01

    The use of gradient supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) for the impurity profiling of pharmaceutical products is not widely practiced. Historically, the limited advancement in SFC instrumentation and the lag in column development have resulted in marginal sensitivity, selectivity and reproducibility when compared with high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). Using a recently developed commercial module, which allows an ordinary HPLC to be converted to a SFC system, a significant improvement in sensitivity (up to ~12-fold) has been obtained over previous studies. This has allowed for the first time a "real-world" head-to-head comparison of SFC to HPLC for impurity profiling of pharmaceutical products in a regulated environment. Retention time reproducibility and low level impurity detection were found to be comparable to reversed phase liquid chromatography (RPLC), that is, single digit %relative standard deviations (RSDs) were obtained for impurities present at less than 0.1 area%. Furthermore, these results were obtained with drug loading levels (≤2 mg/mL) that are not only comparable to those employed with HPLC, but are dictated by the limited solubility of many drug candidates. The elution of impurities was generally found to be orthogonal to that obtained with RPLC, but it was still challenging to find SFC conditions that would separate all of the components in the mixtures studied. In terms of enhancing selectivity, small amounts of mobile phase additives (0.1-1%) and temperature optimization were found to have a greater impact in SFC method development versus RPLC. However, unlike gradient RPLC, the relative changes in baseline noise and slope were found to be a complex function of the experimental conditions, with the largest differences in noise levels being generally observed for the widest and steepest gradients. It is likely that this gradient related noise is more apparent now because other sources of noise in SFC have been reduced

  12. Magnetic separation of algae

    SciTech Connect

    Nath, Pulak; Twary, Scott N.

    2016-04-26

    Described herein are methods and systems for harvesting, collecting, separating and/or dewatering algae using iron based salts combined with a magnetic field gradient to separate algae from an aqueous solution.

  13. Sequential elution liquid chromatography can significantly increase the probability of a successful separation by simultaneously increasing the peak capacity and reducing the separation disorder.

    PubMed

    Socia, Adam; Foley, Joe P

    2014-01-10

    This paper demonstrates that sequential elution liquid chromatography (SE-LC), an approach in which two or more elution modes are employed in series for the separation of two or more groups of compounds, can be used to separate not only weak acids (or weak bases) from neutral compounds, but weak acids and weak bases from neutral compounds (and each other) by the sequential application of either of two types of an extended pH gradient prior to a solvent gradient. It also details a comparison, based on peak capacity and separation disorder, of the probability of success of this approach with the unimodal elution approach taken by conventional column liquid chromatography. For an HPLC peak capacity of 120 and samples of moderate complexity (e.g., 12 components), the probability of success (Rs≥1) increases from 37.9% (HPLC) to 85.8% (SE-LC). Different columns were evaluated for their utility for SE-LC using the following criteria: (1) the prediction of the elution order of the groups based on the degree of ionization of the compounds; and (2) the closeness of the peak shape to the ideal Gaussian distribution. The best columns overall were the Zorbax SB-AQ and Waters XBridge Shield columns, as they provided both between-class and within-class separations of all compounds, as well as the lowest degree of tailing of 4-ethylaniline using the pH 2 to pH 8 gradient.

  14. Development and Validation of HPLC and HPTLC Methods for Estimation of Glabridin in Extracts of Glycyrrhiza glabra.

    PubMed

    Viswanathan, Vivek; Mukne, Alka P

    2016-01-01

    Glabridin is a major bioactive phytoconstituent of licorice. This work discusses the development and validation of HPLC and HPTLC methods for analysis of glabridin in licorice. The HPLC separation was performed using a Purospher STAR RP-18e column (5 μm silica particle size, 250 mm × 4.6 mm inner diameter) with gradient elution of 0.2% acetic acid in water-acetonitrile. The flow rate was 1 mL/min. Quantification was performed at a detection wavelength of 280 nm. HTPLC separation was performed on precoated silica gel 60 F254 aluminum plate (10 × 10 cm, 250 μm thickness). A linear ascending development was done using a mobile phase of hexane-ethyl acetate-chloroform (5 + 4 + 3, v/v/v). After development, the plates were scanned at 285 nm. Both of the methods provided good separation of glabridin from other constituents of licorice extract. The methods were validated as per ICH guidelines. Comparison by Student t-test showed that there was a statistically insignificant difference between the mean glabridin content estimated by both methods at 95% confidence interval. The glabridin content in licorice extract was 3.90% by HPLC and 3.79% by HPTLC.

  15. Simultaneous Determination of Five Active Components in the Chinese Patent Medicine Niuhuang Jiangya Pill by HPLC-MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Xiong, Shan; Lei, Shanshan

    2016-12-16

    Niuhuang Jiangya (NHJY) pill is one of the well-known Chinese patent medicines in China used in the treatment of high blood pressure. The primary purpose of this study was to establish and validate a method using HPLC with tandem MS for the quality evaluation of NHJY pill through simultaneous determination of the following five active components: baicalin, paeoniflorin, astragaloside IV, ferulic acid, and emodin. Chromatographic separation was carried out on a Hypersil GOLD HPLC C18 column (50 × 4.6 mm, 3 μm) with acetonitrile and water as mobile phase and gradient elution at a flow rate of 0.4 mL/min. The method established in this study was selective, linear, precise, and accurate and was successfully applied to evaluate five active components in NHJY pill collected from different production batches, which could be considered a good approach to control the quality of NHJY pill and other related botanical drugs.

  16. Simple and fast HPLC method for simultaneous determination of retinol, tocopherols, coenzyme Q(10) and carotenoids in complex samples.

    PubMed

    Gleize, Béatrice; Steib, Marlène; André, Marc; Reboul, Emmanuelle

    2012-10-15

    The effects of fat-soluble vitamins (such as vitamins A and E) and lipid microconstituents (such as carotenoids) on human health are now well established. However, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) methods able to detect these molecules in simultaneous runs are often difficult to set up. We report here a 35-min reversed-phase HPLC method using a single C30 column kept at 35°C with a gradient system of methanol, methyl-tert-butyl ether and water at a flow-rate of 1 mL/min. This method resolves 11 carotenoids, retinol, α- and γ-tocopherol from complex matrixes such as food samples, human plasma and human adipose tissue within 35 min. The method is also able to separate coenzyme Q(10). The intra-day and inter-day coefficients of variation are suitable for routine clinical and scientific applications for the determination of lipid micronutrients from various sample types.

  17. Multiecho IDEAL Gradient-Echo Water-Fat Separation for Rapid Assessment of Cartilage Volume at 1.5 T: Initial Experience1

    PubMed Central

    Chen, Christina A.; Lu, Wenmiao; John, Chand T.; Hargreaves, Brian A.; Reeder, Scott B.; Delp, Scott L.; Siston, Robert A.; Gold, Garry E.

    2009-01-01

    Institutional review board approval and informed consent were obtained for this HIPAA-compliant study. The purpose was to prospectively compare multiecho iterative decomposition of water and fat with echo asymmetry and least-squares estimation (IDEAL) gradient-echo (GRE) magnetic resonance (MR) imaging with three-dimensional fat-suppressed (FS) spoiled GRE (SPGR) MR imaging to evaluate the articular cartilage of the knee. Six healthy volunteer and 10 cadaver knees were imaged at 1.5 T. Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), SNR efficiency, and cartilage volume were measured. SNR and SNR efficiency were significantly higher with multiecho IDEAL GRE than with FS SPGR imaging (P < .031). Both methods produced equivalent cartilage volumes (overall concordance correlation coefficient, 0.998) with high precision and accuracy. The use of a cartilage phantom confirmed high accuracy in volume measurements and high reproducibility for both methods. Multiecho IDEAL GRE provides high signal intensity in cartilage and synovial fluid and is a promising technique for imaging articular cartilage of the knee. PMID:19528355

  18. Extraction and identification of flavonoids from parsley extracts by HPLC analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stan, M.; Soran, M. L.; Varodi, C.; Lung, I.

    2012-02-01

    Flavonoids are phenolic compounds isolated from a wide variety of plants, and are valuable for their multiple properties, including antioxidant and antimicrobial activities. In the present work, parsley (Petroselinum crispum L.) extracts were obtained by three different extraction techniques: maceration, ultrasonic-assisted and microwave-assisted solvent extractions. The extractions were performed with ethanol-water mixtures in various ratios. From these extracts, flavonoids like the flavones apigenin and luteolin, and the flavonols quercetin and kaempferol were identified using an HPLC Shimadzu apparatus equipped with PDA and MS detectors. The separation method involved a gradient step. The mobile phase consisted of two solvents: acetonitrile and distilled water with 0.1% formic acid. The separation was performed on a RP-C18 column.

  19. Reverse-phase HPLC of DNA restriction fragments and ribooligonucleotides on uncoated Kel-F powder.

    PubMed Central

    Usher, D A

    1979-01-01

    Uncoated Kel-F powder offers some unique features as a support for reverse-phase HPLC of oligonucleotides and DNA restriction fragments. Compounds are eluted from the column by a gradient of acetonitrile (0 tto 18% v/v) in 0.1 M aqueous triethylammonium acetate. In contrast to RPC-5 chromatography, oligonucleotides are not eluted by aqueous salt solutions alone, and the separation of restriction fragments depends only on the chainlength. The packing material is cheap, easy to pack, chemically inert, and does not bleed, so that separations are highly reproducible. The DNA loading capacity for Kel-F is presently inferior to RPC-5, but recovery of microgram amounts of material is typically better than 50%. Images PMID:461189

  20. HPLC-DAD-MS(n) analysis and HPLC quantitation of chemical constituents in Xian-ling-gu-bao capsules.

    PubMed

    Guan, Xiang-Yu; Li, Hui-Fang; Yang, Wen-Zhi; Lin, Chang-Hu; Sun, Chao; Wang, Bao-Rong; Guo, De-An; Ye, Min

    2011-07-15

    In this study, a systematic method was established for the global quality control of Xian-ling-gu-bao capsules (XLGB), a popular six-herb Traditional Chinese Patent Medicine (TCPM) for the treatment of osteoporosis. Both qualitative and quantitative analyses were conducted. In qualitative analysis part, a fast and sensitive method based on high-performance liquid chromatography coupled with diode-array detection and electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-DAD-MS(n)) was established for rapid separation and sensitive identification. Samples were separated on a Waters Symmetry C(18) column (250mm×4.6mm, 5μm) by gradient elution using acetonitrile (A) and water-formic acid (B; 0.03%, v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0ml/min. Based on the mass spectra, UV spectra and retention time, 47 compounds were identified or tentatively characterized, including 27 flavonols (all from Epimedii Herba, the major component herb), 4 coumarins, 3 flavonones, 1 chalcone, 3 isoflavones, 1 coumestrol, 3 triterpenoid saponins, 1 iridoid, 3 steroidal saponins, and 1 phenolic acid. Among them, 18 compounds were confirmed by comparing with reference standards. In quantitative analysis part, 10 major compounds in 18 batches of XLGB were simultaneously determined by HPLC/UV detected at 270nm. The method was validated with respect to intra- and inter-day precision, repeatability and stability, with RSD less than 1.0%, 1.5%, 2.9% and 1.8%, respectively. All the 10 analytes showed good linearity in wide linear ranges (r(2)=0.9999), and their average recoveries varied between 97.8% and 104.9%. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Stability-Indicating RP-HPLC Method for the Determination of Ambrisentan and Tadalafil in Pharmaceutical Dosage Form

    PubMed Central

    Patel, Jayvadan K.; Patel, Nilam K.

    2014-01-01

    Abstract A simple, rapid, and highly selective RP-HPLC method was developed for the simultaneous determination of Ambrisentan (AMB) and Tadalafil (TADA) drug substances in the fixed dosage strength of 10 mg and 40 mg, respectively. Effective chromatographic separation was achieved using a Hypersil GOLD C18 column (150 mm × 4.6 mm internal diameter, 5 μm particle size) with a mobile phase composed of methanol, water, and acetonitrile in the ratio of 40:40:20 (by volume). The mobile phase was pumped using a gradient HPLC system at a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min, and quantification of the analytes was based on measuring their peak areas at 260 nm. The retention times for Ambrisentan and Tadalafil were about 2.80 and 7.10 min, respectively. The reliability and analytical performance of the proposed HPLC procedure were statistically validated with respect to system suitability, linearity, ranges, precision, accuracy, specificity, robustness, detection, and quantification limits. Calibration curves were linear in the ranges of 1–20 μg/mL for Ambrisentan and 4–80 μg/mL for Tadalafil with correlation coefficients >0.990. The proposed method proved to be selective and stability-indicating by the resolution of the two analytes from the forced degradation (hydrolysis, oxidation, and photolysis) products. The validated HPLC method was successfully applied to the analysis of AMB and TADA in pharmaceutical dosage form. PMID:26279975

  2. A Validated Stability-Indicating HPLC Method for Simultaneous Determination of Amoxicillin and Enrofloxacin Combination in an Injectable Suspension.

    PubMed

    Batrawi, Nidal; Wahdan, Shorouq; Al-Rimawi, Fuad

    2017-02-16

    The combination of amoxicillin and enrofloxacin is a well-known mixture of veterinary drugs; it is used for the treatment of Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. In the scientific literature, there is no high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)-UV method for the simultaneous determination of this combination. The objective of this work is to develop and validate an HPLC method for the determination of this combination. In this regard, a new, simple and efficient reversed-phase HPLC method for simultaneous qualitative and quantitative determination of amoxicillin and enrofloxacin, in an injectable preparation with a mixture of inactive excipients, has been developed and validated. The HPLC separation method was performed using a reversed-phase (RP)-C18e (250 mm × 4.0 mm, 5 μm) column at room temperature, with a gradient mobile phase of acetonitrile and phosphate buffer containing methanol at pH 5.0, a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min and ultraviolet detection at 267 nm. This method was validated in accordance with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines and showed excellent linearity, accuracy, precision, specificity, robustness, ruggedness, and system suitability results within the acceptance criteria. A stability-indicating study was also carried out and indicated that this method can also be used for purity and degradation evaluation of these formulations.

  3. High-performance liquid chromatographic separation of subcomponents of antimycin A.

    PubMed

    Abidi, S L

    1988-08-05

    Using a reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) technique, a mixture of antimycins A was separated into eight hitherto unreported subcomponents, A1a, A1b, A2a, A2b, A3a, A3b, A4a, and A4b. Although a base-line resolution of the known four major antimycins A1, A2, A3, and A4 was readily achieved with mobile phases containing acetate buffers, the separation of the new antibiotic subcomponents was highly sensitive to variation in mobile phase conditions. The type and composition of organic modifers, the nature of buffer salts, and the concentration of added electrolytes had profound effects on capacity factors, separation factors, and peak resolution values. Of the numerous chromatographic systems examined, a mobile phase consisting of methanol-water (70:30) and 0.005 M tetrabutylammonium phosphate at pH 3.0 yielded the most satisfactory results for the separation of the subcomponents. Reversed-phase gradient HPLC separation of the dansylated or methylated antibiotic compounds produced superior chromatographic characteristics and the presence of added electrolytes was not a critical factor for achieving separation. Differences in the chromatographic outcome between homologous and structural isomers were interpreted based on a differential solvophobic interaction rationale. Preparative reversed-phase HPLC under optimal conditions enabled isolation of pure samples of the methylated antimycin subcomponents for use in structural studies.

  4. High-performance liquid-chromatographic separation of subcomponents of antimycin-A

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Abidi, S.L.

    1988-01-01

    Using a reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) technique, a mixture of antimycins A was separated into eight hitherto unreported subcomponents, Ala, Alb, A2a, A2b, A3a, A3b, A4a, and A4b. Although a base-line resolution of the known four major antimycins Al, A2, A3, and A4 was readily achieved with mobile phases containing acetate buffers, the separation of the new antibiotic subcomponents was highly sensitive to variation in mobile phase conditions. The type and composition of organic modifiers, the nature of buffer salts, and the concentration of added electrolytes had profound effects on capacity factors, separation factors, and peak resolution values. Of the numerous chromatographic systems examined, a mobile phase consisting of methanol-water (70:30) and 0.005 M tetrabutylammonium phosphate at pH 3.0 yielded the most satisfactory results for the separation of the subcomponents. Reversed-phase gradient HPLC separation of the dansylated or methylated antibiotic compounds produced superior chromatographic characteristics and the presence of added electrolytes was not a critical factor for achieving separation. Differences in the chromatographic outcome between homologous and structural isomers were interpretated based on a differential solvophobic interaction rationale. Preparative reversed-phase HPLC under optimal conditions enabled isolation of pure samples of the methylated antimycin subcomponents for use in structural studies.

  5. Evaluation of proposed sulphoxidation pathways of carbocysteine in man by HPLC quantification.

    PubMed

    Brockmöller, J; Staffeldt, B; Roots, I

    1991-01-01

    A quantitative study has been made of the metabolism of S-carboxymethyl-L-cysteine (CMC) and its sulphoxides in volunteers by HPLC. Precolumn derivatization was applied prior to gradient reversed phase HPLC separation and fluorescence detection. For CMC and its metabolites containing a primary amino group the reagent 9-fluorenylmethylchloroformate was used. The other metabolites of CMC were derivatized at their carboxylic group with 1-pyrenyldiazomethane to give stable fluorescent products. Urine samples were collected for 8 h after oral administration of 1.125 g CMC to 33 healthy volunteers. Elimination of CMC in urine as sulphoxides did not account for more than 1% of the dose in any of the volunteers. Thus, CMC-sulphoxide metabolites are not quantitatively important. Recovery of the original substance in 8-hour urines ranged from 10 to 30% and a further 2 to 20% was recovered as the metabolite thiodiglycolic acid. Oral doses of 0.19, 1.125, and 2.25 g CMC in a second group of 12 healthy volunteers did not reveal dose dependence of the urinary excretion of the sulphoxides or of thiodiglycolic acid. Serum concentration-time-curves of CMC, (S)- and (R)-CMC sulphoxide were measured in a group of 9 healthy volunteers. The CMC sulphoxides in serum reached 1.5% of the parent substance after 4 hours. The ratio of CMC to its sulphoxide metabolites was similar in serum and urine. Pharmacogenetic polymorphism of sulphoxidation was not confirmed by the specific HPLC methods used.

  6. [Study on HPLC fingerprint of flavonoids from Houttuynia cordata by comparing with fingerprint reference].

    PubMed

    Zhang, Ting-Ting; Wu, Yi; Hang, Tai-Jun

    2009-05-01

    To establish a stable and repeatable HPLC fingerprint standard and evaluate the flavonoids from Houttuynia cordata qualitatively and quantitatively. HPLC separation was performed on a C18 column with methanol-0.1% phosphoric acid mixed solution as mobile phase in gradient elution mode. The fingerprint reference was determined as one of the most typical chromatograms and used to be compared with other samples through Cosine and Relative Euclid Distance methods, thus the chromatographic fingerprints of flavonoids from Houttuynia cordata were evaluated by constitutes and contents, respectively. Fourteen mutual peaks were fixed in the HPLC fingerprint of flavonoids from Houttaynia cordata. It showed good results in validation tests in which the quercitrin's peak was set as the reference peak to calculate relative retention time and area of other peaks in the chromatograms, and the RSD were less than 0.2% and 5.0%, respectively. The linear ranges for quercitrin was 1.07-83.4 microg/mL (r=0.9999) and the average recovery was 100.3%. The method shows good repeatability, ruggedness and reliability. Comparing with the established reference fingerprint, the evaluation system including Cosine and Relative Euclid Distance methods lays dependable foundation for controlling the quality of Houttuynia cordata.

  7. Analysis of pharmaceutical samples of Resina Draconis by HPLC-PAD.

    PubMed

    Gong, Wenjun; Cao, Yuhua; Wang, Yun

    2008-01-01

    The quality evaluation of traditional Chinese medicine (TCM) represents a particular challenge owing to the complexity of the matrix, which renders separation and identification of the individual components extremely difficult. In recent years, fingerprinting of TCMs has played a dominant role in quality control. Resina Draconis was authorised as a new TCM in 1991, but a satisfactory HPLC fingerprint method for this preparation has not yet been published. To develop a simple and reliable protocol for the quality control of Resina Draconis using an HPLC-PAD method. The TCM was extracted with methanol at room temperature. Chromatography was carried out using a Lichrospher C(18) column eluted with a linear gradient of acetonitrile (A) and water containing 0.1% phosphoric acid (B), initially at 30:70 (A:B) and changing to 60:40 in 90 min. UV (PAD) spectra were acquired in the range 210-400 nm. Four chromatograms of samples of Resina Draconis obtained from different pharmaceutical factories showed 20 peaks in common. The average chromatogram was taken as a template from which the correlation coefficients and cosine ratios of the samples were determined. Whereas the contents of individual components in each sample were different, overall the samples were extremely similar one to another, and the products from different pharmaceutical factories were consistent. A reliable and validated HPLC method has been developed for the fingerprint analysis of Resina Draconis that can be applied for the quality control of this TCM.

  8. [HPLC fingerprint of Calendula officinalis flower].

    PubMed

    Xing, Zhan-Fen; Cheng, Hong-Da; Zhang, Ping-Ping; Gong, Lei; Ma, Li-Ya

    2014-07-01

    To establish an HPLC fingerprint of Calendula officinalis flower for its quality control. Hypersil ODS C18 column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 μm) was used with acetonitrile and water as mobile phase in a gradient mode at the flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. The detection wavelength was 220 nm and the temperature of column was set at 35 degrees C. The similarity was analyzed with the Estimating System of Similarity on the Chinese Medicine Fingerprint Chromatogram. The HPLC fingerprint of Calendula officinalis flower containing eleven peaks was set up. The similarity of Calendula officinalis flower from different habitats was greater than 0.90. This method is easy and reliable, which can be used to judge the habitat and control the quality of Calendula officinalis flower.

  9. HPLC-DAD and HPLC-ESI-MS analyses of Tiliae flos and its preparations.

    PubMed

    Karioti, A; Chiarabini, L; Alachkar, A; Fawaz Chehna, M; Vincieri, F F; Bilia, A R

    2014-11-01

    In the present study extensive HPLC-DAD, HPLC-ESI-MS and NMR analyses were undertaken in the aqueous preparations (decoctions, infusions) and tinctures of Tilia platyphyllos Scop inflorescences. The aim of this work was to examine in depth the qualitative and quantitative profile of the investigated preparations, which find until today wide applications in pharmaceutical and cosmetic industry, and to propose a validated method for their quality control. An HPLC-DAD-ESI-MS method was developed and optimised for the quantitative determination of the constituents. Marker constituents of Tiliae flos are the flavonoids, while the volatile content is also used for the quality control. However, the analyses of the non-volatile fraction gave complex chromatographic fingerprints containing simple phenolics and low molecular weight procyanidins. The use of different HPLC columns permitted a good separation of the constituents and enabled their quantitation, while HPLC-MS analyses permitted the detection of procyanidin oligomers. Overall, 31 constituents were detected and identified. Extensive preparative chromatographic investigations and 2D-NMR analyses allowed the characterisation of procyanidins as epicatechin derivatives. Finally, the HPLC method was validated and complied with ICH guidelines. This is the first report of detailed analysis of the chemical composition of Tiliae flos.

  10. Optimization and correlation of HPLC-ELSD and HPLC-MS/MS methods for identification and characterization of sophorolipids.

    PubMed

    Ribeiro, Isabel A; Bronze, M Rosário; Castro, Matilde F; Ribeiro, Maria H L

    2012-06-15

    High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD) and HPLC with electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-ESI-MS/MS) methods were implemented and optimized to separate and identify sophorolipids (SLs) produced by Rhodotorula bogoriensis and Starmerella bombicola. SLs are carbohydrate-based amphiphilic biosurfactants with increased interest in pharmaceutical and environmental areas. Rhodotorula bogoriensis and Starmerella bombicola are mainly producers of respectively C22, and C16 and C18 SLs. Mass fragmentation patterns of SLs produced by both yeasts were investigated by HPLC-ESI-MS/MS in the positive mode for [M+Na]+. Based on the established fragmentation pattern, SLs produced by both yeasts were identified and characterized. A correlation between HPLC-ELSD and HPLC- ESI-MS/MS methods was established and made possible the identification of SLs by the HPLC-ELSD technique. TLC is a common tool for the analysis of SLs mixtures. In this work, TLC scrapped bands were analysed by HPLC-ELSD and HPLC-MS allowing the correlation between R(F) values and the identification of sophorolipids by this technique. Identification of monoacetylated and diacetylated C24:0 hydroxy fatty acids sophorolipids produced by Rhodotorula bogoriensis was for the first time accomplished with this study. Although present in lower quantity these longer chain SLs can assume special importance regarding their biological activity and surface active properties. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Gradient networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Toroczkai, Zoltán; Kozma, Balázs; Bassler, Kevin E.; Hengartner, N. W.; Korniss, G.

    2008-04-01

    Gradient networks are defined (Toroczkai and Bassler 2004 Nature 428 716) as directed graphs formed by local gradients of a scalar field distributed on the nodes of a substrate network G. We present the derivation for some of the general properties of gradient graphs and give an exact expression for the in-degree distribution R(l) of the gradient network when the substrate is a binomial (Erd{\\;\\kern -0.10em \\raise -0.35ex \\{{^{^{\\prime\\prime}}}}\\kern -0.57em \\o} s-Rényi) random graph, G_{N,p} , and the scalars are independent identically distributed (i.i.d.) random variables. We show that in the limit N \\to \\infty, p \\to 0, z = pN = \\mbox{const} \\gg 1, R(l)\\propto l^{-1} for l < l_c = z , i.e., gradient networks become scale-free graphs up to a cut-off degree. This paper presents the detailed derivation of the results announced in Toroczkai and Bassler (2004 Nature 428 716).

  12. Determination and validation of six sunscreen agents in suncare products by UPLC and HPLC.

    PubMed

    Lee, So-Mi; Jeong, Hye-Jin; Chang, Ih Seop

    2008-01-01

    Methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethyl butylphenol and bis-ethylhexyloxy phenol methoxyphenyl triazine are sunscreen agents that have hydrophobic behaviors in common. They were not normally assayed with the following four sunscreen agents that have hydrophilic behaviors in a single chromatographic run: ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate, isoamyl p-methoxycinnamate, ethylhexyl salicylate, and ethylhexyl triazone. For that reason, methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethyl butylphenol and bis-ethylhexyloxy phenol methoxyphenyl triazine require much time in order to assay products with those materials. A rapid, selective, and reproducible determination method needs to be developed for the simultaneous examination of methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethyl butylphenol and bis-ethylhexyloxy phenol methoxyphenyl triazine with the sunscreen agents, ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate, isoamyl p-methoxycinnamate, ethylhexyl salicylate, and ethylhexyl triazone. This new technique could reduce time in examining the sunscreen agents and be effective for quality control of suncare products. In this paper, the HPLC and UPLC system is used for developing the determination of the sunscreen agents. Several evaluations of some mixtures of eluents and columns were obtained for the optimal condition of separation. In HPLC, the optimal peak resolution was obtained through ethanol-water gradient elution and a 75-mm C18 column with a 3.5-microm-sized particle on a flow rate of 1.0 ml/min. In UPLC, the most distinctive peak resolution was obtained through methanol-water gradient elution and a 50-mm C18 column with a 1.7-microm-sized particle on a flow rate 0.4 ml/min. Both of those chromatographic determination methods could be used in the examination of six types of sunscreen agents without any interference from other product excipients in the agents. The proposed determination methods were validated for specificity, linearity, repeatability, system stability, intermediate precision, and accuracy

  13. Identification of Rhodiola species by using RP-HPLC*

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Qiang; Ruan, Xiao; Jin, Zhi-hua; Yan, Qi-chuan; Tu, Shan-jun

    2005-01-01

    An approach was established using RP-HPLC (reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography) to identify ten species of Rhodiola, R. coccinea A. Bor, R. junggarica C.Y. Yang et N.R. Cui spn., R. heterodonta A. Bor, R. linearifolia A. Bor, R. pamiro alaiucm A. Bor, R. kaschgarica A. Bor, R. litwinowii A. Bor, R. gelida schrenk, R. rosea L. and R. quadrifide Fisch et Mey collected from the Tianshan Mountains areas of China. Chromatograms of alcohol-soluble proteins, generated from these ten Rhodiola spp. were compared. Each chromatogram of alcohol-soluble proteins came from a single seed of one wild species only. The results showed that when using a Waters Delta Pak. C18, 5 μm particle size reversed phase column (150 mm×3.9 mm), a linear gradient of 22%–55% solvent B with a flow rate of 1 ml/min and a run time of 67 min, the chromatography gave optimum separation of Rhodiola alcohol-soluble proteins. Chromatogram of each species was different and could be used to identify those species. Cluster analysis of genetic similarity coefficients of 37% to 60% showed a medium degree of genetic diversity among the species in these eco-areas. Cluster analysis showed that the ten species of Rhodiola can be divided into four clusters and yielded the general and unique biochemical markers of these species. RP-HPLC was shown to be a rapid, repeatable and reliable method for Rhodiola species identification and analysis of genetic diversity. PMID:15909330

  14. Separation and identification of phenolic compounds of extra virgin olive oil from Olea europaea L. by HPLC-DAD-SPE-NMR/MS. Identification of a new diastereoisomer of the aldehydic form of oleuropein aglycone.

    PubMed

    Pérez-Trujillo, Míriam; Gómez-Caravaca, Ana María; Segura-Carretero, Antonio; Fernández-Gutiérrez, Alberto; Parella, Teodor

    2010-08-25

    The phenolic fraction of a monovarietal extra virgin olive oil (EVOO) from Olea europaea L. var. Cornezuelo was studied by the hyphenated HPLC-DAD-SPE-NMR/MS techniques. This survey led to the identification of 25 main compounds. One was identified as a new diastereoisomer of the aldehydic form of oleuropein aglycone (AOA) and characterized by 1D and 2D NMR techniques. The relative configuration of this new AOA was determined as 5R*,8S*,9S* on the basis of the results obtained from the combination of NOE experiments and Monte Carlo conformational search calculations. Assuming, as for the described diastereoisomers, that the new AOA comes from the natural oleuropein aglycone (OA), the absolute configuration was proposed as 5S,8R,9R.

  15. Characterization of triacylglycerol enantiomers using chiral HPLC/APCI-MS and synthesis of enantiomeric triacylglycerols.

    PubMed

    Lísa, Miroslav; Holčapek, Michal

    2013-02-05

    In this work, the first systematic characterization of triacylglycerol (TG) enantiomers in real samples using chiral high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry (APCI-MS) is performed. Our chiral HPLC/APCI-MS method is based on the use of two cellulose-tris-(3,5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) columns connected in series using a gradient of hexane-2-propanol mobile phase. All TG enantiomers containing 1-8 DBs and different fatty acyl chain lengths are separated using our chiral HPLC method except for TGs having a combination of saturated and di- or triunsaturated fatty acyls in sn-1 and sn-3 positions. In our work, the randomization reaction of monoacyl TG standards is used for the preparation of all TG enantiomers and regioisomers in a mixture, while the stereospecific esterification of 1,2- or 2,3-isopropylidene-sn-glycerols by selected fatty acids is used for the synthesis of TG enantiomers. The composition of TG enantiomers and regioisomers in hazelnut oil and human plasma samples is determined. Unsaturated fatty acids are preferentially esterified in sn-2 position in hazelnut oil, while no significant preference of saturated or unsaturated fatty acyls is observed in case of human plasma sample. Fatty acids with the higher number of DBs are preferred in sn-1 position of TG enantiomers in hazelnut oil unlike to moderate sn-3 preference in human plasma. The characterization of cholesteryl esters from TG fraction of human plasma sample using our chiral HPLC/APCI-MS method is presented as well.

  16. Structural elucidation of potential impurities in Azilsartan bulk drug by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Wentao; Zhou, Yuxia; Sun, Lili; Zou, Qiaogen; Wei, Ping; Ouyang, Pingkai

    2014-01-01

    During the synthesis of Azilsartan (AZS), it was speculated that 15 potential impurities would arise. This study investigated the possible mechanism for the formation of 14 of them, and their structures were characterized and confirmed by IR, NMR, and MS techniques. In addition, an efficient chromatographic method was developed to separate and quantify these impurities, using an Inertsil ODS-3 column (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 pm) in gradient mode with a mixture of acetonitrile and the potassium dihydrogen orthophosphate buffer (10 mM, pH adjusted to 3.0 with phosphoric acid). The HPLC method was validated for specificity, precision, accuracy, and sensitivity. LOQ of impurities were in the range of 1.04-2.20 ng. Correlation coefficient values of linearity were >0.9996 for AZS and its impurities. The mean recoveries of all impurities in AZS were between 93.0 and 109.7%. Thus, the validated HPLC method is suitable for the separation and quantification of all potential impurities in AZS.

  17. Application of Statistical Thermodynamics To Predict the Adsorption Properties of Polypeptides in Reversed-Phase HPLC.

    PubMed

    Tarasova, Irina A; Goloborodko, Anton A; Perlova, Tatyana Y; Pridatchenko, Marina L; Gorshkov, Alexander V; Evreinov, Victor V; Ivanov, Alexander R; Gorshkov, Mikhail V

    2015-07-07

    The theory of critical chromatography for biomacromolecules (BioLCCC) describes polypeptide retention in reversed-phase HPLC using the basic principles of statistical thermodynamics. However, whether this theory correctly depicts a variety of empirical observations and laws introduced for peptide chromatography over the last decades remains to be determined. In this study, by comparing theoretical results with experimental data, we demonstrate that the BioLCCC: (1) fits the empirical dependence of the polypeptide retention on the amino acid sequence length with R(2) > 0.99 and allows in silico determination of the linear regression coefficients of the log-length correction in the additive model for arbitrary sequences and lengths and (2) predicts the distribution coefficients of polypeptides with an accuracy from 0.98 to 0.99 R(2). The latter enables direct calculation of the retention factors for given solvent compositions and modeling of the migration dynamics of polypeptides separated under isocratic or gradient conditions. The obtained results demonstrate that the suggested theory correctly relates the main aspects of polypeptide separation in reversed-phase HPLC.

  18. HPLC and chemometric methods for the simultaneous determination of cyproheptadine hydrochloride, multivitamins, and sorbic acid.

    PubMed

    el-Gindy, Alaa; el-Yazby, Fawzy; Mostafa, Ahmed; Maher, Moustafa M

    2004-06-29

    Three methods are presented for the simultaneous determination of cyproheptadine hydrochloride (CP), thiamine hydrochloride (B1), riboflavin-5-phosphate sodium dihydrate (B2), nicotinamide (B3), pyridoxine hydrochloride (B6), and sorbic acid (SO). The chromatographic method depends on a high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) separation on a reversed-phase, RP 18 column. Elution was carried out with 0.1% methanolic hexane sulphonic acid sodium salt (solvent A) and 0.01 M phosphate buffer containing 0.1% hexane sulphonic acid sodium salt, adjusted to an apparent pH of 2.7 (solvent B). Gradient HPLC was used with the solvent ratio changed from 20:80 to 70:30 (over 9 min), then to 80:20 (over 11 min) for solvent A:B, respectively. Quantitation was achieved with UV detection at 220 and 288 nm based on peak area. The other two chemometric methods applied were principal component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS). These approaches were successfully applied to quantify each drug in the mixture using the information included in the UV absorption spectra of appropriate solutions in the range 250-290 nm with the intervals Deltalambda = 0.4 nm at 100 wavelengths. The chemometric methods do not require any separation step. The three methods were successfully applied to a pharmaceutical formulation and the results were compared with each other.

  19. HPLC-fluorescence determination of chlorocresol and chloroxylenol in pharmaceuticals.

    PubMed

    Gatti, R; Roveri, P; Bonazzi, D; Cavrini, V

    1997-11-01

    The use of 2-chloro-6,7-dimethoxy-3-quinolinecarboxaldehyde as a fluorogenic labelling reagent in pre-column derivatization for the HPLC separation of chlorophenols has been investigated. The compound reacts (50 min at 110 degrees C) with 2- and 4-chlorophenols to give fluorescent ethers that can be separated by reversed-phase HPLC and detected at lambda exc = 360 nm, lambda em = 500 nm. The experimental conditions for derivatization and chromatographic separation are discussed. Applications for the determination of chlorocresol (4-chloro-3-cresol) and chloroxylenol (4-chloro-3,5-xylenol) in pharmaceutical formulations (creams, ointments) are described.

  20. Chemometric determination of naproxen sodium and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride in tablets by HPLC.

    PubMed

    Dinç, Erdal; Ozdemir, Abdil; Aksoy, Halil; Ustündağ, Ozgür; Baleanu, Dumitru

    2006-04-01

    A new chemometric determination by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with photodiode array (PDA) detection was implemented for the simultaneous determination of naproxen sodium and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride in tablets. Three chemometric calibration techniques, classical least squares (CLS), principle component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS) were applied to the peak area at multiwavelength PDA detector responses. The combinations of HPLC with chemometric calibration techniques were called HPLC-CLS, HPLC-PCR and HPLC-PLS. For comparison purposes the HPLC method called the classic HPLC method was used to confirm the results obtained from combined HPLC-chemometric calibration techniques. A good chromatographic separation between two drugs with losartan potassium as an internal standard was achieved using a Waters Symmetry C18 Column 5 microm 4.6+/-250 mm and a mobile phase containing 0.2 M acetate buffer and acetonitrile (v/v, 40:60). The multiwavelength PDA detection was measured at five different wavelengths. The chromatograms were recorded as a training set in the mobile phase. Three HPLC-chemometric calibrations and the classic-HPLC method were used to test the synthetic mixtures of naproxen sodium and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride in the presence of the internal standard. The HPLC-chemometric approaches were applied to real samples containing drugs of interest. The experimental results obtained from HPLC-chemometric calibrations were compared with those obtained by a classic HPLC method.

  1. Dynamic thermal gradient gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Contreras, Jesse A; Wang, Anzi; Rockwood, Alan L; Tolley, H Dennis; Lee, Milton L

    2013-08-09

    The use of negative axial thermal gradients in gas chromatography (TGGC) has intrigued chromatographers since the early 1950s because of the dramatic narrowing of analyte bands and concomitant raised expectations for improving resolving power. However, technical difficulties experienced in construction of TGGC instrumentation and control of the temperature along the column have made its implementation and, hence, detailed study difficult. In this work, we describe a TGGC system capable of rapidly producing and varying thermal gradient profiles by simultaneous use of resistive heating and convective cooling. Heating and cooling rates as high as 1200 and 2500°C/min, respectively, allowed the creation of dynamic temperature gradients. The separation characteristics of TGGC with dynamically changing temperature gradients are demonstrated. A gradient velocity of 2.22cm/s provided repetitive separations every 45s, and injection band widths of 45s duration were transformed into approximately 1-s peak widths. Peak tailing for basic compounds was nearly eliminated. Dynamic TGGC allows unique control over separations, oftentimes improving resolution and detection signal-to-noise. Thermally controlled elution in TGGC holds great promise for performing smart separations in which the separation time window is most efficiently utilized, and optimized separations can be quickly achieved. Rapid adjustment of relative compound elution can be used to greatly reduce GC method development time. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. HPLC-DAD-MS identification of bioactive secondary metabolites from Ferula communis roots.

    PubMed

    Arnoldi, Lolita; Ballero, Mauro; Fuzzati, Nicola; Maxia, Andrea; Mercalli, Enrico; Pagni, Luca

    2004-06-01

    A simple HPLC method was developed to distinguish between 'poisonous' and 'non-poisonous' chemotypes of Ferula communis. The method was performed on a C8 reverse phase analytical column using a binary eluent (aqueous TFA 0.01%-TFA 0.01% in acetonitrile) under gradient condition. The two chemotypes showed different fingerprints. The identification of five coumarins and eleven daucane derivatives by HPLC-diode array detection (HPLC-DAD) and HPLC-MS is described. A coumarin, not yet described, was detected.

  3. Improved separation of furocoumarins of essential oils by supercritical fluid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Desmortreux, C; Rothaupt, M; West, C; Lesellier, E

    2009-10-16

    Separation of furocoumarins has become of a great interest for cosmetic industry and human health, since the recent directive of the European Union. Furocoumarins are a class of compounds presenting varied substituents linked mainly in two positions to an identical skeleton made by a furan ring bonded to a coumarin nucleus (Psoralen). The substituents are mainly methoxy, or alkyl chains, which can contain double bonds, hydroxyl or epoxy groups. Due to the variety of compounds, and their subtle structure differences, their separation requires high-performance methods. Multi-gradient high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and two-dimensional chromatography are usually applied. This paper describes a new approach, by using super/subcritical fluid chromatography (SFC), with a green mobile phase: CO(2)-ethanol. The choice of the stationary phase from varied types of phases, and the effects of numerous analytical parameters (flow rate, modifier percentage, temperature and outlet pressure) are studied, described and discussed, on the basis of the separation of a complex sample: lemon residue. From these studies, isocratic conditions are determined to obtain a satisfactory separation in 10 min. A two-dimensional analysis was also investigated, by performing first a class fractionation of compounds on an ethylpyridine (EP) phase, then by separating each class on a pentafluorophenyl phase (Discovery HS F5) with the selected isocratic mobile phase. A gradient elution is also studied to improve separation of some minor compounds. Structure of the eluted compounds was determined by comparison with standards, HPLC-DAD, HPLC-MS analysis, and NMR analysis of collected fractions. All these approaches allow relating structure of compounds to retention behaviour, which is unusual due to the selected pentafluorophenyl stationary phase.

  4. HPLC method for identification and quantification of benzimidazole derivatives in antiparasitic drugs.

    PubMed

    Kulik, Anna; Białecka, Wanda; Podolska, Marzena; Kwiatkowska-Puchniarz, Barbara; Mazurek, Aleksander

    2011-01-01

    The subject of the study was to develop a versatile HPLC system for identification and determination of four benzimidazole derivatives in the antiparasitic drugs. The tests covered: Zentel, Panacur, Vermox tablets and Systamex suspension. A satisfactory separation was obtained using the Nucleosil C8 column in the gradient system composed of mobile phase A: 85% orthophosphoric acid / water / acetonitrile in 0.05:75:25, v/v/v ratio, and mobile phase B: 85% orthophosphoric acid / water / acetonitrile in 0.05:50:50, v/v/v ratio. Both phases were adjusted to pH = 4.5 with 15% sodium hydroxide solution. A detection at 288 nm for oxfendazole and 254 nm for albendazole, fenbendazole and mebendazole was applied. The correlation coefficients in the range 0,9997 - 0,9999 proved that the calibration curves were linear. The method was validated in terms of selectivity, accuracy and precision.

  5. [Determination of five primary chemical constituents in Cassia angustifolia by HPLC].

    PubMed

    Wu, Qiu-Ping; Wang, Zhu-Ju; Tang, Li-Ying; Fu, Mei-Hong; He, Yan; Fang, Jing; Gong, Qian-Feng

    2008-02-01

    To establish a method for determining the content of primary chemical constituents in the leaves of Cassia angustifolia. The HPLC with Diamonsil C18 (4.6 mm x 250 mm, 5 microm) column was used , acetonitrile-1% acetic acid (10:90-15: 85-18: 82-20: 80-25: 75) in a gradient manner was used as a mobile phase, with flow rate of 1 mL x min(-1), column temperature at 40 degrees C and detection wavelength at 270 nm. The results showed that 5 effective components all separated well and showed good linearity. The method was proved to be rapid, sensitive, accurate, credible and repeatable. It can be applied to quality control of Folium Sennae.

  6. Discrimination of red and white rice bran from Indonesia using HPLC fingerprint analysis combined with chemometrics.

    PubMed

    Sabir, Aryani; Rafi, Mohamad; Darusman, Latifah K

    2017-04-15

    HPLC fingerprint analysis combined with chemometrics was developed to discriminate between the red and the white rice bran grown in Indonesia. The major component in rice bran is γ-oryzanol which consisted of 4 main compounds, namely cycloartenol ferulate, cyclobranol ferulate, campesterol ferulate and β-sitosterol ferulate. Separation of these four compounds along with other compounds was performed using C18 and methanol-acetonitrile with gradient elution system. By using these intensity variations, principal component and discriminant analysis were performed to discriminate the two samples. Discriminant analysis was successfully discriminated the red from the white rice bran with predictive ability of the model showed a satisfactory classification for the test samples. The results of this study indicated that the developed method was suitable as quality control method for rice bran in terms of identification and discrimination of the red and the white rice bran. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. Combination of microwave-assisted extraction and ultrasonic-assisted dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction for separation and enrichment of pyrethroids residues in Litchi fruit prior to HPLC determination.

    PubMed

    Wang, Ke; Xie, Xiujuan; Zhang, Yi; Huang, Yuanxiang; Zhou, Shiyu; Zhang, Wei; Lin, Yuyang; Fan, Huajun

    2018-02-01

    A novel method for simultaneous determination of pyrethroids residues in Litchi fruit has been developed by HPLC-UV detection using microwave-assisted extraction (MAE) coupled with ultrasonic-assisted dispersive liquid-liquid microextraction (UADLLME). Extraction conditions of MAE and UADLLME were respectively investigated by single-factor experiments and response surface methodology. Optimized experimental conditions included 310μL of chlorobenzene as extraction solvent, 1.3mL of ethanol as dispersive solvent and 3min of extraction time for UADLLME. In the case of MAE, extraction temperature of 70°C, extraction time of 4min and solvent-to-materials ratio of 40:1 were adopted. Results demonstrated that the proposed method had good performance with linearity of 0.0050-4.98mg/L, recovery of 83.3-91.5%, RSDs below 5.6% and detection limit (LOD) of 1.15-2.46μg/L for six pyrethroids, offering higher extraction efficiency and larger enrichment factor. MAE-UADLLME provided a sensitive and efficient alternative to determination of trace amounts of pesticides residues in food samples. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  8. Development of an HPLC method for the identification and dosage of non-allowed substances in cosmetic products. Part I: local anaesthetics and antihistaminics.

    PubMed

    Porrà, Rita; Berri, Simona; Gagliardi, Luigi; Chimenti, Paola; Granese, Arianna; De Orsi, Daniela; Carpani, Irene; Tonelli, Domenica

    2004-11-01

    An HPLC method with ultraviolet detection coupled with a solid-phase extraction sample clean up was developed for the analysis of five local anaesthetics and four antihistaminics in cosmetic products. The presence of these compounds in commercial cosmetic samples is fordbidden. Extracts from real samples were applied to a solid-phase extraction C18 cartridge, and the analytes were eluted with 8:2 (v/v) acetonitrile/water containing 1% trifluoroacetic acid. HPLC separation was then performed for the identification and determination of the analytes using a Purospher RP-18 column, two gradient eluting systems and a photodiode-array detector. The accuracy of the method was verified by spiking experiments on home-made cosmetic samples. The analytical recoveries were satisfactory.

  9. New validated method for piracetam HPLC determination in human plasma.

    PubMed

    Curticapean, Augustin; Imre, Silvia

    2007-01-10

    The new method for HPLC determination of piracetam in human plasma was developed and validated by a new approach. The simple determination by UV detection was performed on supernatant, obtained from plasma, after proteins precipitation with perchloric acid. The chromatographic separation of piracetam under a gradient elution was achieved at room temperature with a RP-18 LiChroSpher 100 column and aqueous mobile phase containing acetonitrile and methanol. The quantitative determination of piracetam was performed at 200 nm with a lower limit of quantification LLQ=2 microg/ml. For this limit, the calculated values of the coefficient of variation and difference between mean and the nominal concentration are CV%=9.7 and bias%=0.9 for the intra-day assay, and CV%=19.1 and bias%=-7.45 for the between-days assay. For precision, the range was CV%=1.8/11.6 in the intra-day and between-days assay, and for accuracy, the range was bias%=2.3/14.9 in the intra-day and between-days assay. In addition, the stability of piracetam in different conditions was verified. Piracetam proved to be stable in plasma during 4 weeks at -20 degrees C and for 36 h at 20 degrees C in the supernatant after protein precipitation. The new proposed method was used for a bioequivalence study of two medicines containing 800 mg piracetam.

  10. Determination of paraquat in vegetables using HPLC-MS-MS.

    PubMed

    Zou, Tingting; He, Pingli; Cao, Jingjing; Li, Zhen

    2015-02-01

    A simple, sensitive, reliable and economical method was developed for the determination of paraquat (a widely used herbicide) in four edible vegetables (cabbage, lettuce, spinach and Chinese cabbage) using high-performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS-MS). The samples were extracted with water under sonication and cleaned up by weak cation exchange solid-phase extraction. Chromatographic separation of paraquat was achieved on a hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography column (2.1 × 100 mm, 3 µm) with a gradient program using 10 mM ammonium acetate in 0.1% formic acid and acetonitrile as mobile phase. The low salt concentration used in the eluting buffer ensured extended LC-MS analysis of paraquat in different matrices without the necessity of frequent source cleaning. The validity of the developed method was evaluated by spiking paraquat in four edible vegetables at 50 and 500 ng g(-1). Recovery ranged from 43.6 to 73.5%. The limit of detection is 0.94 ng g(-1). With the developed method, the kinetic of paraquat entering plant tissue was also evaluated.

  11. HPLC retention thermodynamics of grape and wine tannins.

    PubMed

    Barak, Jennifer A; Kennedy, James A

    2013-05-08

    The effect of grape and wine tannin structure on retention thermodynamics under reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography conditions on a polystyrene divinylbenzene column was investigated. On the basis of retention response to temperature, an alternative retention factor was developed to approximate the combined temperature response of the complex, unresolvable tannin mixture. This alternative retention factor was based upon relative tannin peak areas separated by an abrupt change in solvent gradient. Using this alternative retention factor, retention thermodynamics were calculated. Van't Hoff relationships of the natural log of the alternative retention factor against temperature followed Kirchoff's relationship. An inverse quadratic equation was fit to the data, and from this the thermodynamic parameters for tannin retention were calculated. All tannin fractions exhibited exothermic, spontaneous interaction, with enthalpy-entropy compensation observed. Normalizing for tannin size, distinct tannin compositional effects on thermodynamic parameters were observed. The results of this study indicate that HPLC can be valuable for measuring the thermodynamics of tannin interaction with a hydrophobic surface and provides a potentially valuable alternative to calorimetry. Furthermore, the information gathered may provide insight into understanding red wine astringency quality.

  12. [Quantitative analysis of nucleosides in four Cordyceps genus by HPLC].

    PubMed

    Qian, Zheng-Ming; Li, Wen-Qing; Wang, Chuan-Xi; Zhou, Miao-Xia; Sun, Min-Tian; Gao, Hao; Li, Wen-Jia

    2016-07-01

    To compare the main nucleosides in Cordyceps genus herbs (C. sinensis, C. millitaris, Hirsutella sinensis and C. sobolifera), an HPLC method for simultaneous determination of uridine, inosine, guanosine, adenosine and cordycepine in Cordyceps genus herbs was developed. The sample was extracted with 0.5% phosphoric acid solution to prepare test solution. The separation was performed on a Zorbax SB-Aq (4.6 mm×150 mm, 5 μm) column with gradient elution by 0.04 mol•L⁻¹ potassium dihydrogen phosphate solution and acetonitrile, column temperature 30 ℃,flow rate 0.8 mL•min⁻¹,and detection wavelength 260 nm. The content of nucleosides in four Cordyceps genus herbs was evaluated by fingerprint analysis and hierarchical cluster analysis (HCA). The calibration curves of five nucleosides showed good linear regression (r>0.99) and the average recoveries were between 95.0% and 105.0%. The contents of the five nucleosides in the four Cordyceps genus herbs were different and could be obviously distinguished by HCA. The fingerprint analysis result showed that the similarity between C. sinensis and the others was less than 0.9. The method was accurate and reliable, which can be used for quality control of Cordyceps genus herbs. Copyright© by the Chinese Pharmaceutical Association.

  13. Combination of TREF, high-temperature HPLC, FTIR and HPer DSC for the comprehensive analysis of complex polypropylene copolymers.

    PubMed

    Cheruthazhekatt, Sadiqali; Pijpers, Thijs F J; Mathot, Vincent B F; Pasch, Harald

    2013-11-01

    A novel, powerful analytical technique, preparative temperature rising elution fractionation (prep TREF)/high-temperature (HT)-HPLC/Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR)/high-performance differential scanning calorimetry (HPer DSC)), has been introduced to study the correlation between the polymer chain microstructure and the thermal behaviour of various components in a complex impact polypropylene copolymer (IPC). For the comprehensive analysis of this complex material, in a first step, prep TREF is used to produce less complex but still heterogeneous fractions. These chemically heterogeneous fractions are completely separated by using a highly selective chromatographic separation method--high-temperature solvent gradient HPLC. The detailed structural and thermal analysis of the HPLC fractions was conducted by offline coupling of HT-HPLC with FTIR spectroscopy and a novel DSC method--HPer DSC. Three chemically different components were identified in the mid-elution temperature TREF fractions. For the first component, identified as isotactic polypropylene homopolymer by FTIR, the macromolecular chain length is found to be an important factor affecting the melting and crystallisation behaviour. The second component relates to ethylene-propylene copolymer molecules with varying ethylene monomer distributions and propylene tacticity distributions. For the polyethylene component (last eluting component in all semi-crystalline TREF fractions), it was found that branching produced defects in the long crystallisable ethylene sequences that affected the thermal properties. The different species exhibit distinctively different melting and crystallisation behaviour, as documented by HPer DSC. Using this novel approach of hyphenated techniques, the chain structure and melting and crystallisation behaviour of different components in a complex copolymer were investigated systematically.

  14. Simultaneous qualification and quantification of baccharane glycosides in Impatientis Semen by HPLC-ESI-MSD and HPLC-ELSD.

    PubMed

    Li, Hui-Jun; Yu, Jun-Jie; Li, Ping

    2011-03-25

    This study presents a high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with electrospray ionization mass spectrometric detection (ESI-MSD) and evaporative light scattering detection (ELSD) method for the simultaneous qualification and quantification of eight major baccharane glycosides, namely hosenlosides A, B, C, F, G, K, L, and M in Impatientis Semen, a Chinese herbal medicine derived from the seeds of Impatiens balsamina L. In order to achieve optimum performance, several extraction parameters (including extraction solvent, extraction mode, extraction time) were optimized. The baccharane glycosides were separated on a Shim-pack CLC-ODS column with gradient elution of water and methanol. Temperature for the ELSD drift tube was set at 98°C and the nitrogen flow rate was 2.7l/min. The unambiguous identities of the analytes were realized by comparing retention times and mass data with those of reference compounds. The developed method was fully validated in terms of linearity, sensitivity, precision, repeatability, recovery as well as robustness, and subsequently applied to evaluate the quality of 14 batches of Impatientis Semen commercial samples from different collections. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  15. Flow field thermal gradient gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Boeker, Peter; Leppert, Jan

    2015-09-01

    Negative temperature gradients along the gas chromatographic separation column can maximize the separation capabilities for gas chromatography by peak focusing and also lead to lower elution temperatures. Unfortunately, so far a smooth thermal gradient over a several meters long separation column could only be realized by costly and complicated manual setups. Here we describe a simple, yet flexible method for the generation of negative thermal gradients using standard and easily exchangeable separation columns. The measurements made with a first prototype reveal promising new properties of the optimized separation process. The negative thermal gradient and the superposition of temperature programming result in a quasi-parallel separation of components each moving simultaneously near their lowered specific equilibrium temperatures through the column. Therefore, this gradient separation process is better suited for thermally labile molecules such as explosives and natural or aroma components. High-temperature GC methods also benefit from reduced elution temperatures. Even for short columns very high peak capacities can be obtained. In addition, the gradient separation is particularly beneficial for very fast separations below 1 min overall retention time. Very fast measurements of explosives prove the benefits of using negative thermal gradients. The new concept can greatly reduce the cycle time of high-resolution gas chromatography and can be integrated into hyphenated or comprehensive gas chromatography setups.

  16. Determination of flavonol glycosides in green tea, oolong tea and black tea by UHPLC compared to HPLC.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Heyuan; Engelhardt, Ulrich H; Thräne, Claudia; Maiwald, Beate; Stark, Janina

    2015-09-15

    An UHPLC method for the determination of flavonol glycosides (FOG) from green and oolong tea vs. black tea has been developed for the first time. Sample clean-up method by means of polyamide column chromatography was optimized with multiple-step elution. Using UHPLC and HPLC with gradient elution and photodiode array detection, eighteen FOG compounds were determined with the aid of electrospray tandem mass spectrometry. These FOG compounds were qualified on both UHPLC and HPLC, and this UHPLC method successfully separated rutin (quercetin-3-O-rutinoside) and K-grg (kaempferol-3-O-glucorhamnoglucoside) while conventional HPLC method did not. The total amounts of FOG compounds in the tea samples were 2.32-5.67g/kg dry weight (calculated as aglycones), and there is no significant difference for the total FOG content among green tea, oolong tea and black tea. However, kaempferol glycosides are more abundant in green teas, while oolong tea has more quercetin and myricetin glycosides. In black tea quercetin glycosides were most abundant. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  17. Development of a simple technique for the coating of monolithic silica with pristine boron nitride nanotubes (BNNTs): HPLC chromatographic applications.

    PubMed

    Guillaume, Yves Claude; André, Claire

    2017-03-01

    In this paper, a novel and very simple homogeneous coating of a monolithic silica HPLC support using pristine boron nitride nanotubes (BNNTs) was d0.escribed. The chromatographic support was coated with BNNTs in a non covalent way to preserve the nanotube structure. A solution of BNNTs dispersed in dimethylacetamide (DMAc) was pumped through the column at a flow-rate of 0.3mL/min for 24h at room temperature. Strong interaction between amino groups and the BNNT surfaces induces the adsorption of the BNNTs on the silica, while the stable solvation in DMAc hampers further adsorption of the tubes. The excellent stability of the non covalent BNNT-coating on the monolithic silica in view of application for HPLC was also demonstrated. It was shown that this novel stationary phase was efficient for the HPLC isocratic or gradient mode separation of molecules of different structure such as phenol derivatives, alkylbenzene or doping agents (steroids). As well, this simple technique of BNNT immobilization offers new perspectives for the BNNT-coating on the surfaces of a wide range of solid substrates. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. [Optimization of microwave-assisted extraction with RSM and HPLC determination for three iridoid glycosides in Cornus officinalis].

    PubMed

    He, Juan-ni; Liu, Xiao; Mou, Zhao-li; Zhan, Han-ying; Zhang, Zhi-qi

    2011-07-01

    To establish a method of microwave-assisted extraction and high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) for simultaneous determination of three iridoid glycosides including loganin, sweroside and cornuside in Cornus officinalis. The extraction conditions of microwave power,ethanol concentration, liquid to sample ratio were optimized with a response surface methodology (RSM); Three constituents were separated on an Agilent TC-C18 column by gradient elution using acetonitrile and water as the mobile phase. The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min. The detection wave length was 240 nm. The optimal conditions of microwave extraction were as follows: microwave power 400 W, ethanol concentration 72%, liquid to sample ratio 15 mL/g, the extraction time 10 min, the extraction times 2; The HPLC peak areas of all the constituents showed good linearity (r>0.9994) in the range of the tested concentration,the average recoveries of the method were 98.68%, 98.24% and 98.29%, respectively. The established method of microwave-assisted extraction and HPLC simultaneously determination has the advantages of convenient, precision and reliability. It can be used in simultaneous determination of three iridoid glycosides in Cornus officinalis.

  19. Identification, characterization, synthesis and HPLC quantification of new process-related impurities and degradation products in retigabine.

    PubMed

    Douša, Michal; Srbek, Jan; Rádl, Stanislav; Cerný, Josef; Klecán, Ondřej; Havlíček, Jaroslav; Tkadlecová, Marcela; Pekárek, Tomáš; Gibala, Petr; Nováková, Lucie

    2014-06-01

    Two new impurities were described and determined using gradient HPLC method with UV detection in retigabine (RET). Using LC-HRMS, NMR and IR analysis the impurities were identified as RET-dimer I: diethyl {4,4'-diamino-6,6'-bis[(4-fluorobenzyl)amino]biphenyl-3,3'-diyl}biscarbamate and RET-dimer II: ethyl {2-amino-5-[{2-amino-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl) amino] phenyl} (ethoxycarbonyl) amino]-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)amino] phenyl}carbamate. Reference standards of these impurities were synthesized followed by semipreparative HPLC purification. The mechanism of the formation of these impurities is also discussed. An HPLC method was optimized in order to separate, selectively detect and quantify all process-related impurities and degradation products of RET. The presented method, which was validated in terms of linearity, limit of detection (LOD), limit of quantification (LOQ) and selectivity is very quick (less than 11min including re-equilibration time) and therefore highly suitable for routine analysis of RET related substances as well as stability studies.

  20. Separation and quantitation of colour pigments of chili powder (Capsicum frutescens) by high-performance liquid chromatography-diode array detection.

    PubMed

    Cserháti, T; Forgács, E; Morais, M H; Mota, T; Ramos, A

    2000-10-27

    The performance of reversed-phase thin-layer (RP-TLC) and reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) was compared for the separation and determination of the colour pigments of chili (Capsicum frutescens) powder using a wide variety of eluent systems. No separation of pigments was achieved in RP-TLC, however, it was established that tetrahydrofuran shows an unusually high solvent strength. RP-HPLC using water-methanol-acetonitrile gradient elution separated the chili pigments in many fractions. Diode array detection (DAD) indicated that yellow pigments are eluted earlier than the red ones and chili powder contains more yellow pigments than common paprika powders. It was established that the very different absorption spectra of pigments make the use of DAD necessary.

  1. Bigravity from gradient expansion

    SciTech Connect

    Yamashita, Yasuho; Tanaka, Takahiro

    2016-05-04

    We discuss how the ghost-free bigravity coupled with a single scalar field can be derived from a braneworld setup. We consider DGP two-brane model without radion stabilization. The bulk configuration is solved for given boundary metrics, and it is substituted back into the action to obtain the effective four-dimensional action. In order to obtain the ghost-free bigravity, we consider the gradient expansion in which the brane separation is supposed to be sufficiently small so that two boundary metrics are almost identical. The obtained effective theory is shown to be ghost free as expected, however, the interaction between two gravitons takes the Fierz-Pauli form at the leading order of the gradient expansion, even though we do not use the approximation of linear perturbation. We also find that the radion remains as a scalar field in the four-dimensional effective theory, but its coupling to the metrics is non-trivial.

  2. Determination of the design space of the HPLC analysis of water-soluble vitamins.

    PubMed

    Wagdy, Hebatallah A; Hanafi, Rasha S; El-Nashar, Rasha M; Aboul-Enein, Hassan Y

    2013-06-01

    Analysis of water-soluble vitamins has been tremendously approached through the last decades. A multitude of HPLC methods have been reported with a variety of advantages/shortcomings, yet, the design space of HPLC analysis of these vitamins was not defined in any of these reports. As per the food and drug administration (FDA), implementing the quality by design approach for the analysis of commercially available mixtures is hypothesized to enhance the pharmaceutical industry via facilitating the process of analytical method development and approval. This work illustrates a multifactorial optimization of three measured plus seven calculated influential HPLC parameters on the analysis of a mixture containing seven common water-soluble vitamins (B1, B2, B6, B12, C, PABA, and PP). These three measured parameters are gradient time, temperature, and ternary eluent composition (B1/B2) and the seven calculated parameters are flow rate, column length, column internal diameter, dwell volume, extracolumn volume, %B (start), and %B (end). The design is based on 12 experiments in which, examining of the multifactorial effects of these 3 + 7 parameters on the critical resolution and selectivity, was carried out by systematical variation of all these parameters simultaneously. The 12 basic runs were based on two different gradient time each at two different temperatures, repeated at three different ternary eluent compositions (methanol or acetonitrile or a mixture of both). Multidimensional robust regions of high critical R(s) were defined and graphically verified. The optimum method was selected based on the best resolution separation in the shortest run time for a synthetic mixture, followed by application on two pharmaceutical preparations available in the market. The predicted retention times of all peaks were found to be in good match with the virtual ones. In conclusion, the presented report offers an accurate determination of the design space for critical resolution in the

  3. RP-HPLC analysis of phenolic compounds and flavonoids in beverages and plant extracts using a CoulArray detector.

    PubMed

    Jandera, Pavel; Skeifíková, Veronika; Rehová, Lucie; Hájek, Tomás; Baldriánová, Lucie; Skopová, Gabriela; Kellner, Vladimír; Horna, Ales

    2005-06-01

    Methods were developed for the analysis of natural antioxidants including phenolic compounds and flavonoids in beverages and plant extracts using gradient HPLC with multi-channel electrochemical coulometric detection. Suitability of various reversed-phase columns for this purpose was compared; pH and mobile phase gradients were optimized with respect to the separation selectivity and sensitivity of detection. Because of different target compounds in various sample types, the overlapping resolution maps and the normalized resolution product approaches described earlier were used to select optimum columns and gradients to suit the analysis of the individual sample types. The methods were applied to the analysis of phenolic compounds and flavonoids in beer, wine, tea, and yacon extracts. 32 phenolic compounds were identified and determined, including derivatives of benzoic and cinnamic acids, flavones, and a few related glycosides. Eight-channel CoulArray detection offers high selectivity and sensitivity with limits of detection in the low microg L(-1) range, at least an order of magnitude lower than single-channel coulometric detection using the Coulochem detector. No special sample pretreatment is necessary and, because of the compatibility of the CoulArray detector with gradient elution, phenolic antioxidants of different polarities can be determined in a single run. In addition to the retention times, the ratios of the areas of the pre-dominant and post-dominant peaks to the area of the dominant peak can be used for improved identification of natural antioxidants.

  4. Adventures in maceral separation

    SciTech Connect

    Dyrkacz, G.R.

    1994-02-01

    Progress has been made in recent years in the science of maceral separation. However, there are many areas that can be improved and new areas investigated. Power of density gradient centrifugation to physically resolve macerals and submaceral species coupled with other instrumental techniques is attractive for defining the limits of coal heterogeneity as well as investigating the ability of other separation methods.

  5. Optimisation and validation of a fast HPLC method for the quantification of sulindac and its related impurities.

    PubMed

    Krier, Fabrice; Brion, Michaël; Debrus, Benjamin; Lebrun, Pierre; Driesen, Aurélie; Ziemons, Eric; Evrard, Brigitte; Hubert, Philippe

    2011-03-25

    The European Pharmacopoeia describes a liquid chromatography (LC) method for the quantification of sulindac, using a quaternary mobile phase including chloroform and with a rather long run time. In the present study, a new method using a short sub-2 μm column, which can be used on a classical HPLC system, was developed. The new LC conditions (without chloroform) were optimised by means of a new methodology based on design of experiments in order to obtain an optimal separation. Four factors were studied: the duration of the initial isocratic step, the percentage of organic modifier at the beginning of the gradient, the percentage of organic modifier at the end of the gradient and the gradient time. The optimal condition allows the separation of sulindac and of its 3 related impurities in 6 min instead of 18 min. Finally, the method was successfully validated using an accuracy profile approach in order to demonstrate its ability to accurately quantify these compounds. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Development and validation of an HPLC method for tetracycline-related USP monographs.

    PubMed

    Hussien, Emad M

    2014-09-01

    A novel reversed-phase HPLC method was developed and validated for the assay of tetracycline hydrochloride and the limit of 4-epianhydrotetracycline hydrochloride impurity in tetracycline hydrochloride commercial bulk and pharmaceutical products. The method employed L1 (3 µm, 150 × 4.6 mm) columns, a mobile phase of 0.1% phosphoric acid and acetonitrile at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min, and detection at 280 nm. The separation was performed in HPLC gradient mode. Forced degradation studies showed that tetracycline eluted as a spectrally pure peak and was well resolved from its degradation products. The fast degradation of tetracycline hydrochloride and 4-epianhydrotetracycline hydrochloride in solution was retarded by controlling the autosampler temperature at 4 °C and using 0.1% H3 PO4 as diluent. The robustness of the method was tested starting with the maximum variations allowed in the US Pharmacopeia (USP) general chapter Chromatography <621>. The method was linear over the range 80-120% of the assay concentration (0.1 mg/mL) for tetracycline hydrochloride and 50-150% of the acceptance criteria specified in the individual USP monographs for 4-epianhydrotetracycline hydrochloride. The limit of quantification for 4-epianhydrotetracycline hydrochloride was 0.1 µg/mL, 20 times lower than the acceptance criteria. The method was specific, precise, accurate and robust. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  7. HPLC method validation for Digitalis and its analogue by pulsed amperometric detection.

    PubMed

    Kwon, Ha-Jeong; Sim, Hee-Jung; Lee, Sa-im; Lee, Yong-Moon; Park, Yong-Duk; Hong, Seon-Pyo

    2011-01-05

    We developed a highly sensitive and selective reversed-phase HPLC-pulsed amperometric detection (RP-HPLC-PAD) method for cardiac glycoside detection. Eight cardiac glycosides were completely separated within 45 min on a reversed-phase column using a water-acetonitrile gradient, and were detected using a PAD under NaOH alkaline conditions. The detection (S/N=3) and quantification (S/N=10) limits for the cardiac glycosides were 0.1-0.3 and 0.3-0.8 ng, respectively. The linear regression coefficient was 0.9962-0.9998 for concentrations of 1-25 μg/mL. Cardiac glycosides in the Digitalis purpurea leaf displayed intra- and inter-day precisions (RSDs) of <9.30% and average recoveries of 98.63-99.94%. The contents of gitoxin, digitonin, and digitoxin in the D. purpurea were 0.197, 0.11, and 0.379 mg/g for leaf dried at 60 °C, 0.058, 0.11, and 0.090 mg/g for leaf dried at ambient temperature, and N.D. (not detected), and 18.379 mg/g, N.D. for seed, respectively. We conclude that our method shows good precision and accuracy.

  8. [HPLC simultaneous determination of contents of 5 saponin constituents in Ophiopogonis Radix].

    PubMed

    Wu, Fa-ming; Cai, Xiao-yang; Wang, Pan; Bao, Xiao-hong; Li, Min; Zhou, Juan

    2015-10-01

    This research is to establish an HPLC method for the simultaneous determination of ophiopogonin D, ophiopogonin D', ophiopogonin C, deacetylophiopojaponin A and ophiogenin-3-O-α-L-rhamnosyl-(1-->2)-β-D-glucoside in Ophiopogonis Radix. HPLC-ELSD analysis was performed on a Kromasil 100-5 C₁₈ column (4.6 mm x 250 mm, 5 µm), with the mobile phase of acetonitrile (A) -water (B) in gradient elution mode (0-45 min, 35%-55% A), at a flow rate of 1 mL · min⁻¹. The column temperature was 35 °C and the drift tube temperature was 100 °C in a gas flow rate of 3.0 L · min⁻¹. The result showed that baseline of all the 5 constituents was well separated, and every constituent had wide linearity range and good linear relation (r > 0.999). The recovery rate was between 95.75% and 103.1%. The new established method for simultaneous determination of saponin constituents in Ophiopogonis Radix was sensitive and has good, repeatability. It could be applied to quality evaluation of Ophiopogonis Radix.

  9. Simultaneous determination of prenylflavonoid and hop bitter acid in beer lee by HPLC-DAD-MS.

    PubMed

    Kao, T H; Wu, G Y

    2013-11-15

    An HPLC-DAD-MS method with high accuracy and precision was developed for determination of prenylflavonoids and hop bitter acids in beer lee, a by-product from beer brewing process. Four prenylflavonoids and nine hop bitter acids can be simultaneously separated in 29 min using a Thermo HyPURITY C18 column in combination with diode array dectector and mass spectrometer with HPLC solvent gradient system of phosphoric acid aqueous solution at pH 1.6 and acetonitrile at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min and detection wavelength at 314 nm. Beer lee is found to contain isoxanthohumol (36.2 μg/g), xanthohumol (29.6 μg/g), 8-prenylnaringenin (7.84 μg/g), 6-prenylnaringenin (19.2 μg/g), cohumulone (44.7 μg/g), humulone (123 μg/g), adhumulone (21.8 μg/g), colupulone (44.2 μg/g), lupulone (33.2 μg/g), and adlupulone (5.76 μg/g). Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. Quantification of neutral human milk oligosaccharides by graphitic carbon HPLC with tandem mass spectrometry

    PubMed Central

    Bao, Yuanwu; Chen, Ceng; Newburg, David S.

    2012-01-01

    Defining the biologic roles of human milk oligosaccharides (HMOS) requires an efficient, simple, reliable, and robust analytical method for simultaneous quantification of oligosaccharide profiles from multiple samples. The HMOS fraction of milk is a complex mixture of polar, highly branched, isomeric structures that contain no intrinsic facile chromophore, making their resolution and quantification challenging. A liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) method was devised to resolve and quantify 11 major neutral oligosaccharides of human milk simultaneously. Crude HMOS fractions are reduced, resolved by porous graphitic carbon HPLC with a water/acetonitrile gradient, detected by mass spectrometric specific ion monitoring, and quantified. The HPLC separates isomers of identical molecular weights allowing 11 peaks to be fully resolved and quantified by monitoring mass to charge (m/z) ratios of the deprotonated negative ions. The standard curves for each of the 11 oligosaccharides is linear from 0.078 or 0.156 to 20 μg/mL (R2 > 0.998). Precision (CV) ranges from 1% to 9%. Accuracy is from 86% to 104%. This analytical technique provides sensitive, precise, accurate quantification for each of the 11 milk oligosaccharides and allows measurement of differences in milk oligosaccharide patterns between individuals and at different stages of lactation. PMID:23068043

  11. Reversed phase-HPLC for rapid determination of polyphenols in flowers of rose species.

    PubMed

    Kumar, Neeraj; Bhandari, Pamita; Singh, Bikram; Gupta, Ajai P; Kaul, Vijay K

    2008-02-01

    A rapid, simple, sensitive, robust, and improved HPLC method was developed and validated for determination of 10 polyphenols, namely gallic acid, catechin, epicatechin, rutin, m-coumaric acid, quercitrin, myricetin, quercetin, apigenin, and kaempferol in fresh flowers of Rosa bourboniana and R. brunonii and in both fresh flowers and marc (left after industrial distillation of rose oil) of R. damascena. Six polyphenols, gallic acid, rutin, quercitrin, myricetin, quercetin, and kaempferol, were detected and quantified in all extracts. The chromatographic separation of 10 polyphenols was achieved in less than 16 min by RP-HPLC (Phenomenex, Luna C18 (2) column, 5 microm, 250 mm x 4.6 mm) using linear gradient elution of water and acetonitrile (0.02% trifluroacetic acid) with a flow rate of 1 mL/min at lambda 280 nm. Standard calibration curves were linear in the range of 0.39-500 microg/mL. Good results were achieved with respect to repeatability (RSD <3%) and recovery (98.6-100.8%). The method was validated for linearity, accuracy, repeatability, LOD, and LOQ.

  12. A Simple HPLC-UV Method for the Determination of Glutathione in PC-12 Cells

    PubMed Central

    Appala, Raju N.; Appala, Raju V. V. S. S.

    2016-01-01

    A highly sensitive and simple HPLC-UV method was developed and validated for the assay of glutathione (GSH) in PC-12 cells. Glutathione is a major intracellular antioxidant having multiple biological effects, best known for its cytoprotective effects against cell damage from reactive oxygen species and toxic reactive metabolites and regulating the cellular redox homeostasis. Due to its own sulfhydryl (SH) group, GSH readily reacts with Ellman's reagent to form a stable dimer which allows for quantitative estimation of GSH in biological systems by UV detection. The separation was achieved using a C8 column with a mobile phase consisting of phosphate buffer adjusted to pH 2.5 (mobile phase A) and acetonitrile (mobile phase B), running in a segmented gradient manner at a flow rate of 0.8 mL/min, and UV detection was performed at 280 nm. The developed HPLC-UV method was validated with respect to precision, accuracy, robustness, and linearity within a range of 1–20 μg/mL. Limit of detection (LOD) and limit of quantification (LOQ) were 0.05 and 0.1 μg/mL, respectively. Furthermore, the method shows the applicability for monitoring the oxidative stress in PC-12 cells. PMID:27127683

  13. A validated bioanalytical HPLC method for pharmacokinetic evaluation of 2-deoxyglucose in human plasma.

    PubMed

    Gounder, Murugesan K; Lin, Hongxia; Stein, Mark; Goodin, Susan; Bertino, Joseph R; Kong, Ah-Ng Tony; DiPaola, Robert S

    2012-05-01

    2-Deoxyglucose (2-DG), an analog of glucose, is widely used to interfere with glycolysis in tumor cells and studied as a therapeutic approach in clinical trials. To evaluate the pharmacokinetics of 2-DG, we describe the development and validation of a sensitive HPLC fluorescent method for the quantitation of 2-DG in plasma. Plasma samples were deproteinized with methanol and the supernatant was dried at 45°C. The residues were dissolved in methanolic sodium acetate-boric acid solution. 2-DG and other monosaccharides were derivatized to 2-aminobenzoic acid derivatives in a single step in the presence of sodium cyanoborohydride at 80°C for 45 min. The analytes were separated on a YMC ODS C₁₈ reversed-phase column using gradient elution. The excitation and emission wavelengths were set at 360 and 425 nm. The 2-DG calibration curves were linear over the range of 0.63-300 µg/mL with a limit of detection of 0.5 µg/mL. The assay provided satisfactory intra-day and inter-day precision with RSD less than 9.8%, and the accuracy ranged from 86.8 to 110.0%. The HPLC method is reproducible and suitable for the quantitation of 2-DG in plasma. The method was successfully applied to characterize the pharmacokinetics profile of 2-DG in patients with advanced solid tumors.

  14. Determination of fructooligosaccharides in burdock using HPLC and microwave-assisted extraction.

    PubMed

    Li, Jing; Liu, Xiaomei; Zhou, Bin; Zhao, Jing; Li, Shaoping

    2013-06-19

    The root of burdock ( Arctium lappa L.) is a commonly used vegetable in Asia. Fructooligosaccharides (FOS) are usually considered as its main bioactive components. Thus, quantitative analysis of these components is very important for the quality control of burdock. In this study, an HPLC-ELSD and microwave-assisted extraction method was developed for the simultaneous determination of seven FOS with degrees of polymerization (DP) between 3 and 9, as well as fructose, glucose, and sucrose in burdock from different regions. The separation was performed on a Waters XBridge Amide column (4.6 × 250 mm i.d., 3.5 μm) with gradient elution. All calibration curves for investigated analytes showed good linear regression (r > 0.9990). Their LODs and LOQs were lower than 3.63 and 24.82 μg/mL, respectively. The recoveries ranged from 99.2 to 102.6%. The developed method was successfully applied to determination of ten sugars in burdock from different locations of Asia. The results showed that the contents of FOS in different samples of burdock collected at appropriate times were similar, and the developed HPLC-ELSD with microwave-assisted extraction method is helpful to control the quality of burdock.

  15. HPLC: Early and Recent Perspectives.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Karger, Barry L.

    1997-01-01

    Provides a perspective on what it was like in the early days of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and several of the key developments. Focuses on the advances in HPLC generally, and more specifically for the biological sciences, that were necessary for the method to reach the preeminent stage of today. Contains 20 references. (JRH)

  16. HPLC: Early and Recent Perspectives.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Karger, Barry L.

    1997-01-01

    Provides a perspective on what it was like in the early days of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and several of the key developments. Focuses on the advances in HPLC generally, and more specifically for the biological sciences, that were necessary for the method to reach the preeminent stage of today. Contains 20 references. (JRH)

  17. Ability to determine the desferrioxamine-chelatable iron fractions of nontransferrin-bound iron using HPLC.

    PubMed

    Koba, Marcin; Słomka, Artur; Bączek, Tomasz; Marszałł, Michał P; Zekanowska, Ewa

    2013-02-01

    Iron is an essential element in human development. It is imperative for oxygen and electron transport and also for DNA and neurotransmitters synthesis. On the other hand, this metal is able to participate in Fenton's reaction that in turn leads to free radical damage. The most toxic fraction of iron - nontransferrin-bound iron and its part desferrioxamine-chelatable iron - can serve as an exquisite biomarker in the identification of iron imbalance. The goal of the present study was to devise a simple, repeatable, and inexpensive method for the determination of desferrioxamine-chelatable iron in serum blood samples. The assay procedure is based on desferrioxamine complex formation with iron ions followed to ferrioxamine and its quantitative measurement using RP-HPLC method. The desferrioxamine-chelatable iron was extracted from blood by centrifugation and SPE method. Chromatographic separation was performed at 40°C by step-form gradient elution using Cadenza CD-C18 column (150 × 4.6 mm id, particle size of 3.0 μm) connected with precolumn for contaminants removal. Gradient HPLC elution has been carried out with solvent A (10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 5.5) and solvent B (ACN). The flow rate was 1.2 mL/min, and the total separation time was 5 min. The linear quantitation range was 2.5-500 μM (r = 0.9973), and the LOD and LOQ were 0.42 and 1.29 μM, respectively. Proposed HPLC method allowed for the determination of desferrioxamine-chelatable iron fraction's of nontransferrin-bound iron, both in the buffer and the serum supplemented with iron ions as well as in the patients' serum samples with good results of precision and recovery. The developed method found to be sufficiently precise and reproducible for established conditions and after validation and may be used for routine assay of desferrioxamine-chelatable iron in biological samples. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  18. Simultaneous determination of abietane-type diterpenes, flavonolignans and phenolic compounds in compound preparations of Silybum marianum and Salvia miltiorrhiza by HPLC-DAD-ESI MS.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Yu; Chen, Bo; Yao, Shouzhuo

    2005-07-01

    A gradient HPLC-DAD-ESI MS method has been developed for simultaneous determination of multiple bioactive compounds such as abietane-type diterpenes, flavonolignans and phenolic compounds in compound preparations of Silybum marianum and Salvia miltiorrhiza. The separation was completed on an ODS column using 0.5% (v/v) formic acid aqueous solution and methanol as gradient mobiles. Fourteen components can be identified by ESI MS working on ESI(-) and ESI(+) switching mode, respectively. Ten components can be quantified by using external standard method with UV detecting at 254 and 280 nm, respectively. The correlation coefficients of all the calibration curves were found to be higher than 0.992. The recoveries of the standards were about 96-101%. Besides quantification of the components, the chromatograms acquired by this method can be used as the bioactive components fingerprints for the quality control of compound preparations of S. marianum and S. miltiorrhiza.

  19. Development and application of a validated HPLC method for the analysis of dissolution samples of levothyroxine sodium drug products

    PubMed Central

    Collier, J.W.; Shah, R.B.; Bryant, A.R.; Habib, M.J.; Khan, M.A.; Faustino, P.J.

    2011-01-01

    A rapid, selective, and sensitive gradient HPLC method was developed for the analysis of dissolution samples of levothyroxine sodium tablets. Current USP methodology for levothyroxine (l-T4) was not adequate to resolve co-elutants from a variety of levothyroxine drug product formulations. The USP method for analyzing dissolution samples of the drug product has shown significant intra- and inter-day variability. The sources of method variability include chromatographic interferences introduced by the dissolution media and the formulation excipients. In the present work, chromatographic separation of levothyroxine was achieved on an Agilent 1100 Series HPLC with a Waters Nova-pak column (250mm × 3.9mm) using a 0.01 M phosphate buffer (pH 3.0)–methanol (55:45, v/v) in a gradient elution mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min and detection UV wavelength of 225 nm. The injection volume was 800 µL and the column temperature was maintained at 28 °C. The method was validated according to USP Category I requirements. The validation characteristics included accuracy, precision, specificity, linearity, and analytical range. The standard curve was found to have a linear relationship (r2 > 0.99) over the analytical range of 0.08–0.8 µg/mL. Accuracy ranged from 90 to 110% for low quality control (QC) standards and 95 to 105% for medium and high QC standards. Precision was <2% at all QC levels. The method was found to be accurate, precise, selective, and linear for l-T4 over the analytical range. The HPLC method was successfully applied to the analysis of dissolution samples of marketed levothyroxine sodium tablets. PMID:20947276

  20. HPLC-Diode Array Detector Fingerprints of Various Mentha Species.

    PubMed

    Hawrył, Mirosław A

    2014-01-01

    Gradient elution HPLC was applied to develop fingerprints of 12 extracts obtained from selected mint species. The gradient was optimized by use of Merck ChromSword computer software on the basis of retention data of some standard compounds occurring in the investigated plant material. Two column types (RP18 and pentafluorophenyl) and two mobile phases (methanol-water and acetonitrile-water) were used during the experiments. Fingerprints of all extracts were generated, and on the basis of the fingerprints identification of the mints was possible.

  1. Assessment of the hemolysis and endothelial cell cytotoxicity induced by residual linear alkylbenzene sulfonates on pharmaceutical rubber stoppers based on HPLC-ESI-MS.

    PubMed

    Li, Xianghui; Qiu, Lu; Li, Yueyue; Chen, Xiaofei; Zhu, Zhenyu; Chai, Yifeng

    2015-09-01

    This study was designed to develop a high-performance liquid chromatographic-electrospray ionization-mass spectrometry (HPLC-ESI-MS) method for quantitative determination of residual surfactant linear alkylbenzene sulfonate (LAS) compounds on pharmaceutical rubber stoppers. An HPLC-ESI-MS method was developed for separation and determination of five LAS homologs (C10-C14) under gradient conditions using methanol and ammonium acetate as mobile phases. Hemolysis activity of residual LAS compounds was analyzed by spectrophotometry. Expression of interleukin (IL)-6 and tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-α in human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECs) after LAS compound treatment was examined by enzyme-linked sorbent assay. LAS compounds were well separated and determined by the established gradient conditions. The linear range was 0.05-8 µg/mL with correlation coefficients ≥0.997. Recoveries were from 73 to 134% and the relative standard deviation was <13.7%. There was a correlation between hemolysis rate and LAS compounds concentration when it was ≥0.8 µg/cm(2). LAS compounds decreased the viability of HUVECs and promoted the production of IL-6 and TNF-α. The developed analytical method was successful for quantitative determination of residual LAS compounds on pharmaceutical rubber stoppers and it is important to monitor and control the amount of LAS compounds on rubber stoppers.

  2. Determination of the rodenticides warfarin, diphenadione and chlorophacinone in soil samples by HPLC-DAD.

    PubMed

    Medvedovici, A; David, F; Sandra, P

    1997-09-01

    A HPLC-DAD method is described for the analysis of the rodenticides warfarin, diphenadione and chlorophacinone, together with the phenylurea herbicides isoproturon and diuron, in soil samples. The HPLC parameters have been optimised to provide baseline separation with symmetrical peakshapes in short analysis times. The sample preparation consists of Soxhlet extraction followed by SPE clean-up on cyanopropyl silica.

  3. Simultaneous determination of selected endocrine disrupter compounds in wastewater samples in ultra trace levels using HPLC-ES-MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Komesli, Okan Tarık; Bakırdere, Sezgin; Bayören, Ceren; Gökçay, Celal Ferdi

    2012-08-01

    An analytical procedure for the simultaneous determination of six selected endocrine disrupter compounds (EDCs: diltiazem, progesterone, benzyl butyl phthalate (BBP), estrone, carbamazepine (Cbz), acetaminophen) was developed by liquid chromatography electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-ES-MS/MS). All of the parameters for HPLC and ES-MS/MS systems including mobile phase composition, flow rate, and sample injection volume were optimized to obtain not only the best separation of species interested but also low detection limits. Reverse phase chromatography coupled to ES-MS/MS was used for the separation and detection of EDCs. Formic acid (0.10% ) and 5.0 mM ammonium formate were selected as mobile phase composition in gradient elution. Detection limits for diltiazem, progesterone, BBP, estrone, Cbz, and acetaminophen were found to be 0.13, 0.12, 0.04, 0.13, 0.12, and 0.05 ng/mL, respectively. Influent and effluents from three different wastewater treatment plants located in Ankara, i.e., rotating flat-sheet membrane unit, pilot type flat-sheet membrane unit located at METU Campus and samples from Ankara central wastewater treatment plant were analyzed for their EDCs contents under the optimum conditions.

  4. Separation of α-tocotrienol oxidation products and eight tocochromanols by HPLC with DAD and fluorescence detection and identification of unknown peaks by DAD, PBI-EIMS, FTIR, and NMR.

    PubMed

    Büsing, Anne; Ternes, Waldemar

    2011-11-01

    Tocotrienols, like tocopherols, are members of the vitamin E family. While tocopherols (T) have been studied intensively, only recently have tocotrienols (T3) received increased attention due to their special health benefits. However, these positive attributes of T3 are probably lost as a result of degradation during food storage and processing, and there is little information about their oxidation products. Of particular interest are the oxidation products of α-tocotrienol (α-T3) as this is the least thermostable T3 isomer with the highest rate of degradation. The objective of this study was therefore to develop a reliable method for the determination of the most important oxidation products of α-T3 along with other tocochromanol isomers. We developed a high-performance liquid chromatography method with diode array detection, fluorescence detection, and a particle beam interface electron impact mass spectroscopy in order to separate the most important oxidation products of α-T3 (α-T3 spirodimers/spirotrimers, α-tocotrienoldihydroxy dimer, 7-formyl-β-tocotrienol (7-FβT3), 5-formyl-γ-tocotrienol (5-FγT3), α-tocotrienolquinone (α-T3Q), and α-T3Q dimers and α-tocotrienolquinone epoxides (α-T3QE)) from eight tocochromanol isomers. Furthermore, we sought to identify the as yet unknown oxidation products 5-FγT3, 7-FβT3, α-T3Q-dimer, and α-T3QE. Of these, 5-FγT3 was fully characterized by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy and (1)H and (13)C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.

  5. [Reversed-phase HPLC determination of dracorhodin in Daemonorops draco].

    PubMed

    Lu, J; Liu, Y; Wang, B

    1991-10-01

    A reversed-phase HPLC method for the determination of dracohobin in dragon's Blood is described. The separation was performed on a Nucleosil C18 7 microns (4.0 x 15 cm) column with a mobile phase of acetonitrile-methanol-0.05 mol/L NaH2PO4(30:5:65). Detection was at 270 nm.

  6. HPLC-UV Method for the Identification and Screening of Hydroquinone, Ethers of Hydroquinone and Corticosteroids Possibly Used as Skin-Whitening Agents in Illicit Cosmetic Products.

    PubMed

    Gimeno, Pascal; Maggio, Annie-Françoise; Bancilhon, Marjorie; Lassu, Nelly; Gornes, Hervé; Brenier, Charlotte; Lempereur, Laurent

    2016-03-01

    Corticosteroids, hydroquinone and its ethers are regulated in cosmetics by the Regulation 1223/2009. As corticosteroids are forbidden to be used in cosmetics and cannot be present as contaminants or impurities, an identification of one of these illicit compounds deliberately introduced in these types of cosmetics is enough for market survey control. In order to quickly identify skin-whitening agents present in illegal cosmetics, this article proposes an HPLC-UV method for the identification and screening of hydroquinone, 3 ethers of hydroquinone and 39 corticosteroids that may be found in skin-whitening products. Two elution gradients were developed to separate all compounds. The main solvent gradient (A) allows the separation of 39 compounds among the 43 compounds considered in 50 min. Limits of detection on skin-whitening cosmetics are given. For compounds not separated, a complementary gradient elution (B) using the same solvents is proposed. Between 2004 and 2009, a market survey on "skin-whitening cosmetic" was performed on 150 samples and highlights that more than half of the products tested do not comply with the Cosmetic Regulation 1223/2009 (amending the Council Directive 76/768/EEC). © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  7. Hydrophobic character of surface regions and total hydrophobicity of four variants of chromosomal class C beta-lactamase from Pseudomonas aeruginosa are identical. Chromatographic comparison of the hydrophobic character of the variants and the effect of focusing buffer composition on the separation of the variants by chromatofocusing with internal and external pH gradients.

    PubMed

    Walther-Rasmussen, J; Høiby, N

    2000-09-15

    The hydrophobic character of class C beta-lactamase molecular variants from Pseudomonas aeruginosa was compared by hydrophobic interaction chromatography and reversed-phase liquid chromatography, respectively. Separation of the variants by hydrophobic interaction chromatography was not achieved by modifying salt and pH of mobile phases. Reversed-phase liquid chromatography of the variants resulted in almost identical retention times. The results showed that the hydrophobic character of surface regions as well as total hydrophobicity of the variants are identical. The resolving power of external, internal and gradient chromatofocusing of the variants on strong and weak anion exchangers using low-molecular-mass buffers was compared to that of commercial ampholytes and showed no difference in separation pattern of the variants. Comparisons of variant isoelectric point (pI) values determined by chromatofocusing and isoelectric focusing showed that pI values determined by gradient chromatofocusing were most similar to the pI values determined by isoelectric focusing.

  8. Comparison of GC and HPLC for the quantification of organic acids in coffee.

    PubMed

    Jham, Gulab N; Fernandes, Sergio A; Garcia, Cleverson Fernando; da Silva, Alexsandro Araujo

    2002-01-01

    A GC and an HPLC method for the quantification of organic acids OAs in coffee have been compared. The GC procedure, employing trimethylsilyl derivatives, was found to be very tedious. The HPLC method, which employed an ion exchange column using a flow gradient of water containing 1% phosphoric acid and UV detection (210 nm), was found to be much simpler for the quantification of eight organic acids (oxalic, succinic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, quinic and fumaric acids) in four representative coffee samples. The HPLC procedure was more convenient than that described in the literature since no pre-purification was required for quantification of the OAs.

  9. Selenium speciation analysis of Misgurnus anguillicaudatus selenoprotein by HPLC-ICP-MS and HPLC-ESI-MS/MS

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Analytical methods for selenium (Se) speciation were developed using high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) coupled to either inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) or electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-MS/MS). Separations of selenomethionine (Se-Met) and sel...

  10. Union of capillary high-performance liquid chromatography and microcoil nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy applied to the separation and identification of terpenoids.

    PubMed

    Lacey, M E; Tan, Z J; Webb, A G; Sweedle, J V

    2001-07-13

    This paper describes the first coupling of a commercial capillary HPLC system with a diode array spectrophotometric detector and a custom-built nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) flow microprobe. The eluent from a 3-microm diameter C18 HPLC column is linked to a 500 MHz 1H-NMR microcoil probe with an observe volume of 1.1 microl. The separation and structurally-rich detection of a mixture of terpenoids under both isocratic and gradient solvent elution conditions is presented. The lowest limits of detection yet reported for capillary HPLC on-line measurement (i.e., 37 ng for alpha-pinene) are achieved with this system. The complementary nature of diode array and NMR detection allows stopped-flow data collection from analytes which would otherwise go unnoticed in continuous-flow NMR. Moreover, stopped-flow NMR data is presented for the detection of a trace (sub-nmol) impurity in the sample mixture. Since NMR signals degrade and shift during solvent gradients, flow injection analysis studies are conducted with injected solvent plugs differing in mobile phase composition. The NMR signal degradation accompanying these injections is largely due to the variance in chemical shift with the solvent composition rather than to changes in magnetic susceptibility of the solvent. Characterization of such effects enables the development of improved NMR probes for the coupling of capillary HPLC and NMR.

  11. Validation of a HPLC quantification of acetaminophen, phenylephrine and chlorpheniramine in pharmaceutical formulations: capsules and sachets.

    PubMed

    Marín, A; García, E; García, A; Barbas, C

    2002-07-20

    Acetaminophen, phenylephrine and chlorpheniramine are frequently associated in pharmaceutical formulations against the common cold. Their quantification presents several problems. A HPLC method for the simultaneous determination of these compounds in pharmaceutical formulations such as capsules and sachets, including the separation of impurities and excipients has been developed and validated. The selectivity of the method was also tested to be used if phenylpropanolamine hydrochloride were employed instead of phenylephrine. Final chromatographic conditions were a gradient elution, being solvent A: phosphate buffer 40 mM at pH 6.0 and solvent B: acetonitrile. At t=0, the mobile phase consisted of 92% A and 8% B and it changed with a linear gradient during 8 min to 75% A and 25% B. At min 8, it changed to 30% A and 70% B for 5 min and at t=15 min, it returns to the initial conditions (92% A and 8% B) during 1 min remaining at this composition until t=20 min. UV detection was performed at 215 nm for phenylephrine and chlorpheniramine, because at this wavelength sensitivity was higher than in other more characteristic wavelengths and it was necessary for the detection of minor compounds. For acetaminophen 280 nm was employed. Validation parameters permit to consider the method adequate.

  12. Separation of bimodal high density polyethylene using multidimensional high temperature liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Prabhu, K N; Brüll, R; Macko, T; Remerie, K; Tacx, J; Garg, P; Ginzburg, A

    2015-11-06

    High-temperature two-dimensional liquid chromatography (HT 2D-LC) using HT-HPLC as first dimension and HT-SEC as second dimension holds enormous potential to investigate the distribution according to molar mass and chemical composition of bimodal high density polyethylene (BiHDPE), as it avoids drawbacks of crystallization-based techniques. In this study, we have stepwise optimized the chromatographic parameters of 1D, comprising gradient slope and temperature, using model homo- and copolymers of ethylene with the aim to minimize the impact of molar mass on the compositional separation. Then the HT-HPLC was hyphenated to HT-SEC and optimum conditions for the volume of the sample transfer loop were probed with regard to the resolution of BiHDPE into the individual constituents HDPE and LLDPE. A particular important aspect was the use of infrared (IR) detection, and the demands it puts on the chromatographic aspects: We have shown that IR detection can be successfully applied in HT 2D-LC of BiHDPE, which is broadly distributed with regard to short chain branching and molar mass, only when the separation in 2D is optimized with regard to chromatographic resolution. As final result a bimodality is evident in the contour and the 3D surface plots as well as in both HPLC and SEC projections generated from HT 2D-LC.

  13. Separation and tentative identification of the main pigment fraction of raisins by thin-layer chromatography-Fourier transform infrared and high-performance liquid chromatography-ultraviolet detection.

    PubMed

    Cserháti, T; Forgács, E; Candeias, M; Vilas-Boas, L; Bronze, R; Spranger, I

    2000-04-01

    The soluble color pigments of raisin are separated by reversed-phase thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and the capacity of TLC-Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) with both on-line and off-line coupling is assessed for the identification of the main fraction. TLC has also been used as a pilot technique for the development of a gradient elution method for the separation of pigments by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). On-line TLC-FTIR cannot be used for identification because of the strong adsorbance of the stationary phase. Off-line TLC-FTIR combined with the retention behavior of the main pigment fraction indicates that it is a polymer, caramel-like compound composed of erythrose and fructose monomers. Baseline separation of pigments is achieved by HPLC using TLC as a pilot method.

  14. HPLC determination of flavonoid glycosides in Mongolian Dianthus versicolor Fisch. (Caryophyllaceae) compared with quantification by UV spectrophotometry.

    PubMed

    Obmann, Astrid; Purevsuren, Sodnomtseren; Zehl, Martin; Kletter, Christa; Reznicek, Gottfried; Narantuya, Samdan; Glasl, Sabine

    2012-01-01

    Dianthus versicolor is used in traditional Mongolian medicine against liver impairment. Fractions enriched in flavone-di- and triglycosides were shown to enhance bile secretion. Therefore, reliable and accurate analytical methods are needed for the determination of these flavonoids in the crude drug and extracts thereof. To provide a validated HPLC-DAD (diode array detector) method especially developed for the separation of polar flavonoids and to compare the data obtained with those evaluated by UV spectrophotometry. Separations were carried out on an Aquasil® C₁₈-column (4.6 mm × 250.0 mm, 5 µm) with a linear gradient of acetonitrile and water (adjusted to pH 2.8 with trifluoroacetic acid) as mobile phase. Rutoside was employed as internal standard with linear behavior in a concentration range of 0.007-3.5 mg/mL. Accuracy was determined by spiking the crude drug with saponarin resulting in recoveries between 92% and 102%. The method allows the quantification of highly polar flavonoid glycosides and the determination of their total content. For saponarin a linear response was evaluated within the range 0.007-3.5 mg/mL (R²  > 0.9999). It was proven that threefold sonication represents a time-saving, effective and cheap method for the extraction of the polar flavonoid glycosides. The contents determined by HPLC were shown to be in agreement with those obtained employing UV spectrophotometry. The study has indicated that the newly developed HPLC method represents a powerful technique for the quality control of D. versicolor. Ultraviolet spectrophotometry may be used alternatively provided that the less polar flavonoids are removed by purification. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  15. Validation of HPLC method for the simultaneous and quantitative determination of 12 UV-filters in cosmetics.

    PubMed

    Nyeborg, M; Pissavini, M; Lemasson, Y; Doucet, O

    2010-02-01

    The aim of the study was the validation of a high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method for the simultaneous and quantitative determination of twelve commonly used organic UV-filters (phenylbenzimidazole sulfonic acid, benzophenone-3, isoamyl p-methoxycinnamate, diethylamino hydroxybenzoyl hexyl benzoate, octocrylene, ethylhexyl methoxycinnamate, ethylhexyl salicylate, butyl methoxydibenzoylmethane, diethylhexyl butamido triazone, ethylhexyl triazone, methylene bis-benzotriazolyl tetramethylbutylphenol and bis-ethylhexyloxyphenol methoxyphenyl triazine) contained in suncare products. The separation and quantitative determination was performed in <30 min, using a Symmetry Shield(R) C18 (5 microm) column from Waters and a mobile phase (gradient mode) consisting of ethanol and acidified water. UV measurements were carried out at multi-wavelengths, according to the absorption of the analytes.

  16. Development and validation of stability-indicating HPLC method for simultaneous determination of meropenem and potassium clavulanate.

    PubMed

    Zalewski, Przemysław; Cielecka-Piontek, Judyta; Paczkowska, Magdalena

    2014-01-01

    A stability-indicating LC assay method was developed and validated for a simultaneous determination of meropenem and potassium clavulanate in the presence of degradation products formed during acid-base hydrolysis, oxidation and thermolysis. The isocratic RP-HPLC method was developed with a LiChrospher RP-18 (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm) column and gradient elution of 12 mmol/L ammonium acetate and acetonitrile. The flow rate of the mobile phase was 1.0 mL/min, the detection wavelength 220 nm and the temperature 303 K. The method was validated with regard to linearity, accuracy, precision, selectivity and robustness, and was applied successfully for the determination of meropenem and potassium clavulanate separately as well as jointly in pharmaceutical formulations.

  17. Enhancing Centrifugal Separation With Electrophoresis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Herrmann, F. T.

    1986-01-01

    Separation of biological cells by coil-planet centrifuge enhanced by electrophoresis. By itself, coil-planet centrifuge offers relatively gentle method of separating cells under low centrifugal force in physiological medium that keeps cells alive. With addition of voltage gradient to separation column of centrifuge, separation still gentle but faster and more complete. Since separation apparatus contains no rotary seal, probability of leakage, contamination, corrosion, and short circuits reduced.

  18. Refractive Index-Based Detection of Gradient Elution Liquid Chromatography using Chip-Integrated Microring Resonator Arrays

    PubMed Central

    Wade, James H.; Bailey, Ryan C.

    2014-01-01

    Refractive index-based sensors offer attractive characteristics as non-destructive and universal detectors for liquid chromatographic separations, but a small dynamic range and sensitivity to minor thermal perturbations limit the utility of commercial RI detectors for many potential applications, especially those requiring the use of gradient elutions. As such, RI detectors find use almost exclusively in sample abundant, isocratic separations when interfaced with HPLC. Silicon photonic microring resonators are refractive index-sensitive optical devices that feature good sensitivity and tremendous dynamic range. The large dynamic range of microring resonators allows the sensors to function across a wide spectrum of refractive indices, such as that encountered when moving from an aqueous to organic mobile phase during a gradient elution – a key analytical advantage not supported in commercial RI detectors. Microrings are easily configured into sensor arrays, and chip-integrated control microrings enable real-time corrections of thermal drift. Thermal controls allow for analyses at any temperature and in the absence of rigorous temperature control, obviating extended detector equilibration wait times. Herein, proof of concept isocratic and gradient elution separations were performed using well characterized model analytes (e.g., caffeine, ibuprofen) in both neat buffer and more complex sample matrices. These experiments demonstrate the ability of microring arrays to perform isocratic and gradient elutions under ambient conditions, avoiding two major limitations of commercial RI-based detectors and maintaining comparable bulk RI sensitivity. Further benefit may be realized in the future through selective surface functionalization to impart degrees of post-column (bio)molecular specificity at the detection phase of a separation. The chip-based and microscale nature of microring resonators also makes it an attractive potential detection technology that could be

  19. On gradient field theories: gradient magnetostatics and gradient elasticity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lazar, Markus

    2014-09-01

    In this work, the fundamentals of gradient field theories are presented and reviewed. In particular, the theories of gradient magnetostatics and gradient elasticity are investigated and compared. For gradient magnetostatics, non-singular expressions for the magnetic vector gauge potential, the Biot-Savart law, the Lorentz force and the mutual interaction energy of two electric current loops are derived and discussed. For gradient elasticity, non-singular forms of all dislocation key formulas (Burgers equation, Mura equation, Peach-Koehler stress equation, Peach-Koehler force equation, and mutual interaction energy of two dislocation loops) are presented. In addition, similarities between an electric current loop and a dislocation loop are pointed out. The obtained fields for both gradient theories are non-singular due to a straightforward and self-consistent regularization.

  20. Reversed Phase HPLC-DAD Profiling of Carotenoids, Chlorophylls and Phenolic Compounds in Adiantum capillus-veneris Leaves

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zeb, Alam; Ullah, Fareed

    2017-04-01

    Adiantum capillus-veneris is important endangered fern species with several medicinal properties. In this study, the leaves samples were extracted and separated using reversed phase HPLC with DAD for carotenoids, chlorophylls and phenolic compounds. Separation of carotenoids and chlorophylls were carried out using a tertiary gradient system of water, MTBE and methanol-water, while a binary gradient system of methanol-water-acetic acid was used for phenolic profiling. Results revealed eight carotenoids, four pheophytins and two chlorophylls. Lutein (806.0 µg/g), chlorophyll b' (410.0 µg/g), chlorophyll a (162.4 µg/g), 9'-Z-neoxanthin (142.8 µg/g) and all-E-violaxanthin (82.2 µg/g)) were present in higher amounts. The relatively high amounts of lutein may be one of the key indicator of beneficial antioxidant properties. The phenolic profile revealed a total of thirteen compounds, namely p-hydroxybenzoic acid, chlorogenic acid, caftaric acid, kaempferol glycosides, p-coumaric acid, rosmarinic acid, 5-caffeoylquinic acid, and quercetin glycosides. Kaempferol-3-sophorotrioside (58.7 mg/g), chlorogenic acid (28.5 mg/g), 5-O-caffeoylquinic acid (18.7 mg/g), coumaric acid (11.2 mg/g) and its derivative (33.1 mg/g) were present in high amounts. These results suggest that the reversed phase HPLC profiling of adiantum leaves provides a better understanding in to the actual composition of bioactive compounds, which may be responsible for possible medicinal properties. Adiantum leaves rich in important bioactive phytochemicals can be used as a potential source of nutraceuticals or as a functional food ingredient.

  1. Reversed Phase HPLC-DAD Profiling of Carotenoids, Chlorophylls and Phenolic Compounds in Adiantum capillus-veneris Leaves

    PubMed Central

    Zeb, Alam; Ullah, Fareed

    2017-01-01

    Adiantum capillus-veneris is important endangered fern species with several medicinal properties. In this study, the leaves samples were extracted and separated using reversed phase HPLC with DAD for carotenoids, chlorophylls and phenolic compounds. Separation of carotenoids and chlorophylls were carried out using a tertiary gradient system of water, MTBE and methanol-water, while a binary gradient system of methanol-water-acetic acid was used for phenolic profiling. Results revealed eight carotenoids, four pheophytins, and two chlorophylls. Lutein (806.0 μg/g), chlorophyll b′ (410.0 μg/g), chlorophyll a (162.4 μg/g), 9′-Z-neoxanthin (142.8 μg/g) and all-E-violaxanthin (82.2 μg/g) were present in higher amounts. The relatively high amounts of lutein may be one of the key indicator of beneficial antioxidant properties. The phenolic profile revealed a total of 13 compounds, namely 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, chlorogenic acid, caftaric acid, kaempferol glycosides, p-coumaric acid, rosmarinic acid, 5-caffeoylquinic acid, and quercetin glycosides. Kaempferol-3-sophorotrioside (58.7 mg/g), chlorogenic acid (28.5 mg/g), 5-O-caffeoylquinic acid (18.7 mg/g), coumaric acid (11.2 mg/g), and its derivative (33.1 mg/g) were present in high amounts. These results suggest that the reversed phase HPLC profiling of Adiantum leaves provides a better understanding in to the actual composition of bioactive compounds, which may be responsible for the potential medicinal properties. Adiantum leaves rich in important bioactive phytochemicals can be used as a possible source of nutraceuticals or as a functional food ingredient. PMID:28497036

  2. Quantitation of chlorophylls and 22 of their colored degradation products in culinary aromatic herbs by HPLC-DAD-MS and correlation with color changes during the dehydration process.

    PubMed

    Lafeuille, Jean-Louis; Lefèvre, Stéphane; Lebuhotel, Julie

    2014-02-26

    Chlorophylls and their green and olive-brown derivatives were successfully separated from culinary herb extracts by HPLC with photodiode-array and mass spectrometry detection. The method involved a ternary gradient elution and reverse-phase separation conditions capable of resolving 24 different pigments (2 chlorophylls and 22 of their derivatives) of different polarities within 28 min. The method was applied to monitor color changes in 50 samples of culinary aromatic herbs subjected to five different drying treatments. Of the 24 pigments, 14 were key to understanding the differences between the primary degradation pathways of chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b in culinary herbs during drying processes. A color degradation ladder based on the total molar percentage of all the remaining green pigments was also proposed as a tool to measure the impact of drying treatments on aromatic herb visual aspects.

  3. Development and validation of a stability-indicating HPLC method for simultaneous determination of salicylic acid, betamethasone dipropionate and their related compounds in Diprosalic Lotion.

    PubMed

    Shou, Minshan; Galinada, Wilmer A; Wei, Yu-Chien; Tang, Qinglin; Markovich, Robert J; Rustum, Abu M

    2009-10-15

    Diprosalic Lotion is an anti-inflammatory drug product that contains salicylic acid and betamethasone dipropionate as active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs). A reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) method was developed for simultaneous determination of salicylic acid, betamethasone dipropionate, and their related compounds in Diprosalic Lotion. A 150 mm x 4.6 mm I.D. YMC J'sphere ODS-H80 column at 35 degrees C and UV detection at 240 nm was used. A gradient elution was employed using 0.05% (v/v) methanesulfonic acid solution and acetonitrile as mobile phases. A total of thirty three compounds from Diprosalic Lotion samples were separated in 38 min. The stability-indicating capability of this method has been demonstrated by the adequate separation of all the impurities and degradation products in expired stability samples of Diprosalic Lotion. The method was validated as per the current ICH guidelines.

  4. Chiral separation of agricultural fungicides.

    PubMed

    Pérez-Fernández, Virginia; García, Maria Ángeles; Marina, Maria Luisa

    2011-09-23

    Fungicides are very important and diverse environmental and agricultural concern species. Their determination in commercial formulations or environmental matrices, requires highly efficient, selective and sensitive methods. A significant number of these chemicals are chiral with the activity residing usually in one of the enantiomers. The different toxicological and degradation behavior observed in many cases for fungicide enantiomers, results in the need to investigate them separately. For this purpose, separation techniques such as GC, HPLC, supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) and CE have widely been employed although, at present, HPLC still dominates chromatographic chiral analysis of fungicides. This review covers the literature concerning the enantiomeric separation of fungicides usually employed in agriculture grouping the chiral separation methodologies developed for their analysis in environmental, biological, and food samples.

  5. Effects of berberine and pomegranate seed oil on plasma phospholipid metabolites associated with risks of type 2 diabetes mellitus by U-HPLC/Q-TOF-MS.

    PubMed

    Wu, Xia; Li, Yan; Wang, Qiu; Li, Weimin; Feng, Yifan

    2015-12-15

    A rapid and reliable ultra-performance liquid chromatography coupled with electrospray ionization/quadrupole-time-of-flight mass spectrometry (U-HPLC/Q-TOF-MS) has been firstly used to analyze the changes of plasma phospholipids, in type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) mice after administration of berberine and pomegranate seed oil (PSO). The separation of plasma phospholipids was carried out on an Acquity U-HPLC BEH C18 column (2.1mm×50mm, 1.7μm, Waters) by linear gradient elution using a mobile phase consisting of 10mM ammonium formate in water and acetonitrile: isopropanol (1:1, v/v) mixed solution added by 0.25% water and 10mM ammonium formate. The method demonstrated a good precision and reproducibility. Linear regression analysis showed a good linearity. And potential biomarkers were discovered based on their mass spectra and chemometrics methods. The results demonstrated that the proposed U-HPLC/Q-TOF-MS method was successfully applied to analyze the dynamic changes of phospholipids components in plasma of T2DM mice after drug treatment and could provide a useful data base for meriting further study in humans and investigating pharmacological actions of drugs. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Simultaneous Determination of 5 Flavonoids and 7 Saponins for Quality Control of Traditional Chinese Medicine Preparation Xinnaoshutong Capsule Using HPLC-VWD-ELSD

    PubMed Central

    Li, Jin; Bai, Yang; Zhang, Peng; An, Mingrui; Hu, Li-min

    2017-01-01

    Xinnaoshutong capsule (XC) is a traditional Chinese prescription derived from the ripe fruit of Tribulus terrestris L. (TT). Although XC has long been considered as an important herbal medicine, no analytical method of marker compounds for quality assessment is registered in the Chinese Pharmacopoeia. A simple analytical method of twelve marker components was developed and validated by HPLC-VWD-ELSD method. Chromatographic separation by HPLC was carried out on a Hedera ODS 2 column (4.6 × 250 mm, 5 μm) by gradient elution with acetonitrile-water (0.1% formic acid) as the mobile phase. Various extraction conditions were optimized to achieve twelve marker compounds with faster extraction and higher recovery. The analytical condition was then validated in terms of the linearity, accuracy and precision, repeatability, and stability. The twelve markers were successfully quantified in 30 batches of commercial samples. The developed HPLC-VWD-ELSD could be used as a rapid and reliable way in the assessment and quality control of XC and TT. PMID:28191359

  7. Analysis of benzalkonium chloride and its homologs: HPLC versus HPCE.

    PubMed

    Prince, S J; McLaury, H J; Allen, L V; McLaury, P

    1999-05-01

    Benzalkonium chloride (BAK) is a mixture of alkylbenzyldimethylammonium chloride homologs with n-C,2H25, n-C,4H29, and n-C16H33 comprising a major portion of the alkyl groups present. An analytical method for BAK must differentiate and quantitate the homologs in the BAK mixture. Reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) separates compounds based on their affinity for a nonpolar column, which is a direct correlation to the compounds' polarity. High performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE), however, separates compounds in an electric field according to their charge and size. The BAK homologs are suitable for separation by either of these methods because their polarity and sizes differ significantly. The HPLC method employed a mobile phase of 60% acetonitrile and 40% 0.1 M sodium acetate buffer pH 5 pumped at 1.0 ml min(-1), a 4.6 x 250 mm cyano column with 5 microm packing, and UV detection at 254 nm. The HPCE method utilized a run buffer of 30% acetonitrile and 70% 0.05 M sodium phosphate pH 3.06, a 50 microm x 20 cm open silica capillary, 7.5 kV electric field and UV detection at 214 nm. Both HPLC and HPCE demonstrated good linearity in the range of 0.025 to 0.8 mg ml(-1) with r2 values of approximately 0.99. The HPLC method produced good separation of the homolog peaks with a total analysis time of 25 min. HPCE run time was less than 5 min and demonstrated good separation of the three homologs. The HPLC method, however, was superior to HPCE in the areas of sensitivity and precision. The HPLC has been extensively used in the routine quantitation and qualitation of benzalkonium chloride concentrations in various products; however, long analysis times make this method inefficient. The HPCE method produced comparable results to the HPLC method but with much shorter analysis times. An HPCE analysis method, as presented here, may prove to be a much more useful and efficient method for the analysis of benzalkonium chloride and its homologs.

  8. Gradient copolymers - a new class of materials

    SciTech Connect

    Greszta, D.; Matyjaszewski, K.

    1996-10-01

    In this work preparation of a new class of copolymers, namely gradient copolymers via controlled Atom Transfer Radical Polymerization (ATRP) is described. Due to the compositional gradient along the chain, gradient copolymers are expected to exhibit unique physical characteristics as compared to block and random copolymers with similar composition and molecular weight. These include unusual phase separation behavior, and mechanical and thermal properties. Using ATRP one can prepare gradient copolymers via two routes. The first one is the one-pot copolymerization of monomers with different reactitvity ratios r{sub 1}{much_gt}r{sub 2}. The second one is a copolymerization while continuously changing the comonomers feed composition.

  9. Factors influencing the separation of oligonucleotides using reversed-phase/ion-exchange mixed-mode high performance liquid chromatography columns.

    PubMed

    Biba, Mirlinda; Jiang, Eileen; Mao, Bing; Zewge, Daniel; Foley, Joe P; Welch, Christopher J

    2013-08-23

    New mixed-mode columns consisting of reversed-phase and ion-exchange separation modes were evaluated for the analysis of short RNA oligonucleotides (∼20mers). Conventional analysis for these samples typically involves using two complementary methods: strong anion-exchange liquid chromatography (SAX-LC) for separation based on charge, and ion-pair reversed-phase liquid chromatography (IP-RPLC) for separation based on hydrophobicity. Recently introduced mixed-mode high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) columns combine both reversed-phase and ion-exchange modes, potentially offering a simpler analysis by combining the benefits of both separation modes into a single method. Analysis of a variety of RNA oligonucleotide samples using three different mixed-mode stationary phases showed some distinct benefits for oligonucleotide separation and analysis. When using these mixed-mode columns with typical IP-RPLC mobile phase conditions, such as ammonium acetate or triethylammonium acetate as the primary ion-pair reagent, the separation was mainly based on the IP-RPLC mode. However, when changing the mobile phase conditions to those more typical for SAX-LC, such as salt gradients with NaCl or NaBr, very different separation patterns were observed due to mixed-mode interactions. In addition, the Scherzo SW-C18 and SM-C18 columns with sodium chloride or sodium bromide salt gradients also showed significant improvements in peak shape.

  10. [Studies on fingerprints of Centella asiatica by HPLC].

    PubMed

    Lu, Qiang; Li, Wan-hong; Hu, Shi-qiang

    2011-01-01

    To study the HPLC fingerprints and establish a sensitive and specific method for controlling the quality of Centella asiatica. HPLC gradient elution was applied for the fingerprints of Centella asiatica. All 16 samples are collected from different habitats of China. The columni was Alltech C18 column (250 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 microm), mobile phase was acetonitrile-water, flow rate was 1.0 ml/min, wavelength was 205 nm. The fingerprint of Centella asiatica was established, 16 samples of different areas of Centella asiatica were detected. There were 15 common peaks in the HPLC fingerprints of Centella asiatica. By comparison with the reference standards and using LC-ESI-MS(n) to corroborate the structure, 5-10 peaks were identified as madecassoside, asiaticoside, quercetin, kaemperol, madecassic acid and asiatic acid respectively. After calculating the similarity of the HPLC fingerprints of 16 habitants, the similarity of different habitats has been bad quite. The method is accurate, reliable and good repeatability. This chromatographic fingerprint method can be used to controll the quality of Centella asiatica.

  11. Quantification of Aconitum alkaloids in aconite roots by a modified RP-HPLC method.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Zhi-Hong; Xie, Ying; Zhou, Hua; Wang, Jing-Rong; Liu, Zhong-Qiu; Wong, Yuen-Fan; Cai, Xiong; Xu, Hong-Xi; Liu, Liang

    2005-01-01

    The three Aconitum alkaloids, aconitine (1), mesaconitine (2) and hypaconitine (3), are pharmacologically active but also highly toxic. A standardised method is needed for assessing the levels of these alkaloids in aconite roots in order to ensure the safe use of these plant materials as medicinal herbs. By optimising extraction, separation and measurement conditions, a reliable, reproducible and accurate method for the quantitative determination of all three Aconitum alkaloids in unprocessed and processed aconite roots has been developed. This method should be appropriate for use in the quality control of Aconitum products. The three Aconitum alkaloids were separated by a modified HPLC method employing a C18 column gradient eluted with acetonitrile and ammonium bicarbonate buffer. Quantification of Aconitum alkaloids, detected at 240 nm, in different batches of samples showed that the content of 1, 2 and 3 varied significantly. In general, the alkaloid content of unprocessed roots was higher than that of processed roots. These variations were considered to be the result of differences in species, processing methods and places of origin of the samples.

  12. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of tocopherols in toothpastes and gingival tissue employing HPLC NMR and HPLC MS coupling.

    PubMed

    Lienau, Annette; Glaser, Tobias; Krucker, Manfred; Zeeb, Daniel; Ley, Fritz; Curro, Frederick; Albert, Klaus

    2002-10-15

    Gingival samples treated with toothpastes containing tocopherols (vitamin E) were investigated employing HPLC chromatography. The aim was to verify that vitamin E is actually enriched in the tissue, which could have beneficial effects on oral health. After determination of the tocopherols available in the toothpastes, control samples from healthy test persons and subjects suffering from gingivitis were analyzed. Subsequently, gingival tissues from diseased test persons who treated their teeth with the toothpastes containing tocopherols using various kinds of concentrations or applications were investigated. The first step of the analysis was a fast and careful extraction employing matrix solid-phase dispersion (MSPD). Afterward, the separation of the different tocopherol homologues existing was performed by HPLC chromatography on highly selective C30 RP phases. The identification of the tocopherol homologues was performed using the on-line coupling of HPLC with NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry.

  13. Validated Stability-Indicating RP-HPLC Method for Simultaneous Determination of Clorsulon and Ivermectin Employing Plackett-Burman Experimental Design for Robustness Testing.

    PubMed

    Saad, Ahmed S; Ismail, Nahla S; Soliman, Marwa; Zaazaa, Hala E

    2016-01-01

    A sensitive and highly selective stability-indicating gradient HPLC method was developed and validated for simultaneous determination of clorsulon (CLO) and ivermectin (IVM) in the presence of their degradation products. The drugs were subjected to different stress conditions, including acid and alkaline hydrolysis, oxidative, thermal, and photolytic forced degradation. The robustness of the proposed method was assessed using the Plackett-Burman experimental design, the factors affecting system performance were defined, and nonsignificant intervals for the significant factors were determined. The separation was carried out on a ZORBAX SB phenyl analytical column (250 × 4.6 mm id, 5 μm particle size), with gradient elution utilizing 10 mM sodium dihydrogen phosphate and acetonitrile as mobile phase. UV detection was performed for CLO and IVM at 254 nm over a concentration range of 4-140 and 5-50 μg/mL, respectively, with mean percentage recoveries of 99.90 ± 1.30 and 98.59 ± 1.16%, respectively. The proposed method was successfully applied to a pharmaceutical dosage form containing the investigated drugs. The results were statistically compared with the official HPLC methods, and no significant differences were found.

  14. Fundamentals and Theory of HPTLC-Based Separation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Variyar, Prasad S.; Chatterjee, Suchandra; Sharma, Arun

    High-performance thin-layer chromatography (HPTLC) is a form of thin-layer chromatography (TLC) that provides superior separation power using optimized coating material, novel procedures for mobile-phase feeding, layer conditioning, and improved sample application. It promotes for higher separation efficiencies, shorter analysis time, lower amounts of mobile phase, and efficient data acquisition and processing. The major parameters that influence separation of the constituents within a mixture are the partition coefficients, retention factor (R f ), and capacity factor of the individual constituents on the plate, selectivity of the mobile and stationary phase to the solutes, and the plate height that decide the separation efficiency as well as resolution of the individual constituents within a mixture. The partition coefficient is defined as the molar concentration of the analyte in the stationary phase to that in the mobile phase. R f , a fundamental qualitative value, is expressed as the ratio of migration distances of an individual components of a mix relative to the mobile phase. Capacity factor (k) is a fundamental characteristic of a substance that determines its qualitative chromatographic behavior. It can be expressed as the ratio of the retention time of the substance in the stationary to that in the mobile phase and is influenced by the chemical nature of the two phases. The separation number (SN) that influences separation power of HPLC is defined as the highest possible number of components that are completely separated in a mixture under a gradient-free isocratic TLC. The efficacy of separation of two components of a mixture in a chromatogram is termed as resolution and is influenced by the selectivity of the components between the stationary and the mobile phase, mobile phase flow rate influenced by particle size and solvent strength that influence capacity factors.

  15. Gradient Index Lens Research

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-10-19

    Finally, an assessment of the current technologies in gradient index has been made. This includes a series of recommendations w’iich will be...17 III. Ray Tracing in Anamorphic Gradient Index Media ......... 20 IV. Fabrication of Six Gradient Index Samples ............. 27 V. Technology ...for a basic understanding of what can and cannot be done with gradient index lenses, aside from any lack of technology for making a paricular gradient

  16. HPLC-based activity profiling of anti-hepatocellular carcinoma constituents from the Tibetan medicine, Caragana tibetica.

    PubMed

    Song, Ping; Wang, Qiang; Lv, Jing-Nan; Xu, Chan; Lin, Qin-Xiong; Ma, Xin-Hua; Huang, Mi; Yang, Xin-Zhou

    2015-06-01

    During the screening of a traditional Chinese folk herb library against HepG2 and Hep3B cell lines, the EtOAc extract from the Tibetan medicine, Caragana tibetica (CT-EtOAc) exhibited potential anti-hepatocellular carcinoma (anti-HCC) activity. HPLC-based activity profiling was performed for targeted identification of anti-HCC activity from CT-EtOAc by MS-directed purification method. CT-EtOAc was separated by time-based fractionation for further anti-HCC bioassay by a semipreparative HPLC column (150 mm × 10 mm i.d., 5 μm) with a single injection of 5 mg. Bioassay-guided and ESIMS-directed large scale purification was performed with a single injection of 400 mg of CT-EtOAc by peak-based fractionation. A 1.4-mm heavy wall micro NMR tube with z-gradient was used to measure one and two dimensional NMR spectra for the minor or trace amounts of components of the extract. Two active compounds could be elucidated as naringenin chalcone (CT-1) and 3-hydroxy-8, 9-dimethoxypterocarpan (CT-2) relevant to anti-HCC effects for the EtOAc extract of C. tibetica rapidly and unambiguously by this protocol.

  17. Quantitative Clinical Diagnostic Analysis of Acetone in Human Blood by HPLC: A Metabolomic Search for Acetone as Indicator

    PubMed Central

    Akgul Kalkan, Esin; Sahiner, Mehtap; Ulker Cakir, Dilek; Alpaslan, Duygu; Yilmaz, Selehattin

    2016-01-01

    Using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH) as a derivatizing reagent, an analytical method was developed for the quantitative determination of acetone in human blood. The determination was carried out at 365 nm using an ultraviolet-visible (UV-Vis) diode array detector (DAD). For acetone as its 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazone derivative, a good separation was achieved with a ThermoAcclaim C18 column (15 cm × 4.6 mm × 3 μm) at retention time (tR) 12.10 min and flowrate of 1 mL min−1 using a (methanol/acetonitrile) water elution gradient. The methodology is simple, rapid, sensitive, and of low cost, exhibits good reproducibility, and allows the analysis of acetone in biological fluids. A calibration curve was obtained for acetone using its standard solutions in acetonitrile. Quantitative analysis of acetone in human blood was successfully carried out using this calibration graph. The applied method was validated in parameters of linearity, limit of detection and quantification, accuracy, and precision. We also present acetone as a useful tool for the HPLC-based metabolomic investigation of endogenous metabolism and quantitative clinical diagnostic analysis. PMID:27298750

  18. Validated stability-indicating assay method for simultaneous determination of aceclofenac and thiocolchicoside using RP-HPLC.

    PubMed

    Samanthula, G; Shrigod, V V; Patel, P N

    2014-08-01

    A rapid, accurate, precise, robust and specific stability indicating RP-HPLC method has been developed and validated for simultaneous determination of fixed dose combination of Aceclofenac (ACF) and Thiocolchicoside (THC). Combinations and marketed tablets were subjected to stress conditions such as oxidation, hydrolysis, photolysis and heat. Successful separation of drugs from stress degradation products was achieved on Kromasil C18 (250 × 4.6 mm, 5 μm) column at 30 °C using gradient mobile phase system consisting of (A) 10 mM ammonium acetate pH 5.00 buffer and (B) acetonitrile: water (70:30 v/v). The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min with UV detection at 265 nm. The retention time of THC and ACF was 13.29 and 22.20 min respectively. Peak purity of both the drugs was passing in all degradation conditions demonstrates the specificity of assay method for their estimation in presence of degradation products. The developed HPLC method was validated for linearity, accuracy, precision and robustness. The linearity of the proposed method was investigated in the range of 80-280 µg/mL for ACF and 6.4-22.4 µg/mL for THC. The utility of the procedure was verified by its application to marketed formulations.

  19. Simultaneous analysis of seven marker compounds from Saposhnikoviae Radix, Glehniae Radix and Peucedani Japonici Radix by HPLC/PDA.

    PubMed

    Seo, U Min; Zhao, Bing Tian; Kim, Young Ho; Kang, Jong Seong; Son, Jong Keun; Woo, Mi-Hee

    2016-05-01

    A new combination of high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method coupled with photodiode array (PDA) analysis has been developed for the simultaneous quantitative determination of seven major components in Saposhnikoviae Radix (SR), Glehniae Radix (GR) and Peucedani Japonici Radix (PR), namely peucedanol 7-O-β-D-glucopyranoside (1), prim-O-glucosylcimifugin (2), cimifugin (3), 4'-O-β-D-glucosyl-5-O-methylvisamminol (4), bergapten (5), sec-O-glucosylhamaudol (6), and imperatorin (7). Clear separation of these seven components were achieved on a Phenomenex Kinetex C18 (250 × 4.6 mm, 5 μm) column by gradient elution of water (A) and methanol (B) as mobile phase. The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min and the UV detector wavelength was set at 254 nm. The method was successfully used in the analysis of SR, GR, and PR with relatively simple conditions and procedures, and the results were satisfactory for linearity, recovery, precision, accuracy, stability and robustness. The results indicate that the established HPLC/PDA method is suitable for the classification of SR, GR, and PR.

  20. [Simultaneous determination of madecassoside, asiaticoside and their aglycones in Centella asiatica (L.) urban extracts by RP-HPLC].

    PubMed

    Shen, Qian; Yu, Lu-shan; Zhou, Hui; Zeng, Su

    2014-03-01

    To establish a HPLC method for simultaneous determination of four major constituents (madecassoside, asiaticoside, madecassic acid and asiatic acid) in Centella asiatica (L.) urban extracts. The analysis was performed on an Agilent 1100 HPLC system with a ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C8 column (4.6 mm×150 mm, 5μm). The four major constituents were separated with gradient mobile phase that consists of 1mmol/L potassium dihydrogen phosphate and acetonitrile at the detection wavelength of 205 nm. The four major constituents all had good linear response in the determination ranges (R(2)≥0.9998). The average recoveries (n=9) were 97.4%, 93.7%, 97.5% and 99.8% with RSDs of 3.4%, 1.4%, 4.7% and 4.4%, respectively. The developed method is sensitive and has good reproducibility, which can be used as a reference for quality control of Centella asiatica (L.) urban extracts.

  1. Development and Validation of an HPLC Method for Simultaneous Determination of Rifampicin, Isoniazid, Pyrazinamide, and Ethambutol Hydrochloride in Pharmaceutical Formulations.

    PubMed

    Chellini, Paula R; Lages, Eduardo B; Franco, Pedro H C; Nogueira, Fernando H A; César, Isabela C; Pianetti, Gerson A

    2015-01-01

    Tuberculosis treatment consists of a fixed dose combination of rifampicin (RIF), isoniazid (INH), pyrazinamide (PYZ), and ethambutol hydrochloride (EMB). The combined treatment using various drugs is necessary for patient curing, without recrudescence, and for prevention of drug-resistant mutants, which may occur during treatment. An HPLC-diode array detector (DAD) method for the simultaneous determination of RIF, INH, PYZ, and EMB in fixed dose combination tablets was developed and validated. Chromatographic experiments were performed on an Agilent 1200 HPLC system, and the separation was carried out on a Purospher STAR RP18e (250×4.6 mm id, 5 μm, Merck) analytical column. Gradient elution was carried out with a mobile phase of 20 mM monobasic sodium phosphate buffer with 0.2% triethylamine (pH 7.0) and acetonitrile at a flow rate of 1.5 mL/min. The total run time was 12 min, and the re-equilibration time was 5 min. EMB detection was performed at 210 nm, and RIF, INH, and PYZ were detected at 238 nm, using a DAD. The method proved to be specific, linear (r2>0.99), precise (RSD<2%), accurate, and robust and may be applied to the QC analysis of pharmaceutical formulations.

  2. Quantitative estimation of gymnemagenin in Gymnema sylvestre extract and its marketed formulations using the HPLC-ESI-MS/MS method.

    PubMed

    Kamble, Bhagyashree; Gupta, Ankur; Patil, Dada; Janrao, Shirish; Khatal, Laxman; Duraiswamy, B

    2013-02-01

    Gymnema sylvestre, with gymnemic acids as active pharmacological constituents, is a popular ayurvedic herb and has been used to treat diabetes, as a remedy for cough and as a diuretic. However, very few analytical methods are available for quality control of this herb and its marketed formulations. To develop and validate a new, rapid, sensitive and selective HPLC-ESI (electrospray ionisation)-MS/MS method for quantitative estimation of gymnemagenin in G. sylvestre and its marketed formulations. HPLC-ESI-MS/MS method using a multiple reactions monitoring mode was used for quantitation of gymnemagenin. Separation was carried out on a Luna C-18 column using gradient elution of water and methanol (with 0.1% formic acid and 0.3% ammonia). The developed method was validated as per International Conference on Harmonisation Guideline ICH-Q2B and found to be accurate, precise and linear over a relatively wide range of concentrations (5.280-305.920 ng/mL). Gymnemagenin contents were found from 0.056 ± 0.002 to 4.77 ± 0.59% w/w in G. sylvestre and its marketed formulations. The method established is simple, rapid, with high sample throughput, and can be used as a tool for quality control of G. sylvestre and its formulations. Copyright © 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  3. Simultaneous determination of eleven major flavonoids in the pollen of Typha angustifolia by HPLC-PDA-MS.

    PubMed

    Tao, Weiwei; Yang, Nianyun; Duan, Jin-ao; Wu, Dekang; Guo, Jianming; Tang, Yuping; Qian, Dawei; Zhu, Zhenhua

    2011-01-01

    The pollen of Typha angustifolia L. has been used for the treatment of dysmenorrhea, stranguria and metrorrhagia. Flavonoids are major active compounds in this pollen and their quantification is important for its quality control. To establish an HPLC-PDA-MS method for simultaneous determination of the 11 majority flavonoids in the pollen of T. angustifolia. The optimal condition of separation was achieved on a reversed-phase C₁₈ column with gradient elution of acetonitrile and 0.05% formic acid (v/v) at a flow-rate of 0.8 mL/min; the column temperature was set at 35 °C. All calibration curves showed good linear regression (r²  > 0.9992). The method provided good accuracy, precision, recovery and sensitivity for the quantification of the 11 compounds analysed. The HPLC method established is appropriate for the quality assurance of the pollen of T. angustifolia. Copyright © 2011 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  4. Development and optimization of the SPE procedure for determination of pharmaceuticals in water samples by HPLC-diode array detection.

    PubMed

    Mutavdzić Pavlović, Dragana; Babić, Sandra; Dolar, Davor; Asperger, Danijela; Kosutić, Kresimir; Horvat, Alka J M; Kastelan-Macan, Marija

    2010-02-01

    This paper focuses on the investigation of different types of SPE sorbents for the preconcentration of eight veterinary pharmaceuticals from water samples. The pharmaceuticals studied were sulfamethazine, sulfadiazine, sulfaguanidine, trimethoprim, oxytetracycline, enrofloxacin, norfloxacin and penicillin G/procaine. Five different SPE materials (Strata-X, Strata-X-C, Strata SDB-L, Strata C8 and Strata C18) from Phenomenex were compared with Oasis HLB with a view to obtaining the best cartridges for all pharmaceuticals investigated. Extraction efficiency was determined by HPLC with diode array detection (DAD). HPLC-DAD separation and quantification of the selected pharmaceuticals were carried out under gradient elution by a binary mixture of 0.01 M oxalic acid and ACN based on cyano modified column (LiChrosphere 100 CN) from Merck. Strata-X provided the best results in the preconcentration of 100 mL water samples, yielding average pharmaceutical recoveries of higher than 90%, except for sulfaguanidine (76.1%). The developed Strata-X-HLPC-DAD method was validated and applied, for the efficient investigation of reverse osmosis/nanofiltration membranes and for the removal of these eight pharmaceuticals from the production wastewater samples. NF90 and XLE membranes were shown to be the best for the rejection of all investigated pharmaceuticals.

  5. [HPLC fingerprints in seed of Celosia argentea].

    PubMed

    Wang, Ying; Guo, Mei-Li; Wang, Xiao-Kang; Yin, Jun

    2008-01-01

    For preferable authentication and regulation of material quality of Celosia argentea, HPLC fingerprints of different habitats were studied. Analysis was carried out on a Hypersil ODS2 column (4.6 mm x 250 mm, 5 microm) with acetonitrile-0.1% glacial acetic acid as the mobile phase, and eluates were detected by an evaporative light scattering detector (ELSD). The similarity evaluation system for chromatographic fingerprint of traditional Chinese medicine ( Version 2004 A) was applied to analyses the similarity of the fingerprint of diverse habitats. The similarity results were verified by SPSS. The chromatographic profiles of the samples from different regions were very similar. HPLC fingerprints of Semen C. argentea 12 common peaks and each peak in the fingerprint was well separated under the chromatographic condition above. The different habitats of C. argentea can be grouped to two types: the middle region and the south region. The chemical constituents of C. argentea vary with different habitats so selection of material habitat is very important for quality control of C. argentea. The fingerprint with high individuality and specificity could be applied in the identification and quality control of the material of C. argentea.

  6. HPLC characterization of betalains from plants in the amaranthaceae.

    PubMed

    Cai, Yizhong; Sun, Mei; Corke, Harold

    2005-10-01

    HPLC characterization of reversed-phase (RP) high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) has been widely used in separation and identification of plant pigments. An effective RP-HPLC-based method is established to systematically isolate, identify, and quantitate the betalain pigments in the plants of 37 species of eight genera in the Amaranthaceae. A total of 16 betacyanins and three betaxanthins are characterized mainly using the RP-HPLC method and also with the aid of mass spectroscopy. The identified betacyanins include eight amaranthine-types, six gomphrenin-types, and two betanin-types. They are also divided into six simple (nonacylated) betacyanins and 10 acylated betacyanins. Acylated betacyanins are identified as betanidin 5-O-beta-glucuronosylglucoside or betanidin 6-O-beta-glucoside acylated with ferulic, p-coumaric, or 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaric acids. Three betaxanthins were separated from Celosia species in the Amaranthaceae and identified to be immonium conjugates of betalamic acid with dopamine, 3-methoxytyramine, and (S)-tryptophan; the latter two are found to be new betaxanthins from plants.

  7. Separation properties of saccharides on a hydrophilic stationary phase having hydration layer formed zwitterionic copolymer.

    PubMed

    Kamichatani, Waka; Inoue, Yoshinori; Yamamoto, Atsushi

    2015-01-01

    A novel water-holding adsorbent bonded with a zwitterionic polymer, diallylamine-maleic acid copolymer, was developed. With this adsorbent, hydrophilic solutes are partitioned by a hydration layer that forms on the zwitterions, as a main separating force. When the adsorbent was used to separate saccharides by normal-phase partition chromatography, the saccharides eluted in the order, mono-, di- and trisaccharide. The elution profile for mono- and di-saccharides was similar but not